FORM S-4
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 7, 2012
Registration No. 333-
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
AGCO Corporation
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware |
|
3523 |
|
58-1960019 |
State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization |
|
Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number |
|
I.R.S. Employer Identification No. |
4205 River Green Parkway
Duluth, Georgia 30096
(770) 813-9200
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of each registrants principal executive offices)
Debra Kuper
Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
4205 River Green Parkway
Duluth, Georgia 30096
(770) 813-9200
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
W. Brinkley Dickerson, Jr.
Troutman Sanders LLP
600 Peachtree Street, N.E.-Suite 5200
Atlanta, Georgia 30308-2216
(404) 885-3000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If the
securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following
box: ¨
If this Form is filed to register additional
securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. ¨
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed
pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an
accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
(Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer |
|
x |
|
Accelerated filer |
|
¨ |
|
|
|
|
Non-accelerated filer |
|
¨ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
|
Smaller reporting company |
|
¨ |
If applicable, place an X in the box to designate the appropriate rule provision relied upon in
conducting this transaction:
Exchange Act Rule 13e-4(i) (Cross-Border Issuer Tender Offer) ¨
Exchange Act Rule 14d-1d) (Cross-Border Third-Party Tender
Offer) ¨
CALCULATION OF
REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title of each class of
securities to be registered |
|
Amount
to be
registered |
|
Proposed
maximum
offering price per Note |
|
Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering price(1) |
|
Amount of registration fee(1) |
5.875% Senior Notes due 2021 |
|
$300,000,000 |
|
100% |
|
$300,000,000 |
|
$34,380.00 |
|
|
(1) |
Determined pursuant to Rule 457(f)(2) under the Securities Act solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee. |
The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until
the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that the Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall
become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these
securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the
offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 7, 2012
PROSPECTUS
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$300,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 5.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021
THAT
HAVE BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
FOR
ANY
AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING 5.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021
The exchange
offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 2012,
unless we
extend the exchange offer in our sole and absolute discretion.
Terms of the Exchange Offer:
|
|
|
We are offering to exchange any and all of our outstanding 5.875% senior notes due 2021, which we refer to as outstanding notes, for
$300,000,000 principal amount of substantially identical notes that have been registered under the Securities Act and are freely tradable, which we refer to as exchange notes. |
|
|
|
The outstanding notes were issued on December 5, 2011. The exchange notes will represent the same debt as the outstanding notes and we will issue
the exchange notes under the same indenture. |
|
|
|
We are making the exchange offer to satisfy your registration rights, as a holder of outstanding notes. |
|
|
|
We will exchange all outstanding notes that you validly tender and do not validly withdraw before the exchange offer expires for an equal principal
amount of exchange notes. |
|
|
|
The exchange offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 2012, unless extended. |
|
|
|
Tenders of outstanding notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer. |
|
|
|
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange offer. |
|
|
|
We do not intend to list the exchange notes on any securities exchange or arrange for them to be quoted on any quotation system.
|
|
|
|
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus
in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. A broker-dealer who acquired outstanding notes as a result of market-making or other trading activities may use this prospectus, as supplemented or amended from time to time, in connection with
any resales of the exchange notes. |
You should
carefully consider the risk factors beginning on page 7 of this prospectus before participating in the exchange offer.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The date of
this prospectus is , 2012
TABLE OF CONTENTS
This prospectus is part of a registration statement we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. A copy of the
letter of transmittal is attached as Annex A to this prospectus and is incorporated herein by reference. A copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 (our Form 10-K) is attached as Annex B to this
prospectus and is incorporated herein by reference. We are submitting this prospectus to holders of outstanding notes so that they can consider exchanging the outstanding notes for exchange notes. You should rely only on the information contained in
this prospectus and in the accompanying transmittal documents. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any other information. We are not making an offer to sell these securities or soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any
jurisdiction where an offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making that offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so or to anyone to whom it is unlawful to make an offer or solicitation. You should not assume that the
information contained in this prospectus, as well as the information contained in our Form 10-K, is accurate as of any date other than its respective date.
This prospectus incorporates important business and financial information about the Company that is not included in or delivered with the document. See Where You Can Find Additional
Information. Copies of these documents, except for certain exhibits and schedules, will be made available to you without charge upon written or oral request to:
AGCO Corporation
Attn: Investor Relations
4205 River Green Parkway
Duluth, Georgia 30096
(770) 813-9200
In order to obtain timely delivery of such materials, you must request information from us no later than five business days prior to
, 2012, the date you must make your investment decision.
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is a summary, it does not contain all of the
information that you should consider before participating in the exchange offer. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the section entitled Risk Factors.
Unless otherwise mentioned or unless the context requires otherwise, all references in this prospectus to AGCO,
we, us, our or similar references mean AGCO Corporation and its subsidiaries.
AGCO
CORPORATION
We are a leading manufacturer and distributor of agricultural equipment and related
replacement parts throughout the world. We sell a full range of agricultural equipment, including tractors, combines, self-propelled sprayers, hay tools, forage equipment and implements. We also manufacture and distribute grain storage and handling
equipment systems as well as protein production systems. Our products are widely recognized in the agricultural equipment industry and are marketed under a number of well-known brands, including: Challenger®, Fendt®, Massey Ferguson® and Valtra®. We distribute most of our products through a combination of approximately 3,100 independent dealers and
distributors in more than 140 countries. In addition, we provide retail financing through our retail finance joint ventures with Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A.
The address of our principal executive offices is 4205 River Green Parkway, Duluth, Georgia 30096, and our telephone number is
(770) 813-9200. Our internet site is www.agcocorp.com. Information contained on our internet site is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider that information to be a part of this prospectus.
For additional information regarding our business see Business and Properties in our Form 10-K that is attached
as Annex B to this prospectus.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
In this prospectus, except as otherwise indicated, outstanding notes refers to our 5.875% Senior Notes due 2021 issued on
December 5, 2011, exchange notes refers to the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2021 offered hereby, and notes refers to the outstanding notes and the exchange notes, collectively. The following summary contains basic information
about the exchange offer and the exchange notes. It does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete understanding of the exchange notes, please refer to the sections of this prospectus entitled The Exchange
Offer and Description of Exchange Notes.
|
|
|
|
|
The Exchange Offer |
|
We are offering to exchange an aggregate of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of exchange notes for $300,000,000 principal amount
of outstanding notes that are properly tendered and accepted. You may tender outstanding notes only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. We will issue the exchange notes when or promptly after the exchange
offer expires. The form and terms of the exchange notes will be
substantially identical to those of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will have been registered under the Securities Act. Therefore, the exchange notes will not be subject to contractual transfer restrictions, registration rights
and additional interest provisions applicable to the exchange notes prior to the consummation of the exchange offer. We will issue the exchange notes under the same indenture that governs the outstanding notes. |
|
|
Resales |
|
Based on an interpretation by the staff of the SEC set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer
in exchange for outstanding notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that
you: |
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of
business;
have not engaged in, do not intend to engage in and have no arrangement or
understanding with any person or entity, including any of our affiliates, to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes; and
are not our affiliate (as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities
Act). In addition, each participating broker-dealer that receives
registered exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer in exchange for outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activity must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of the exchange notes. For more information, see Plan of Distribution. Any holder of unregistered outstanding notes, including any broker-dealer, who:
is our affiliate,
does not
acquire the registered exchange notes in the ordinary course of its business, or tenders in the exchange offer with the intention to participate, or for the purpose of participating, in a distribution of registered exchange notes, cannot rely on the
position of the staff of the SEC expressed in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, Morgan Stanley & Co., Incorporated, Shearman & Sterling, or similar no-action letters and, in the absence of an exemption, must comply with the
registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with the resale of the exchange notes. |
|
|
Expiration Date |
|
The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 2012, unless extended, in which case the expiration date will mean the latest date and time to which we
extend the exchange offer. |
|
|
Conditions to the Exchange Offer |
|
The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, including that it not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC. The exchange offer
is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered for exchange. |
|
|
Procedures for Tendering Outstanding Notes |
|
To participate in the exchange offer, you must follow the procedures established by The Depository Trust Company (DTC)
for tendering notes held in book-entry form. These procedures require that (i) the exchange agent receive, prior to the expiration date of the exchange offer, a computer generated message known as an agents message that is
transmitted through DTCs automated tender offer program, and (ii) DTC confirms that:
DTC has received your instructions to exchange your outstanding notes;
and
you agree to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal.
For more information on tendering your outstanding notes, please refer to the
section in this prospectus entitled The Exchange OfferTerms of the Exchange OfferProcedures for Tendering. |
|
|
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures |
|
None. |
2
|
|
|
|
|
Acceptance of the Outstanding Notes and Delivery of the Exchange Notes |
|
Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept for exchange any and all outstanding notes that are validly tendered in the exchange
offer and not properly withdrawn before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. |
|
|
Withdrawal Rights |
|
You may withdraw the tender of your outstanding notes at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, by complying with the procedures for withdrawal
described in this prospectus under the heading The Exchange OfferWithdrawal Rights. |
|
|
Consequences of Failure to Exchange Notes |
|
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer, the outstanding notes you hold will continue to be outstanding and accrue
interest and will also be subject to the existing transfer restrictions provided in the outstanding notes and the indenture. Following completion of the exchange offer, we do not plan to register outstanding notes under the Securities Act unless our
registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes requires us to do so. Further, if you continue to hold any outstanding notes after the exchange offer is consummated, you may have trouble selling them because there
will be fewer of the outstanding notes outstanding. |
|
|
Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences |
|
The exchange of exchange notes for outstanding notes in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. See Material United
States Federal Income Tax Considerations. |
|
|
Fees and Expenses |
|
We will bear the expenses related to the exchange offer. See The Exchange OfferFees and Expenses. |
|
|
Use of Proceeds |
|
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the exchange offer. We are making this exchange offer solely to satisfy our obligations under our registration rights
agreement. |
|
|
Exchange Agent |
|
Union Bank, N.A., the trustee under the indenture governing the notes, is serving as the exchange agent. You should direct questions and requests for assistance, requests for
additional copies of this prospectus or the letter of transmittal to the exchange agent addressed as follows: |
|
|
|
|
Union Bank, N.A. Corporate Trust Department 120 South San Pedro Street, 4th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90012 Attn: Josefina Benavides / Linh Duong Fax: (213) 972-5695 For
Information Call: (213) 972-5679
|
3
TERMS OF THE EXCHANGE NOTES
The following summary contains basic information about the exchange notes and is not intended to be complete. The form and terms of
the exchange notes will be substantially identical to those of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes will have been registered under the Securities Act. Therefore, the exchange notes will not be subject to contractual transfer
restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions applicable to the exchange notes prior to the consummation of the exchange offer. We will issue the exchange notes under the same indenture that governs the outstanding notes. For
a more complete understanding of the exchange notes, please refer to the section entitled Description of Exchange Notes in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
Issuer |
|
AGCO Corporation, a Delaware corporation. |
|
|
Securities Offered |
|
$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 5.875% Senior Notes due 2021. |
|
|
Maturity |
|
The notes will mature on December 1, 2021, unless earlier redeemed or repurchased. |
|
|
Interest Payment Dates |
|
5.875% interest per year on the principal amount, payable semiannually in arrears on June 1 and December 1, 2021 of each year, beginning on June 1, 2012. |
|
|
Optional Redemption |
|
Prior to September 1, 2021, we may redeem the notes, in whole or in part from time to time, at our option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of: |
|
|
|
|
100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed; and |
|
|
|
|
the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest in
respect of the notes being redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months), at the Treasury Rate (as defined in this
prospectus) plus 50 basis points. |
|
|
|
|
Beginning September 1, 2021, we may redeem the notes, in whole or in part from time to time, at our option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the
notes being redeemed. |
|
|
|
|
In each case, we will also pay the accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount being redeemed to, but not including, the redemption date. See Description of
Exchange NotesOptional Redemption. |
|
|
Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control Triggering Event |
|
Upon the occurrence of a change of control triggering event (as defined in this prospectus), we will be required, unless we have given written notice with respect to a redemption
of the notes, within a specified period, to make an offer to purchase all notes at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding on the date of such change of control triggering event, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
from the date of initial issuance to, but not including, the repurchase date. See Description of Exchange NotesOffer to Repurchase Upon a Change of Control Triggering Event. |
|
|
Ranking |
|
The notes are our unsecured and unsubordinated obligations and rank equally with all of our current and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness, including any borrowings
under our credit facility, and senior to all of our future subordinated debt. The notes effectively rank junior to any of our current and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. As of December
31, 2011 we and our subsidiaries had approximately $49.3 million of secured indebtedness. |
4
|
|
|
|
|
Certain Covenants |
|
We will issue the exchange notes under an indenture with Union Bank, N.A., as trustee, which indenture also governs the outstanding notes. The indenture contains certain
covenants by us for your benefit. These covenants, among other things, limit our ability to: |
|
|
|
|
incur indebtedness secured by principal properties; |
|
|
|
|
enter into certain sale and leaseback transactions with respect to principal properties;
and |
|
|
|
|
enter into certain mergers, consolidations and transfers of all or substantially all of the
assets of us and our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. |
|
|
|
|
The above restrictions are subject to significant exceptions. See Description of Exchange NotesCertain Covenants. |
|
|
Further Issues |
|
We may from time to time, without notice to or the consent of the holders of the notes, create and issue additional debt securities having the same terms as and ranking equally
and ratably (except for the issue date, the offering price and the first interest payment date) with the notes of a series in all respects, as described under Description of Exchange NotesGeneral. |
|
|
Absence of Trading Market for the Exchange Notes |
|
The exchange notes generally will be freely transferable but will also be new securities for which there is currently no established market. Accordingly, we cannot assure you as
to the development or liquidity of any market for the exchange notes. We do not intend to apply for listing of the notes on any securities exchange. |
|
|
Risk Factors |
|
Investing in the notes involves risks. See Risk Factors for a description of certain risks you should particularly consider before investing in the
notes. |
|
|
Trustee |
|
Union Bank, N.A. |
For a more complete description of the terms of the notes, see Description of Exchange Notes.
5
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth summary financial data and other data as of and for each of the years in the five-year period ended
December 31, 2011. This summary financial data has been derived from, and is qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements. You should read the information set forth below in conjunction with Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in our Form 10-K that is attached as Annex B to this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
|
(in millions, except ratios) |
|
Operating Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
6,715.9 |
|
|
$ |
8,273.1 |
|
|
$ |
6,516.4 |
|
|
$ |
6,896.6 |
|
|
$ |
8,773.2 |
|
Gross profit |
|
|
1,189.7 |
|
|
|
1,498.4 |
|
|
|
1,071.9 |
|
|
|
1,258.7 |
|
|
|
1,776.1 |
|
Income from operations |
|
|
393.7 |
|
|
|
563.7 |
|
|
|
218.7 |
|
|
|
324.2 |
|
|
|
610.3 |
|
Net income |
|
|
232.9 |
|
|
|
385.9 |
|
|
|
135.4 |
|
|
|
220.2 |
|
|
|
585.3 |
|
Net loss (income) attributable to
noncontrolling interests |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
(2.0 |
) |
Net income attributable to AGCO Corporation and
subsidiaries |
|
$ |
232.9 |
|
|
$ |
385.9 |
|
|
$ |
135.7 |
|
|
$ |
220.5 |
|
|
$ |
583.3 |
|
Net income per common sharediluted(1) |
|
$ |
2.41 |
|
|
$ |
3.95 |
|
|
$ |
1.44 |
|
|
$ |
2.29 |
|
|
$ |
5.95 |
|
Weighted average shares outstandingdiluted(1) |
|
|
96.6 |
|
|
|
97.7 |
|
|
|
94.1 |
|
|
|
96.4 |
|
|
|
98.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, |
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2010 |
|
|
2011 |
|
|
|
(in millions, except ratios) |
|
Balance Sheet Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
574.8 |
|
|
$ |
506.1 |
|
|
$ |
651.4 |
|
|
$ |
719.9 |
|
|
$ |
724.4 |
|
Working capital(2) |
|
|
724.8 |
|
|
|
1,037.4 |
|
|
|
1,079.6 |
|
|
|
1,208.1 |
|
|
|
1,457.3 |
|
Total assets |
|
|
4,698.0 |
|
|
|
4,846.6 |
|
|
|
4,998.9 |
|
|
|
5,436.9 |
|
|
|
7,257.2 |
|
Total long-term debt, excluding current portion(2) |
|
|
294.1 |
|
|
|
625.0 |
|
|
|
454.0 |
|
|
|
443.0 |
|
|
|
1,409.7 |
|
Stockholders equity |
|
|
2,114.1 |
|
|
|
2,014.3 |
|
|
|
2,394.4 |
|
|
|
2,659.2 |
|
|
|
3,031.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(3) |
|
|
6.4 |
|
|
|
8.9 |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
|
4.8 |
|
|
|
8.6 |
|
(1) |
Our
1 1/4% convertible senior subordinated notes
potentially will impact the dilution of weighted shares outstanding for the excess conversion value using the treasury stock method. |
(2) |
Holders of our former 1 3/4% convertible senior subordinated notes due 2033 and our $201.3 million 1 1/4% convertible senior subordinated notes due 2036 could have converted or may convert the notes if, during any fiscal quarter, the closing sales price of our
common stock exceeded or exceeds 120% of the conversion price of $22.36 per share for our former 1 3/4% convertible senior subordinated notes and $40.73 per share for our 1 1/4% convertible senior subordinated notes for at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding fiscal quarter. As of
December 31, 2011, this criteria was not met with respect to the 1 1/4% convertible senior subordinated notes, and, therefore, we classified these notes as long-term debt. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the criteria was met for our former 1 3/4% convertible senior subordinated notes, and, therefore, we
classified these notes as a current liability. As of December 31, 2008, this criteria was not met with respect to either of the notes, and, therefore, we classified both notes as long-term debt. As of December 31, 2007, the criteria was
met for both notes, and, therefore, we classified both notes as current liabilities. |
(3) |
For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before income taxes and distributed earnings of
less-than-50%-owned affiliates, plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest costs (whether expensed or capitalized), amortization of debt issuance costs and an estimate of the interest cost in rental expense. The computation of ratio of
earnings to fixed charges does not include the interest component of our income tax liabilities related to uncertain tax positions connected with ongoing tax audits in various jurisdictions. |
6
RISK FACTORS
Investing in the exchange notes involves risks. Prior to making a decision about participating in the exchange offer, you should
carefully consider the risks described below and all other information contained in this prospectus. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial may also adversely affect us. If any of the
events underlying the following risks occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially harmed.
RISKS RELATED TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER
If you fail to properly tender your outstanding notes, you will continue to hold unregistered outstanding notes and you will continue to face
restrictions that will make the sale or transfer of your outstanding notes more difficult.
We will only issue
exchange notes in exchange for outstanding notes that you timely and properly tender. Therefore, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery of the outstanding notes, and you should carefully follow the instructions on how to tender
your outstanding notes. Neither we nor the exchange agent is required to tell you of any defects or irregularities with respect to your tender of outstanding notes.
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer of your outstanding notes described in the legend on
your outstanding notes. In general, you may only offer or sell the outstanding notes if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or offered and sold under an exemption from those requirements. To the extent
other outstanding notes are tendered and accepted in the exchange offer and you elect not to exchange your outstanding notes, the trading market, if any, for your outstanding notes would be adversely affected because your outstanding notes will be
less liquid than the exchange notes.
Some holders that exchange their outstanding notes may be required to comply with registration and
prospectus delivery requirements in connection with the sale or transfer of their exchange notes.
If you exchange
your outstanding notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. If you are required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements, then you may face additional burdens on the transfer of your
exchange notes and could incur liability for failure to comply with applicable requirements.
RISKS RELATED TO THE NOTES
The notes will be junior to the indebtedness of our subsidiaries.
The notes will be issued by AGCO Corporation and will be structurally subordinated to the existing and future claims of our subsidiaries creditors, including trade payables. Holders of the notes
will not be creditors of our subsidiaries. Any claims of holders of the notes to the assets of our subsidiaries derive from our own equity interests in those subsidiaries. Claims of our subsidiaries creditors will generally have priority as to
the assets of our subsidiaries over our own equity interest claims and will therefore have priority over the holders of the notes. Consequently, the notes will be effectively subordinate to all liabilities, whether or not secured, of any of our
subsidiaries and any subsidiaries that we may in the future acquire or establish.
Our subsidiaries hold a majority of our assets and
conduct a majority of our operations, and they will not be obligated to make payments on the notes.
We conduct a
majority of our business through our subsidiaries. These subsidiaries directly and indirectly own a majority of the assets of our business and conduct operations themselves and through other subsidiaries. Therefore, we depend on distributions and
advances from our subsidiaries and the repayment by our subsidiaries of intercompany loans and advances to meet our debt service and other obligations. Contractual provisions, laws or regulations to which we or any of our subsidiaries are or may
become subject, as well as any subsidiarys financial condition and operating requirements, may limit our ability to obtain cash required to service our indebtedness, including the notes.
7
Because the notes are unsecured, they also are effectively subordinated to existing and future secured
debt, to the extent of the assets securing such debt.
Our obligations under the notes are unsecured. In contrast,
some of our other debt obligations are secured by various assets. The notes are effectively subordinated to our obligations under our secured debt. If we are in default on these secured obligations, you may not receive principal and interest payment
on your notes. While our secured debt is not material at the current time, in the future it may be.
The indenture does not restrict the
amount of additional debt that we may incur.
The notes and the indenture under which the notes will be issued do not
place any limitation on the amount of unsecured debt that may be incurred by us. Our incurrence of additional debt may have important consequences for you as a holder of the notes, including making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations
with respect to the notes, a loss in the market value of the notes and a risk that the credit rating of the notes is lowered or withdrawn.
We may not have sufficient cash flow to make payments on the notes and our other indebtedness.
Our ability to pay principal and interest on the notes and our other indebtedness and to fund our planned capital expenditures depends on
our future operating performance. Our future operating performance is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that are often beyond our control, including general economic conditions and financial, competitive, regulatory and environmental
factors. For a discussion of some of these risks and uncertainties, see Risk Factors in our Form 10-K that is attached as Annex B to this prospectus. Consequently, we cannot assure you that we will have sufficient cash flow to meet our
liquidity needs, including making payments on our indebtedness.
If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to
allow us to make scheduled payments on our debt, we may have to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our debt. We cannot assure you that the terms of our debt will allow for these alternative measures or that such
measures would satisfy our scheduled debt service obligations.
If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt:
|
|
|
the holders of our debt could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable; |
|
|
|
the holders of our secured debt could commence foreclosure proceedings against our assets; |
|
|
|
we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation; and |
|
|
|
you could lose all or part of your investment in the notes. |
We may be unable to repurchase your notes as required under the indenture upon a change of control triggering event.
If a change of control triggering event, as defined in this prospectus, occurs, holders of the notes will have the right, at their option, to require us to repurchase all or a portion of their notes, in
either case, at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding on the date of such change of control triggering event, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, from the date of initial issuance to, but not including, the
repurchase date. If we do not have sufficient funds to pay the repurchase price for all of the notes to be repurchased, an event of default under the indenture governing the notes would occur. We would need to seek third-party financing to the
extent we do not have available funds to meet our repurchase obligations. However, there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain any such financing on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, cash payments in respect of notes to be
repurchased may be subject to limits and might be prohibited, or create an event of default, under our indebtedness or other agreements relating to borrowings that we may enter into from time to time. Our failure to make cash payments in respect of
notes to be repurchased could result in an event of default under the notes or under other credit-related agreements. Our inability to pay for notes that are to be repurchased could result in holders receiving substantially less than the principal
amount of the notes.
8
Because we have made only limited covenants in the indenture for the notes and the terms of the notes
do not provide protection against some types of important corporate events, these limited covenants and protections against certain types of important corporate events may not protect your investment.
The indenture for the notes does not:
|
|
|
require us to maintain any financial ratios or specific levels of net worth, revenues, income, cash flows or liquidity and, accordingly, does not
protect holders of the notes in the event that we experience significant adverse changes in our financial condition or results of operations; |
|
|
|
limit our subsidiaries ability to incur indebtedness, which would effectively rank senior to the notes; |
|
|
|
limit our ability to incur indebtedness; |
|
|
|
restrict our subsidiaries ability to issue securities that would be senior to the equity interests of our subsidiaries that we hold;
|
|
|
|
restrict our ability to purchase or prepay our securities; or |
|
|
|
restrict our ability to make investments or to repurchase or pay dividends or make other payments in respect of our common stock or other securities
ranking junior to the notes. |
Furthermore, the indenture for the notes contains only limited protections in
the event of a change in control. We could engage in many types of transactions, such as certain acquisitions, refinancings or recapitalizations, that could substantially affect our capital structure and the value of the notes but would not
constitute a change of control triggering event that permits holders to require us to repurchase their notes. For these reasons, you should not consider the covenants in the indenture or the repurchase feature of the notes as a significant factor in
evaluating whether to invest in the notes.
There is no prior trading market for the notes, so if an active trading market does not
develop for the notes, you may not be able to resell them.
There is no established trading market for the notes, and
we cannot assure you that an active trading market will ever develop for the notes. We do not intend to apply for listing of the notes on any securities exchange or for quotation of the notes on any automated dealer quotation system. The lack of a
trading market could adversely affect your ability to sell the notes and the price at which you may be able to sell the notes. The liquidity of the trading market, if any, and future trading prices of the notes will depend on many factors,
including, among other things, the market price of our common stock, prevailing interest rates, our operating results, financial performance and prospects, the market for similar securities and the overall securities market, and may be adversely
affected by unfavorable changes in these factors. It is possible that the market for the notes will be subject to disruptions which may have a negative effect on the holders of the notes, regardless of our operating results, financial performance or
prospects.
Provisions in the indenture for the notes, our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage an acquisition of us by a
third party, even if the acquisition would be favorable to you.
If a change of control triggering event occurs,
holders of the notes will have the right, at their option, to require us to repurchase all or a portion of their notes at a price equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding on the date of such change of control triggering event,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, from the date of initial issuance to, but not including, the repurchase date. In addition, the indenture for the notes prohibits us from engaging in certain mergers or acquisitions unless, among other
things, the surviving entity assumes our obligations under the notes. These and other provisions, including the provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law could prevent or deter a third party from acquiring us even where the acquisition
could be beneficial to you.
Furthermore, our stockholder rights plan, as amended, contains provisions that could make it
harder for a third party to acquire us. The rights plan provides that each share of common stock outstanding will have attached to it the right to purchase one-hundredth of a share of Junior Cumulative Preferred Stock (junior preferred
stock). The purchase price per one-hundredth of a share of junior preferred stock is $110.00, subject to adjustment. The rights will be exercisable only if a person or group acquires 20.0% or more of our common stock or announces a tender
offer or exchange offer that would result in the acquisition of 20.0% or more of our common
9
stock or, in some circumstances, if other conditions are met. After the rights become exercisable, the plan allows stockholders, other than the acquirer, to purchase our common stock or, in some
circumstances, securities of the acquiror with a then current market value of two times the exercise price of the right. The rights are redeemable for $0.01 per right, subject to adjustment, at the option of our Board of Directors. The rights may
discourage take-over attempts because they could cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire us on terms not approved by our board of directors. Generally, the rights should not interfere with any merger or other
business combination approved by our Board of Directors because our Board of Directors may redeem the rights prior to the time we enter into a purchase and sale agreement with the acquirer.
Covenants in our debt instruments restrict or prohibit us from engaging in or entering into a variety of transactions, which could adversely affect us.
The agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness contain various covenants that limit, among other things, our ability to:
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness; |
|
|
|
pay dividends or make distributions or certain other restricted payments; |
|
|
|
create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us by our subsidiaries; |
|
|
|
enter into transactions with stockholders or affiliates; |
|
|
|
sell assets, including, but not limited to capital stock of restricted subsidiaries; and |
|
|
|
enter into certain mergers and consolidations. |
Failing to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
A breach of a covenant in our debt instruments could cause acceleration of a significant portion of our outstanding
indebtedness.
A breach of a covenant or other provision in any debt instrument governing our current or future
indebtedness could result in a default under such debt instrument. In addition, such an event may trigger an event of default under one or more of our other debt instruments, including the notes. Our ability to comply with the covenants and other
provisions in our various debt instruments may be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with these covenants and other provisions. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under any debt
instrument, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, the lenders could proceed against collateral
granted to them, if any, to secure the indebtedness. If our current or future lenders accelerate the payment of the indebtedness owed to them, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full our outstanding indebtedness.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
Our business is subject to a number of other risks that could impact our ability to fulfill our obligations under the notes. See Risk Factors in our Form 10-K that is attached as Annex B to
this prospectus.
10
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements regarding, among other things, our financial condition, results of operations, plans,
objectives, future performance and business. All statements contained in this document other than historical information are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements that represent our
beliefs concerning future operations, strategies, financial results or other developments, and contain words and phrases such as may, expects, believes, anticipates, estimates,
should, or similar expressions. Because these forward-looking statements are based on estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control or are
subject to change, actual results could be materially different. Although we believe that our plans, intentions and expectations reflected in or suggested by these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot assure you that we will achieve
or realize these plans, intentions or expectations. Forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Important factors that could cause results or events to differ from current expectations are described in
the section titled Risk Factors.
Such forward-looking statements should be regarded solely as our current plans,
estimates and beliefs. We do not intend, and expressly disclaim any obligation, to update any forward-looking statements to reflect future events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus except as required by law.
USE OF PROCEEDS
We will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the exchange notes in the exchange offer. The exchange offer is intended to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement. In
consideration for issuing the exchange notes as contemplated by this prospectus, we will receive outstanding notes in a like principal amount. The outstanding notes surrendered in exchange for the exchange notes will be retired and cancelled and
will not be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any change in our outstanding indebtedness.
11
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2011. This table should be read in
conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included in our Form 10-K that is attached as Annex B to this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December
31, 2011 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
724.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt: |
|
|
|
|
5 7/8% Senior notes due 2021 |
|
$ |
300.0 |
|
4 1/2% Senior term loan due 2016 |
|
|
259.4 |
|
Credit facility |
|
|
665.0 |
|
1 1/4% Convertible senior subordinated notes due
2036(1) |
|
|
183.4 |
|
Other long-term debt |
|
|
62.0 |
|
Less: Current portion of long-term debt |
|
|
(60.1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt, less current portion |
|
$ |
1,409.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares
authorized; no shares issued or outstanding |
|
$ |
|
|
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares
authorized; 97,194,732 shares issued and outstanding |
|
|
1.0 |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
1,073.2 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
2,321.6 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
|
(400.6 |
) |
Noncontrolling interests |
|
|
36.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity |
|
$ |
3,031.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization |
|
$ |
4,440.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
The amount reflected above as the balance outstanding related to our
1 1/4% senior subordinated notes due 2036 does not
reflect the principal amount outstanding, which was $201.3 million as of December 31, 2011. The amount reflected above is the carrying amount of the liability-classified component of the notes as of December 31, 2011, as is more fully
described in Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011. |
12
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Purpose and Effect
Simultaneously with the sale of the outstanding notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.,
as representatives of the initial purchasers. Under the registration rights agreement, we agreed, among other things, to:
|
|
|
file a registration statement relating to a registered exchange offer for the outstanding notes with the SEC; and |
|
|
|
commence and use our commercially reasonable efforts to complete the exchange offer no later than 60 days after the registration statement was declared
effective by the SEC. |
We are conducting the exchange offer to satisfy our obligations under the
registration rights agreement. If the exchange offer is not completed (or, if required, the shelf registration statement is not declared effective) on or before the date that is the 240th calendar day after the date of initial issuance,
December 5, 2011 (the completion date), the annual interest rate on the outstanding notes will increase by 0.25% per year. The amount of additional interest will increase by an additional 0.25% per year for any subsequent
90-day period until all registration defaults are cured, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00% per year. When we have cured all of the registration defaults, the interest rate on the notes will revert immediately to the original
level.
The exchange offer is not extended to outstanding note holders in any jurisdiction where the exchange offer does not
comply with the securities or blue sky laws of that jurisdiction.
The exchange offer will remain open until the expiration
date specified under Terms of the Exchange Offer below (which is at least 20 business days after the date we mail notice of the exchange offer to the holders of outstanding notes). For each outstanding note surrendered to us under
the exchange offer, the holders of outstanding notes will receive an exchange note of equal principal amount. A holder of outstanding notes that participates in the exchange offer will be required to make certain representations to us (as described
below under Procedures for TenderingYour Representations to Us). Under existing interpretations of the SEC contained in several no-action letters to third parties, the exchange notes will generally be freely transferable
after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act, except that any broker-dealer that participates in the exchange must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act when it resells the exchange
notes.
We have agreed to make available, during the period required by the Securities Act, a prospectus meeting the
requirements of the Securities Act for use by participating broker-dealers and other persons, if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements for use in connection with any resale of exchange notes. Outstanding notes not tendered in the
exchange offer will bear interest at the rate of 5.875% per annum and be subject to all the terms and conditions specified in the indenture, including transfer restrictions, but, except as provided below, will not retain any rights under the
registration rights agreement (including with respect to increases in annual interest rate described below) after the consummation of the exchange offer.
In the event that we determine that a registered exchange offer is not available or may not be completed because it would violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC,
if for any reason, the exchange offer is not for any other reason completed by the completion date, or, in certain circumstances, any initial purchaser of the outstanding notes so requests in connection with any offer or sale of outstanding notes,
we will use our reasonable best efforts to cause to become effective a shelf registration statement relating to resales of the outstanding notes and to keep that shelf registration statement effective until the date that the outstanding notes cease
to be registrable securities (as defined in the registration rights agreement), or such shorter period that will terminate when all outstanding notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold pursuant to the shelf
registration statement. We will, in the event of such a shelf registration, provide to each participating holder of outstanding notes copies of a prospectus, notify each participating holder of outstanding notes when the shelf registration statement
has become effective and take certain other actions to permit resales of the outstanding notes. A holder of outstanding notes that sells outstanding notes under the shelf registration statement generally will be required to make certain
representations to us (as described in the registration rights agreement), to be named as a selling security holder in the related prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions
under the Securities Act in connection with those sales and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement that are applicable to such a holder of outstanding notes (including certain indemnification obligations). Holders of
outstanding notes will also be required to suspend their use of the prospectus included in the shelf registration statement under specified circumstances upon receipt of notice from us. Under applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, our
affiliates will not be permitted to exchange their outstanding notes for registered exchange notes in the exchange offer.
13
Any amounts of additional interest due will be payable in cash on the same original interest
payment dates as interest on the outstanding notes is payable. The exchange notes will be accepted for clearance through DTC.
This summary of the provisions of the registration rights agreement does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified
in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the registration rights agreement. A copy of the registration rights agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the exchange offer registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See
Where You Can Find Additional Information.
Based on an interpretation by the SECs staff set forth in
no-action letters issued to third parties unrelated to us, we believe that, with the exceptions set forth below, exchange notes issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by the holder of exchange notes
without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, unless the holder:
|
|
|
acquired the exchange notes other than in the ordinary course of the holders business; |
|
|
|
has an arrangement with any person to engage in the distribution of the exchange notes; |
|
|
|
is our affiliate within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act; or |
|
|
|
is a broker-dealer who purchased notes directly from us for resale under Rule 144A or Regulation S or any other available exemption under the
Securities Act. |
Any holder who tenders in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a
distribution of the exchange notes cannot rely on this interpretation by the SECs staff and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction. Each
broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for outstanding notes, where such exchange notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge
that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. See Plan of Distribution. Broker-dealers who acquired outstanding notes directly from us and not as a result of market making activities or other
trading activities may not rely on the staffs interpretations discussed above or participate in the exchange offer, and must comply with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in order to sell the outstanding notes.
Terms of the Exchange Offer
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus and in the letter of transmittal, we will accept any and all outstanding notes validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to 5:00
p.m., New York City time, on , 2012, or such date and time to which we extend the offer. We will issue $1,000 in principal amount of exchange notes in exchange for each $1,000 principal amount of outstanding notes accepted in the exchange offer.
Holders may tender some or all of their outstanding notes pursuant to the exchange offer. However, outstanding notes may be tendered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The exchange offer is not
conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of outstanding notes being tendered for exchange.
The exchange notes will
evidence the same debt as the outstanding notes and will be issued under the terms of, and entitled to the benefits of, the indenture relating to the outstanding notes.
As of the date of this prospectus, $300,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes were outstanding and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee for DTC. This
prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, is being sent to the registered holder and to others believed to have beneficial interests in the outstanding notes. There will be no fixed record date for determining registered holders of
outstanding notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer. We intend to conduct the exchange offer in accordance with the applicable requirements of the registration rights agreement, the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC.
We will be deemed to have accepted for
exchange properly tendered outstanding notes when we have given oral or written notice of the acceptance to the exchange agent and complied with the applicable provisions of the registration rights agreement. The exchange agent will act as agent for
the tendering holders for the purpose of receiving the exchange notes from us.
14
If any tendered outstanding notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid
tender, the occurrence of certain other events set forth under the heading Conditions to the Exchange Offer or otherwise, any such unaccepted outstanding notes will be returned, without expense, to the tendering holder of those
outstanding notes promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
Holders who tender outstanding notes in
the exchange offer will not be required to pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the letter of transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of notes in the exchange offer. We will pay all charges and
expenses, other than certain applicable taxes, applicable to the exchange offer. See Fees and Expenses.
Expiration Date;
Extensions; Amendments
The expiration date will be 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 2012, unless we, in our sole
discretion, extend the exchange offer, in which case the expiration date shall be the latest date and time to which the exchange offer is extended. In order to extend the exchange offer, we will notify the exchange agent and each registered holder
of any extension by oral or written notice prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date. Any such notice will include the principal amount of outstanding notes tendered for exchange
as of such date. We reserve the right, in our sole discretion:
|
|
|
to delay accepting any outstanding notes, to extend the exchange offer or, if any of the conditions set forth under Conditions to the
Exchange Offer shall not have been satisfied, to terminate the exchange offer, by giving oral or written notice of that delay, extension or termination to the exchange agent; or |
|
|
|
to amend the terms of the exchange offer in any manner. |
In the event that we make a fundamental change to the terms of the exchange offer, we will file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement.
Procedures for Tendering
In order to participate in the exchange offer, you must properly tender your outstanding notes to the exchange agent as described below.
We will only issue exchange notes in exchange for outstanding notes that you timely and properly tender. Therefore, you should allow sufficient time to ensure timely delivery of the outstanding notes, and you should follow carefully the instructions
on how to tender your outstanding notes. It is your responsibility to properly tender your notes. We have the right to waive any defects. However, we are not required to waive defects and are not required to notify you of defects in your tender.
If you have any questions or need help in exchanging your notes, please call the exchange agent, whose address and phone
number are set forth in Prospectus SummaryThe Exchange OfferExchange Agent.
All of the outstanding
notes were issued in book-entry form, and all of the outstanding notes are currently represented by global certificates held for the account of DTC. We have confirmed with DTC that the outstanding notes may be tendered using the automated tender
offer program (ATOP) instituted by DTC. The exchange agent will establish an account with DTC for purposes of the exchange offer promptly after the commencement of the exchange offer, and DTC participants may electronically transmit
their acceptance of the exchange offer by causing DTC to transfer their outstanding notes to the exchange agent using the ATOP procedures. In connection with the transfer, DTC will send an agents message to the exchange agent. The
agents message will state that DTC has received instructions from the participant to tender outstanding notes and that the participant agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal.
By using the ATOP procedures to exchange outstanding notes, you will not be required to deliver a letter of transmittal to the exchange
agent. However, you will be bound by its terms just as if you had signed it. There is no procedure for guaranteed late delivery of the notes.
Determinations Under the Exchange Offer
We will determine, in our sole
discretion, all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility, time of receipt, acceptance of tendered outstanding notes and withdrawal of tendered outstanding notes. Our determination will be final and binding. We reserve the absolute right to
reject any outstanding notes not properly tendered or any outstanding notes our acceptance of which would, in the opinion of
15
our counsel, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any defect, irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular outstanding notes. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions
of the exchange offer, including the instructions in the letter of transmittal, will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, all defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes must be cured within such time as
we shall determine. Although we intend to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of outstanding notes, neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will incur any liability for failure to give such notification.
Tenders of outstanding notes will not be deemed made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any outstanding notes received by the exchange agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities
have not been cured or waived will be returned to the tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the letter of transmittal, promptly following the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
When We Will Issue Exchange Notes
We will issue the exchange notes when or promptly after the exchange offer expires. In all cases, we will issue exchange notes for outstanding notes that we have accepted for exchange under the exchange
offer only after the exchange agent timely receives:
|
|
|
a book-entry confirmation of such outstanding notes into the exchange agents account at DTC; and |
|
|
|
a properly transmitted agents message. |
Return of Outstanding Notes Not Accepted or Exchanged
If we do not accept
any tendered outstanding notes for exchange or if outstanding notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, the unaccepted or non-exchanged outstanding notes will be returned without expense to their
tendering holder. Such non-exchanged outstanding notes will be credited to an account maintained with DTC. These actions will occur promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
Your Representations to Us
By agreeing to be bound by the letter of transmittal, you will represent to us that, among other things:
|
|
|
any exchange notes that you receive will be acquired in the ordinary course of your business; |
|
|
|
you have no arrangement or understanding with any person or entity to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes;
|
|
|
|
you are not our affiliate, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act; and |
|
|
|
if you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding notes, you acquired those notes as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities and you will deliver a prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a prospectus) in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. |
Withdrawal of Tenders
Except as otherwise provided in this prospectus, you may withdraw your tender at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the expiration date. For a withdrawal to be effective, you must comply with the appropriate procedures of DTCs ATOP system. Any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at DTC to be credited with withdrawn
outstanding notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of DTC.
We will determine all questions as to the validity, form,
eligibility and time of receipt of notice of withdrawal. Our determination shall be final and binding on all parties. We will deem any outstanding notes so withdrawn not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the exchange offer.
Any outstanding notes that have been tendered for exchange but are not exchanged for any reason will be credited to an
account maintained with DTC for the outstanding notes. This crediting will take place promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.
16
Acceptance of the Notes and Delivery of the Exchange Notes
Subject to and as soon as practicable after the satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will promptly
accept all outstanding notes validly tendered and not properly withdrawn before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date, and will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all outstanding notes or portions
thereof so accepted for exchange by us. Following such acceptance, we will issue, and cause Union Bank, N.A., the trustee under the indenture for the outstanding notes and the exchange notes, to promptly authenticate and deliver to each holder,
exchange notes equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the outstanding notes tendered by such holder. Please refer to the section in this prospectus entitled Conditions to the Exchange Offer below. For purposes of the
exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted properly tendered outstanding notes for exchange when we give notice of acceptance to the exchange agent.
Conditions to the Exchange Offer
Notwithstanding any other provision of
the exchange offer, we will not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any outstanding notes and may terminate or amend the exchange offer if at any time before the acceptance of those outstanding notes for
exchange or the exchange of the exchange notes for those outstanding notes, we determine that the exchange offer violates applicable law, any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC or any order of any governmental agency or court of
competent jurisdiction.
The foregoing conditions are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by us regardless of the
circumstances giving rise to any such condition or may be waived by us in whole or in part at any time and from time to time in our sole discretion. The failure by us at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver
of any of those rights and each of those rights shall be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time and from time to time.
In addition, we will not accept for exchange any outstanding notes tendered, and no exchange notes will be issued in exchange for those outstanding notes, if at such time any stop order shall be
threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. In any of those events we are required to use our reasonable
best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any stop order at the earliest possible moment.
Fees and Expenses
We will not make any payments to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. The principal solicitation is
being made by mail; however, additional solicitations may be made in person or by telephone by our officers and employees. The estimated cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer will be paid by us and will include fees and
expenses of the exchange agent, accounting, legal, printing and related fees and expenses.
Regulatory Approvals
We do not believe that the receipt of any material federal or state regulatory approval will be necessary in connection with the exchange
offer, other than the effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement under the Securities Act.
Accounting Treatment
The exchange notes will be recorded at the same carrying value as the outstanding notes as reflected in our accounting
records on the date of exchange. Accordingly, no gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized by us. The expenses of the exchange offer and the unamortized expenses related to the issuance of the outstanding notes will be amortized over
the term of the exchange notes.
Transfer Taxes
Holders who tender their outstanding notes for exchange pursuant to this exchange offer will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with that tender or exchange, except that holders who
instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that outstanding notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder will be responsible for the payment of
any applicable transfer tax on those notes. If, however, a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of notes pursuant to this exchange offer, then the amount of such transfer taxes (whether imposed on such holder or any other
person) will be payable by the tendering holder.
17
Consequences of Failure to Exchange
If you do not exchange your outstanding notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer, the outstanding notes you hold will
continue to be outstanding and accrue interest and will also be subject to the existing transfer restrictions provided in the outstanding notes and the indenture. Following completion of the exchange offer, we do not plan to register outstanding
notes under the Securities Act unless our registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the outstanding notes requires us to do so. Further, if you continue to hold any outstanding notes after the exchange offer is consummated, you
may have trouble selling them because there will be fewer of the outstanding notes outstanding.
DESCRIPTION OF EXCHANGE NOTES
We will issue the exchange notes under the same indenture as the outstanding notes, between us, as issuer, and Union Bank, N.A., as trustee. As used in this description of exchange notes, the words
we, us, our or AGCO refer only to AGCO Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and do not include any of our subsidiaries.
The form and terms of the exchange notes are the same as the form and terms of the outstanding notes, except that the exchange notes:
|
|
|
will be registered under the Securities Act; |
|
|
|
will not bear restrictive legends restricting their transfer under the Securities Act; |
|
|
|
will not be entitled to the registration rights that apply to the outstanding notes; and |
|
|
|
will not contain provisions relating to an increase in any interest rate in connection with the outstanding notes under circumstances related to the
timing of the exchange offer. |
The term notes as used in this section means the exchange notes
and the outstanding notes, in each case outstanding at any given time and issued under the indenture. The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the notes and the indenture. It does not purport to be complete. This summary
is subject to and is qualified by reference to all the provisions of the indenture, including the definitions of certain terms used in the indenture, and the notes, which we urge you to read because they define your rights as a note holder. A copy
of the indenture, including forms of the notes, has been filed as an exhibit to the exchange offer registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See Where You Can Find Additional Information. Copies of the indenture,
including forms of the notes, are available upon request to us.
General
We are offering $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 5.875% Senior Notes due 2021. The notes:
|
|
|
are senior unsecured obligations of ours; |
|
|
|
rank equally with all of our other senior unsecured indebtedness from time to time outstanding; |
|
|
|
are structurally subordinated to all existing and future obligations of our subsidiaries; and |
|
|
|
are issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. |
The notes will mature on December 1, 2021, unless earlier redeemed or repurchased. We may, without the consent of the holders, issue
additional notes under the indenture with the same terms and with the same CUSIP numbers as the notes offered hereby in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, provided that such additional notes must be part of the same issue as the notes offered
hereby for United States federal income tax purposes. We may also from time to time, to the extent permitted by law, repurchase the notes in open market purchases or negotiated transactions without prior notice to holders.
Neither we nor any of our subsidiaries are subject to any financial covenants under the indenture. In addition, neither we nor any of our
subsidiaries are restricted under the indenture from paying dividends, incurring debt, or issuing or repurchasing our securities.
18
You are not afforded protection under the indenture in the event of a highly leveraged transaction or a change in control of us except to the extent described below under Offer to
Repurchase Upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.
The notes bear cash interest at a rate of 5.875% per year.
Interest on the notes will accrue from December 5, 2011, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for. We will pay interest semiannually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, beginning
on June 1, 2012, to record holders at the close of business on the preceding May 15 and November 15, as the case may be, except interest payable upon redemption or repurchase will be paid to the person to whom principal is payable,
unless the redemption date or repurchase date, as the case may be, is an interest payment date.
We will maintain an office in
the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, for the payment of interest, which shall initially be an office or agency of the trustee. Interest may be paid to you either:
|
|
|
by check mailed to your address as it appears in the note register, provided that if you are a holder with an aggregate principal amount in excess of
$2.0 million, you shall be paid, at your written election, by wire transfer in immediately available funds; or |
|
|
|
by transfer to an account maintained by you in the United States. |
However, so long as DTC is the sole registered owner of the notes, we will make interest payments to DTC by wire transfer of immediately
available funds. We will not be responsible for the payments of any amounts owed by DTC to the beneficial owners of the notes. Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve, 30-day months.
Ranking
The notes are
general unsecured obligations of AGCO and rank equally with all of our unsecured and unsubordinated obligations from time to time outstanding. As of December 31, 2011, we did not have any senior unsecured indebtedness that would rank equally
with the notes, and we and our subsidiaries had approximately $49.3 million of secured indebtedness outstanding which would be effectively senior to the notes. Holders of any secured indebtedness will have claims that are prior to your claims as
holders of the notes, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, in the event of any bankruptcy, liquidation or similar proceeding. In addition, the notes are structurally subordinated to all existing and future obligations
of our subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2011, our subsidiaries had approximately $991.3 of indebtedness. In the future we and our subsidiaries may incur additional indebtedness including secured indebtedness subject in the case of secured
indebtedness to the covenant described under Limitations on Liens.
Optional Redemption
Prior to September 1, 2021, we may redeem the notes, in whole or in part from time to time, at our option as set forth below. We will
mail notice of the redemption to registered holders of such notes at least 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date set for redemption. We may redeem such notes at a redemption price equal to the greater of:
|
|
|
100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date; or
|
|
|
|
the sum, as determined by an independent investment banker, of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest
(exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the treasury rate plus 50 basis points, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, including additional interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of redemption. |
Beginning
September 1, 2021, we may redeem the notes, in whole or in part from time to time, at our option, for an amount in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount plus any accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any, to, but
excluding, the redemption date. We are required to give notice of redemption by mail to holders not more than 60 but less than 30 days prior to the redemption dates.
For these purposes:
19
comparable treasury issue means the United States treasury
security selected by an independent investment banker as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term (remaining life) of the notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary
financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of the notes.
comparable treasury price means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the reference treasury dealer quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and
lowest such reference treasury dealer quotations, or (2) if the independent investment banker obtains fewer than four such reference treasury dealer quotations, the average of all such quotations or, if only one such quotation is obtained, such
quotation.
independent investment banker means an independent investment banking institution of
national standing appointed by us, which may be one of the reference treasury dealers.
reference
treasury dealer means any primary U.S. government securities dealers in New York City (a primary treasury dealer) that we select, which are J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, a primary treasury dealer selected by Mitsubishi UFJ Securities
(USA), Inc., Rabo Securities USA, Inc. or SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. after consultation with us and any other primary treasury dealers selected by us; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. government
securities dealer in the United States, we will substitute therefor another primary treasury dealer.
reference treasury dealer quotation means, with respect to each reference treasury dealer and any redemption
date, the average, as determined by the independent investment banker, of the bid and asked prices for the comparable treasury issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the independent investment
banker by such reference treasury dealer at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third business day preceding such redemption date.
treasury rate means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently
published statistical release designated H.15(519) or any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States treasury
securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption Treasury Constant Maturities, for the maturity corresponding to the comparable treasury issue (provided that if no maturity is within three months before or after the remaining
life, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the comparable treasury issue shall be determined and the treasury rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the
nearest month), or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the
comparable treasury issue, calculated using a price for the comparable treasury issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the comparable treasury price for such redemption date. The treasury rate shall be calculated on the
third business day preceding the redemption date.
If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of all of the notes (or
portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the trustee or paying agent on or before the redemption date, then on and after such redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on such notes (or such portion thereof)
called for redemption.
If less than all of the outstanding notes are to be redeemed, the trustee will select the notes to be
redeemed in principal amounts of $2,000 or multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof by lot, pro rata or by another method the trustee considers fair and appropriate.
We may at any time, and from time to time, purchase the notes at any price or prices in the open market or otherwise. Notes so purchased may, at our sole option, be held, resold or surrendered to the
trustee for cancellation.
Special Mandatory Redemption
Prior to completing the acquisition of the GSI Holdings Corp., the outstanding notes were subject to special mandatory redemption provisions if a special mandatory redemption trigger event occurred.
However, since December 1, 2011, such special mandatory redemption provisions are no longer operative.
20
Offer to Repurchase Upon a Change of Control Triggering Event
If a change of control triggering event, as discussed below, occurs at any time prior to the maturity of the notes, unless we have
exercised our right to redeem the notes as described under Optional Redemption above, you may require us to repurchase your notes for cash, in whole or in part, on a repurchase date of our choosing that is not less than 30 nor more than
60 days after the date of our notice of the change of control triggering event. The notes will be repurchased in principal amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. We will repurchase the notes at a price equal to 101% of
the principal amount to be repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any, to, but excluding, the repurchase date, subject to the rights of holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the
relevant interest payment date. Any notes repurchased by us will be paid for in cash.
We will mail to all record holders a
notice of a change of control triggering event within 30 days following any change of control triggering event, or, at our option, prior to the date of consummation of any change of control, but after public announcement of the pending change of
control, and of the resulting repurchase right, if any. We are also required by the indenture to deliver to the trustee a copy of the change of control triggering event notice. If you elect to require us to repurchase your notes, you must deliver to
us or our designated paying agent, on or before the repurchase date specified in our change of control triggering event notice, your repurchase notice for transfer. We will promptly pay the repurchase price for notes surrendered for repurchase
following the later of the repurchase date and the time of book-entry transfer or delivery of the notes to be redeemed, duly endorsed for transfer. If the paying agent holds money sufficient to pay the repurchase price for any note on the repurchase
date, then, on and after such date, the notes will cease to be outstanding, interest will cease to accrue and all other rights of the holder will terminate, except the right to receive the repurchase price. This will be the case whether or not
book-entry transfer of the note has been made or the note has been delivered to the paying agent.
We will not be required to
make an offer to purchase your notes in the event of a change of control triggering event if a third party makes such an offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements for such an offer made by us and such third
party purchases all notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under its offer.
You may withdraw any written repurchase notice
by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the paying agent prior to the close of business on the redemption date. The withdrawal notice must state:
|
|
|
the principal amount of the withdrawn notes; |
|
|
|
if certificated notes have been issued, the certificate numbers and CUSIP numbers of the withdrawn notes (or, if your notes are not certificated, your
withdrawal notice must comply with appropriate DTC procedures); and |
|
|
|
the principal amount, if any, that remains subject to the repurchase notice. |
A change of control triggering event will be deemed to have occurred if the notes cease to be rated investment grade by at
least two of the three rating agencies on any date during the period commencing 60 days prior to the first public announcement by the company of any change of control (or pending change of control) and ending 60 days following
consummation of such change of control (which period will be extended following consummation of a change of control for so long as any of the rating agencies has publicly announced that it is considering a possible ratings change). Unless at least
two of the three rating agencies are providing a rating for the notes at the commencement of any such period, the notes will be deemed to have ceased to be rated investment grade by at least two of the three rating agencies during that period.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no change of control triggering event will be deemed to have occurred in connection with any particular change of control unless and until such change of control has actually been consummated.
A change of control will be deemed to have occurred at the time after the notes are originally issued that any of the
following occurs:
(1) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other
than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole to any person (as that term is used in
Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act)) other than to the company or one of its subsidiaries;
21
(2) the consummation of any transaction (including without limitation, any
merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any person (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act),
directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock of the company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;
(3) the company consolidates with, or merges with or into, any person, or any person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the
outstanding voting stock of the company or such other person is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where the shares of the voting stock of the company outstanding immediately prior to
such transaction constitute, or are converted into or exchanged for, a majority of the voting stock of the surviving person immediately after giving effect to such transaction;
(4) the first day on which the majority of the members of the board of directors of the company cease to be continuing
directors; or
(5) the adoption by our shareholders of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the
company.
For these purposes:
continuing director means, as of any date of determination, any member of the board of directors of the company who:
(1) was a member of such board of directors on the date of the indenture; or
(2) was nominated for election, elected or appointed to such board of directors with the approval of a majority of the
continuing directors who were members of such board of directors at the time of such nomination, election or appointment (or such lesser number comprising a majority of a nominating committee if authority for such nomination, election or appointment
has been delegated to a nominating committee whose authority and composition have been approved by at least a majority of the directors who were continuing directors at the time such committee was formed).
investment grade means a rating of Baa3 or better by Moodys (or its equivalent under any
successor rating category of Moodys); a rating of BBB- or better by S&P (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of S&P); and a rating of BBB- or better by Fitch (or its equivalent under any
successor rating category of Fitch) and the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any replacement rating agency or rating agencies selected by us under the circumstances permitting us to select a replacement rating agency and in the manner
for selecting a replacement rating agency, in each case as set forth in the definition of rating agency.
rating agency means each of Fitch, Moodys and S&P; provided, that if any of Fitch, Moodys or S&P ceases to provide rating services to issuers or investors, we may appoint
another nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange Act as a replacement for such rating agency; provided that we shall give written notice of such appointment
to the trustee.
Fitch means Fitch Inc., a subsidiary of Fimalac, S.A., and its successors.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.
S&P means Standard & Poors Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.,
and its successors.
voting stock of any specified person as of any date means the capital stock of
such person that is at the time entitled to vote generally in the election of the board of directors of such person.
The
definition of change of control includes a phrase relating to the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries taken as a whole.
Although there is a limited
22
body of case law interpreting the phrase substantially all, there is no precise, established definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, the applicability of the
requirement that we offer to repurchase the notes as a result of a sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of less than all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries taken as a whole to another person (as such terms
is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) may be uncertain.
We will comply with any applicable provisions of Rule
13e-4 and any other tender offer rules under the Exchange Act in the event of a change of control triggering event.
These
change of control triggering event repurchase rights could discourage a potential acquirer. However, this change of control triggering event repurchase feature is not the result of managements knowledge of any specific effort to obtain control
of us by means of a merger, tender offer or solicitation, or part of a plan by management to adopt a series of anti-takeover provisions. The term change of control is limited to specified transactions and may not include other events
that might adversely affect our financial condition or business operations. Our obligation to offer to repurchase the notes upon a change of control triggering event would not necessarily afford you protection in the event of a highly leveraged
transaction, reorganization, merger or similar transaction involving us.
Limitations on Liens
We will not, and will not permit any of our restricted subsidiaries to, create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee any indebtedness for
money borrowed secured by a lien (secured debt) upon any principal property or any shares of stock or indebtedness for borrowed money of any restricted subsidiary, whether owned at the date of the indenture or thereafter acquired,
without effectively providing concurrently that the notes are secured equally and ratably with or, at our option, prior to such secured debt so long as such secured debt shall be so secured.
The foregoing restriction shall not apply to, and there shall be excluded from secured debt in any computation under such restriction,
secured debt secured by:
(1) liens on any property, shares of stock or indebtedness for borrowed money of any
entity existing at the time such entity becomes a restricted subsidiary;
(2) liens on property or shares of
stock existing at the time of the acquisition of such property or stock by us or a restricted subsidiary, or existing as of the original date of the indenture;
(3) liens to secure the payment of all or any part of the price of acquisition, construction or improvement of such property or stock by us or a restricted subsidiary, or to secure any secured debt
incurred by us or a restricted subsidiary, prior to, at the time of, or within 180 days after, the later of the acquisition or completion of construction (including any improvements on an existing property), which secured debt is incurred for the
purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price thereof or construction of improvements thereon; provided, however, that, in the case of any such acquisition, construction or improvement, the lien shall not apply to any property
theretofore owned by us or a restricted subsidiary, other than, in the case of any such construction or improvement, any theretofore substantially unimproved real property on which the property or improvement so constructed is located;
(4) liens granted in favor of, or for the benefit of, us or a restricted subsidiary;
(5) liens on property of an entity existing at the time such entity is merged into or consolidated with us or a restricted
subsidiary or at the time of a sale, lease or other disposition of the properties of an entity as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to us or a restricted subsidiary;
(6) liens to secure hedging obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business for bona fide hedging purposes to
purchase any raw material or other commodity or to hedge risks or reduce costs with respect to our, or any of our restricted subsidiaries, interest rate, currency or commodity exposure;
(7) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, protrusions and other similar encumbrances on real property
which in the aggregate do not materially detract from the value of such property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of our businesses and our restricted subsidiaries; or
(8) any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements) in whole
23
or in part of any lien referred to in clauses (1) through (7) above; provided, however, that the principal amount of secured debt so secured shall not exceed the principal amount of
secured debt so secured at the time of such extension, renewal or replacement (except any amounts committed at the date of the indenture), and that such extension, renewal or replacement shall be limited to all or a part of the property which
secured the lien so extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements and construction on such property).
Notwithstanding the
foregoing, we and any one or more of our restricted subsidiaries may, however, without securing the notes, create, incur, issue, assume or guarantee secured debt secured by a lien if, after giving effect to the transaction, the aggregate of the
secured debt then outstanding (not including secured debt permitted under the above exceptions) does not exceed 15% of our consolidated net tangible assets as shown on our consolidated financial statements as of the end of the fiscal
year preceding the date of determination.
For these purposes:
consolidated net tangible assets means our and our restricted subsidiaries total assets (including,
without limitation, any net investments in subsidiaries that are not restricted subsidiaries) after deducting therefrom (a) all current liabilities (except for indebtedness payable by its terms more than one year from the date of incurrence
thereof or renewable or extendible at the option of the obligor for a period ending more than one year after such date of incurrence) and (b) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, franchises, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense,
organization and developmental expenses and other like segregated intangibles, all as computed by us and our restricted subsidiaries as of the end of the fiscal year preceding the date of determination in accordance with GAAP; provided, that any
items constituting deferred income taxes, deferred investment tax credit or other similar items shall not be taken into account as a liability or as a deduction from or adjustment to total assets.
GAAP means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles as are set forth in the statements and pronouncements
of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and in opinions of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment
of the accounting profession or which have other substantial authoritative support in the United States and are applicable in the circumstances, in each case, as applied on a consistent basis, which are in effect as of the issuance date of the
notes.
hedging obligations of any person means the obligations of such person pursuant to any
interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other financial agreement or arrangement with respect to exposure to interest rates, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement with respect to
currency values, any forward contract, commodity swap, commodity option or other financial agreement or arrangement relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon, fluctuations in commodity prices or any derivative contract entered into to
hedge interest rate risk, currency exchange risk, and commodity price risk.
lien or
liens means any mortgage, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrances upon any principal property or any shares of stock or on indebtedness for borrowed money of any restricted subsidiary (whether such principal property,
shares of stock or indebtedness for borrowed money are now owned or hereafter acquired).
principal
property means any single manufacturing or processing plant, office building or warehouse owned or leased by us or any of our restricted subsidiaries other than a plant, warehouse, office building, or portion thereof which, (i) has a
gross book value of less than 2% of consolidated net tangible assets or (ii) in the opinion of the companys board of directors, is not of material importance to the business conducted by AGCO and its restricted subsidiaries as an
entirety.
restricted subsidiary means any of our subsidiaries which owns or is the lessee of any
principal property.
subsidiary means any corporation, partnership or other legal entity
(a) the accounts of which are consolidated with ours in accordance with GAAP and (b) of which, in the case of a corporation, more than 50% of the outstanding voting stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by us or by one or more other
subsidiaries, or by us and one or more other subsidiaries or, in the case of any partnership or other legal entity, more than 50% of the ordinary equity capital interests is, at the time, directly or indirectly owned or controlled by us or by one or
more of the subsidiaries or by us and one or more of the subsidiaries.
Limitations on Sale and Leaseback Transactions
24
We will not, and will not permit any restricted subsidiary to, enter into any sale and
leaseback transaction unless:
(1) we or such restricted subsidiary would be entitled to create, incur, issue,
assume or guarantee indebtedness secured by a lien upon such principal property at least equal in amount to the attributable debt in respect of such arrangement without equally and ratably securing the notes; provided, however, that from and after
the date on which such arrangement becomes effective, the attributable debt in respect of such arrangement shall be deemed, for all purposes described under Limitations on Liens above, to be secured debt subject to the provisions
of the covenants described therein; or
(2) since the original date of the indenture and within a period
commencing twelve months prior to the consummation of such sale and leaseback transaction and ending twelve months after the consummation of such sale and leaseback transaction, we, or any restricted subsidiary, as the case may be, has expended or
will expend for the principal property an amount equal to
|
(A) |
the net proceeds of such sale and leaseback transaction, and we elect to designate such amount as a credit against such sale and leaseback transaction, or
|
|
(B) |
a part of the net proceeds of such sale and leaseback transaction and we elect to designate such amount as a credit against such sale and leaseback transaction and
applies an amount equal to the remainder of the net proceeds as provided in the following paragraph; or |
(3) such sale and leaseback transaction does not come within the exceptions provided by paragraph (1) above and we do not make the election permitted by paragraph (2) above or make such election
only as to a part of such net proceeds, in either of which events we shall apply an amount in cash equal to the attributable debt in respect of such arrangement (less any amount elected under paragraph (2) above) to the retirement, within 180
days of the effective date of any such arrangement, of indebtedness for borrowed money of ours or any restricted subsidiary (other than our indebtedness for borrowed money which is subordinated to the notes) which by its terms matures at or is
extendible or renewable at the sole option of the obligor without requiring the consent of the obligees to a date more than twelve months after the date of the creation of such indebtedness for borrowed money (it being understood that such
retirement may be made by prepayment of such indebtedness for borrowed money, if permitted by the terms thereof, as well as by payment at maturity, and that at our option and pursuant to the terms of the indenture, such indebtedness may include the
notes).
For these purposes:
attributable debt means the present value (discounted at the weighted average interest rate borne by the notes outstanding at the time of such sale and leaseback transaction compounded
semi-annually) of the obligation of a lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of any lease (including any period for which such lease has been extended).
sale and leaseback transaction means any arrangement with any person providing for the leasing by us or any
restricted subsidiary of any principal property, whether such principal property is now owned or hereafter acquired (except for (1) temporary leases for a term, including renewals at the option of the lessee, of not more than three years and
(2) leases between us and a restricted subsidiary or between restricted subsidiaries), which principal property has been or is to be sold or transferred by us or such restricted subsidiary to such person with the intention of taking back a
lease of such principal property.
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets by AGCO
We may not consolidate with or merge with or into, whether or not we are the surviving corporation, or sell, assign, convey, transfer or
lease our properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any person, unless:
|
|
|
the surviving corporation or the person acquiring the assets is organized and existing under the laws of the United States or one of the 50 states, any
U.S. territory or the District of Columbia, and assumes the obligation to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, including additional interest, if any, on all the notes, and to perform or observe all covenants of the indenture;
|
|
|
|
immediately after the transaction, there is no event of default under the indenture; and |
25
|
|
|
we deliver to the trustee a certificate and opinion of counsel stating that the transaction complies with the indenture. |
Upon the consolidation, merger or sale, the successor corporation formed by the consolidation, or into which we are merged or to which
the sale is made, will succeed to, and be substituted for us under the indenture and the registration rights agreement.
There
is no clear meaning for the phrase substantially as an entirety. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty as to whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of our properties and assets
substantially as an entirety. As a result, it may be unclear as to whether the merger, consolidation or sale of assets covenant would apply to a particular transaction as described above absent a decision by a court of competent
jurisdiction.
Reports
The indenture provides that any documents or reports that we are required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act will be filed with the trustee within 30 days after
the same is required to be filed with the SEC. Documents filed by us with the SEC via the EDGAR system (or any successor thereto) will be deemed to be filed with the trustee as of the time such documents are filed via EDGAR, provided, however, that
the trustee will have no responsibility whatsoever to determine whether such filings have taken place.
Events of Default; Notice and
Waiver
The following are events of default under the indenture:
|
|
|
we fail to pay principal or premium, if any, when due upon redemption or otherwise on the notes; |
|
|
|
we fail to pay any interest or additional interest on the notes, when due and such failure continues for a period of 30 days;
|
|
|
|
we fail to perform or observe the covenants described above under the heading Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets by AGCO or fail
to make or consummate any offer to redeem the notes following a change of control triggering event or redemption event; |
|
|
|
we fail to perform or observe any of the covenants in the indenture for 90 days after notice by the trustee or the holders of 25% or more of the
principal amount of outstanding notes; |
|
|
|
the occurrence under indebtedness of the company or any significant subsidiary having an outstanding balance of $50 million or more of (i) an
event of default that has caused the holder of such indebtedness to accelerate the maturity of such indebtedness and such indebtedness has not been discharged in full or such acceleration rescinded within 30 days or (ii) the failure to make the
principal payment on the final (but not interim) fixed maturity and such defaulted payment shall not have been made, waived or extended within 30 days; and |
|
|
|
certain events involving our bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of one of our significant
subsidiaries. |
The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of the notes of any default, except defaults
in payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the notes. However, the trustee must consider it to be in the interest of the holders of the notes to withhold this notice.
Subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, if an event of default occurs and continues, the trustee or the holders of at least
25% in principal amount of the outstanding notes may declare the principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest and additional interest, if any, on the outstanding notes to be immediately due and payable. In case of certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency involving us, the principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the notes will automatically become due and payable. However, if we cure all defaults, except the nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or additional
interest, if any, that became due as a result of the acceleration, and meet certain other conditions, with certain exceptions, this declaration may be cancelled and the holders of a majority of the principal amount of outstanding notes may waive
these past defaults.
26
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indenture will provide that, to the extent elected by us,
the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to the failure to file any documents or reports that we are required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and for any failure to comply with the requirements
of Section 314(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act or of the covenant described above in Reports, will for the first 60 days after the occurrence of such an Event of Default consist exclusively of the right to receive an
extension fee on the notes in an amount equal to 0.25% of the principal amount of the notes. If we so elect, the extension fee will be payable on all outstanding notes on the date on which an Event of Default relating to a failure to comply with the
reporting obligations in the indenture first occurs. On the 60th day after such Event of Default (if the Event of Default relating to the reporting obligations is not cured or waived prior to such 60th day), the notes will be subject to acceleration
as provided above. The provisions of the indenture described in this paragraph will not affect the rights of holders of notes in the event of the occurrence of any other Event of Default. In the event we do not elect to pay the extension fee upon an
Event of Default in accordance with this paragraph, the notes will be subject to acceleration as provided above.
In order to
elect to pay the extension fee as the sole remedy during the first 60 days after the occurrence of an Event of Default relating to the failure to comply with the reporting obligations in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph, we must
notify all holders of notes and the trustee and paying agent of such election on or before the close of business on the date on which such Event of Default occurs.
Payments of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the notes that are not made when due will accrue interest at the annual rate of 1% above the then applicable interest rate from the required payment
date.
The holders of a majority of outstanding notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of any
proceedings for any remedy available to the trustee, subject to limitations specified in the indenture.
No holder of the
notes may pursue any remedy under the indenture, except in the case of a default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the notes, unless:
|
|
|
the holder has given the trustee written notice of a continuing event of default; |
|
|
|
the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding notes make a written request, and offer indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the trustee
to pursue the remedy; |
|
|
|
the trustee does not receive an inconsistent direction from the holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes; and
|
|
|
|
the trustee fails to comply with the request within 60 days after receipt. |
Modification and Waiver
The consent of the holders of a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding notes is required to modify or amend the indenture. However, a modification or amendment requires the consent of the holder of each outstanding note affected if it would:
|
|
|
extend the fixed maturity of any note; |
|
|
|
reduce the rate or extend the time for payment of interest of any note; |
|
|
|
reduce the principal amount or premium of any note; |
|
|
|
reduce any amount payable upon redemption or repurchase of any note; |
|
|
|
adversely change our obligation to redeem any note on a redemption date or upon a change of control triggering event or purchase any note on a
repurchase event; |
|
|
|
impair the right of a holder to institute suit for payment on any note; |
|
|
|
change the currency in which any note is payable; |
27
|
|
|
reduce the quorum or voting requirements under the indenture; |
|
|
|
change any obligation of ours to maintain an office or agency in the places and for the purposes specified in the indenture;
|
|
|
|
subject to specified exceptions, modify certain of the provisions of the indenture relating to modification or waiver of provisions of the indenture;
or |
|
|
|
reduce the percentage of notes required for consent to any modification of the indenture. |
We are permitted to modify certain provisions of the indenture without the consent of the holders of the notes.
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance
The indenture provides that we may be discharged from our obligations with respect to the notes as described below.
At our option, we may choose one of the following alternatives:
|
|
|
We may elect to be discharged from any and all of our obligations in respect of the notes, except for, among other things, certain obligations to
register the transfer or exchange of the notes, to replace stolen, lost or mutilated notes, and to maintain paying agencies and certain provisions relating to the treatment of funds held by the trustee for defeasance. We refer to this as legal
defeasance. |
|
|
|
Alternatively, we may decide not to comply with certain restrictive covenants contained in the indenture. Any noncompliance with those covenants will
not constitute a default or an event of default with respect to the notes. We refer to this as covenant defeasance. |
In either case, we will be discharged from our obligations if we deposit with the trustee, in trust, sufficient money and/or U.S. government obligations (as referred to below), in the opinion of a
nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent public accountants, to pay principal, any premium, and interest, including additional interest, if any, on the notes on the maturity of those payments in accordance with
the terms of the indenture and the notes. This discharge may occur only if, among other things, we have delivered to the trustee an opinion of nationally recognized tax counsel which provides that the holders of the notes will not recognize income,
gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance had not occurred. In the case of legal defeasance, such opinion must be based on a change in law after the date of initial issuance or an Internal Revenue Service ruling directed to the trustee.
In the event we exercise our option to effect covenant defeasance with respect to the notes and the notes are declared due
and payable because of the occurrence of any event of default, the amount of money and/or U.S. government obligations on deposit with the trustee will be sufficient to pay amounts due on the notes on the dates on which installments of interest or
principal are due but may not be sufficient to pay amounts due on the notes at the time of the acceleration resulting from the event of default. Depending on the event causing the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the shortfall.
For these purposes, U.S. government obligations generally means securities which are (1) direct obligations
of the United States backed by its full faith and credit, or (2) obligations of a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full
faith and credit obligation by the United States, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and will also include certain depository receipts.
We may exercise our legal defeasance option even if we have already exercised our covenant defeasance option. Legal defeasance and
covenant defeasance are both subject to certain conditions, such as no default or event of default occurring and continuing, and no breach of any material agreement.
Book-Entry Delivery and Settlement
The exchange notes will be issued in
the form of one or more fully registered global notes (the global notes) which will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for DTC and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.
28
Beneficial interests in the global notes will be represented through book-entry accounts of
financial institutions acting on behalf of beneficial owners as direct and indirect participants in DTC. Investors may hold interests in the global notes through either DTC (in the United States), Clearstream Banking, S.A., Luxembourg, which we
refer to as Clearstream, or Euroclear Bank S.A./ N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, which we refer to as Euroclear, in Europe, either directly if they are participants in such systems or indirectly through organizations that are participants
in such systems. Clearstream and Euroclear will hold interests on behalf of their participants through customers securities accounts in Clearstreams and Euroclears names on the books of their U.S. depositaries, which in turn will
hold such interests in customers securities accounts in the U.S. depositaries names on the books of DTC.
Information Concerning DTC
All book-entry interests in the notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC. We provide the following summaries of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of
investors. The operations and procedures of DTC are controlled by DTC and may be changed at any time.
We expect that under
procedures established by DTC:
|
|
|
upon deposit of the global notes with DTC or its custodian, DTC will credit on its internal system the accounts of direct participants designated with
portions of the principal amounts of the global notes; and |
|
|
|
ownership of the notes will be shown on, and the transfer of ownership thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee,
with respect to interests of direct participants, and the records of direct and indirect participants, with respect to interests of persons other than participants. |
We are not responsible for these operations or procedures. DTC has advised us that it is a limited-purpose trust company organized under
the laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a clearing corporation within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act. DTC was
created to hold the securities of its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among its participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in the accounts of the participants, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTCs participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom (or their
representatives) own DTC. Access to DTCs book-entry system is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or
indirectly.
Although DTC has agreed to the procedures described herein in order to facilitate transfers of interests in
global notes among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither we, nor the trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by
DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.
The laws of some jurisdictions may require that purchasers of securities take physical delivery of those securities in definitive form. Accordingly, the ability to transfer interests in the notes
represented by a global note to those persons may be limited. In addition, because DTC can act only on behalf of its participants, who in turn act on behalf of persons who hold interests through participants, the ability of a person having an
interest in notes represented by a global note to pledge or transfer those interests to persons or entities that do not participate in DTCs system, or otherwise to take actions in respect of such interest, may be affected by the lack of a
physical definitive security in respect of such interest.
So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of a global
note, DTC or that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by that global note for all purposes under the indenture and under the notes. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global note
will not be entitled to have notes represented by that global note registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated notes and will not be considered the owners or holders thereof under the
applicable indenture or under the notes for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the trustee. Accordingly, each holder owning a beneficial interest in a global note must rely on the
procedures of DTC and, if that holder is not a direct or indirect participant, on the procedures of the participant through which that holder owns its interest, to exercise any rights of a holder of notes under the applicable indenture or a global
note.
29
Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the
records relating to or payments made on account of notes by DTC, Clearstream or Euroclear, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of those organizations relating to the notes.
Payments on the notes represented by the global notes will be made by us to the paying agent and by the paying agent to DTC or its
nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment on the notes represented by a global note, will credit participants accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to
their respective beneficial interests in the global note as shown in the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the global note held through such participants will be governed
by standing instructions and customary practice as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. The participants will be responsible for those payments.
Clearance and Settlement Procedures
Secondary market trading between DTC participants will occur in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in immediately available funds. Secondary market trading between
Clearstream customers and/or Euroclear participants will occur in the ordinary way in accordance with the rules and operating procedures of Clearstream and Euroclear, as applicable, and will be settled using the procedures applicable to conventional
eurobonds in immediately available funds.
Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly through DTC,
on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through Clearstream customers or Euroclear participants, on the other, will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international clearing system by its U.S.
depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing system by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its rules and procedures and within its
established deadlines (European time). The relevant European international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions to the U.S. depositary to take action to effect final settlement on its
behalf by delivering or receiving the notes in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Clearstream customers and Euroclear participants may not deliver instructions
directly to their U.S. depositaries.
Because of time-zone differences, credits of the notes received in Clearstream or
Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a DTC participant will be made during subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day following the DTC settlement date. Such credits or any transactions in the notes settled during
such processing will be reported to the relevant Clearstream customers or Euroclear participants on such business day. Cash received in Clearstream or Euroclear as a result of sales of the notes by or through a Clearstream customer or a Euroclear
participant to a DTC participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant Clearstream or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.
Although DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures to facilitate transfers of the notes among participants
of DTC, Clearstream and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures and such procedures may be changed or discontinued at any time.
Certificated Notes
Individual certificates in respect of any notes will not be issued in exchange for the global notes except in very limited circumstances. We will issue or cause to be issued certificated notes to each
person that DTC identifies as the beneficial owner of the notes represented by a global note upon surrender by DTC of the global note if:
|
|
|
DTC notifies us that it is no longer willing or able to act as a depositary for such global note or ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the
Exchange Act, and we have not appointed a successor depositary within 120 days of that notice or becoming aware that DTC is no longer so registered; |
|
|
|
an event of default has occurred and is continuing, and DTC requests the issuance of certificated notes; or |
|
|
|
we determine not to have the notes represented by a global note. |
30
Neither we nor the trustee will be liable for any delay by DTC, its nominee or any direct or
indirect participant in identifying the beneficial owners of the notes. We and the trustee may conclusively rely on, and will be protected in relying on, instructions from DTC or its nominee for all purposes, including with respect to the
registration and delivery, and the respective principal amounts, of the certificated notes to be issued.
Registration and Transfer
The notes will be issued only in registered form without coupons. We will issue a book-entry security equal to the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes represented by such book-entry security.
We initially have appointed the
trustee as registrar under the indenture. We may at any time rescind the designation of any such transfer agent or approve a change in the location through which any such transfer agent acts, except that we will be required to maintain a transfer
agent in the borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, for the notes. We may at any time designate additional transfer agents with respect to the notes.
In the event of any partial redemption of the notes, we will not be required to (1) issue notes, register the transfer of the notes or exchange the notes during a period beginning at the opening of
business 15 days before the mailing date of a notice of redemption of the notes selected to be redeemed and ending at the close of business on such mailing date or (2) register the transfer or exchange of any note, or portion of any such note,
that is called for redemption, except the unredeemed portion of any note being redeemed in part.
Transfers between
participants in DTC will be done in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in immediately available funds. If a holder requires physical delivery of definitive registered notes for any reason, including to sell the notes to persons in
jurisdictions that require physical delivery of such securities or to pledge such securities, such holder must transfer its interest in the global notes in accordance with the normal procedures of DTC and in accordance with the provisions of the
indenture.
Governing Law
The indenture, the registration rights agreement and the notes are governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.
Information Concerning the Trustee
Union Bank, N.A., is the trustee under the indenture, and exchange agent for the notes. The trustee or its affiliates may provide banking and other services to us in the ordinary course of their business.
The indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the trustee, if it or any of its affiliates is then our creditor,
to obtain payment of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received on any claim as security or otherwise. The trustee and its affiliates will be permitted to engage in other transactions with us. However, if the trustee or any
affiliate continues to have any conflicting interest and a default occurs with respect to the notes, the trustee must eliminate such conflict or resign as trustee under the indenture.
The trustee makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of any information contained in
this prospectus, except for such information that specifically pertains to the trustee itself, or any information incorporated by reference into this prospectus.
31
MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the exchange of outstanding
notes for exchange notes and the ownership and disposition of the exchange notes by a beneficial owner who purchased the outstanding notes on original issuance at the first price, which we refer to as the issue price, at which a
substantial portion of the notes are sold for cash to persons other than bond houses, brokers, or similar persons or organizations acting in the capacity of underwriters, placement agents or wholesalers. This summary is based upon provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, administrative rulings and judicial decisions in effect as of the date of this prospectus, any of which may subsequently be changed, possibly
retroactively, or interpreted differently by the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS) so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. This summary does not address any U.S. federal tax
considerations other than U.S. federal income tax considerations (such as estate or gift tax considerations), or considerations under the tax laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.
Except where noted, this summary deals only with a note held as a capital asset (within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code) by a
beneficial owner who purchased the note on original issuance at the issue price. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation and does not deal with all tax consequences that may be relevant to holders in light of their
personal circumstances or to special categories of holders, such as:
|
|
|
dealers in securities or currencies, financial institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, tax-exempt entities,
insurance companies and traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities; |
|
|
|
persons holding notes as a part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or constructive sale transaction or a straddle; |
|
|
|
U.S. holders, as defined below, whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar; |
|
|
|
entities treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and investors therein; |
|
|
|
certain former citizens or residents of the United States; and |
|
|
|
persons subject to alternative minimum tax. |
In this discussion, we use the term U.S. holder to refer to a beneficial owner of notes that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
|
|
|
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; |
|
|
|
a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the
United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or |
|
|
|
a trust, if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to
control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. |
We use the term non-U.S. holder to describe a beneficial owner of notes that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is an
individual, corporation, estate or trust that is not a U.S. holder.
If any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal
income tax purposes holds notes, the tax treatment of a partner or member generally will depend upon the status of the partner or member and the activities of the entity. If you are a partner or member in such an entity considering an investment in
the notes, you should consult your own tax advisors.
32
If you are considering the purchase of notes, you should consult your own tax advisors
concerning the U.S. federal income, estate and gift tax consequences to you in light of your own specific situation, as well as consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.
Exchange Offer
The
exchange of the outstanding notes for the exchange notes will not be a taxable event to a holder and a holder will not recognize any taxable gain or loss or any interest income as a result of such exchange. The holding period for the exchange note
received in the exchange will include the holding period for the outstanding note exchange therefor, a holders adjusted tax basis in the exchange note will be the same as the adjusted tax basis of the outstanding notes exchange therefor and
the exchange notes will have the same issue price as the outstanding notes.
Consequences to U.S. Holders
Payment of Stated Interest
Stated interest on a note generally will be taxable to a U.S. holder as ordinary income at the time it is received or accrued in
accordance with the U.S. holders usual method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Sale, Redemption or Other Taxable
Disposition of Notes
A U.S. holder generally will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, redemption or other taxable
disposition of a note equal to the difference between the amount realized (less any portion attributable to accrued but unpaid stated interest, which amount will be taxable as ordinary income, to the extent not previously so taxed) upon the sale,
redemption or other taxable disposition and the U.S. holders adjusted tax basis in the note. A U.S. holders adjusted tax basis in a note generally will be equal to the amount that such U.S. holder paid for the note. Any gain or loss
recognized on a sale, redemption or other taxable disposition of the note generally will be capital gain or loss. If, at the time of the sale, redemption or other taxable disposition of the note, a U.S. holder is treated as holding the note for more
than one year, this capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss. Otherwise, this capital gain or loss will be short-term capital gain or loss. In the case of certain non-corporate U.S. holders (including individuals), long-term
capital gain generally will be subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15%, which maximum tax rate currently is scheduled to increase to 20% for dispositions occurring during the taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2013.
A U.S. holders ability to deduct capital losses may be limited.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Information reporting requirements generally will apply to payments of interest on the notes and the proceeds of a sale, redemption or
other taxable disposition of a note paid to a U.S. holder unless the U.S. holder is an exempt recipient.
Backup withholding
(currently at the rate of 28%, and currently scheduled to increase to 31% for payments made after December 31, 2012) will apply to those payments if the U.S. holder fails to provide its correct taxpayer identification number, or certification
of exempt status, if the U.S. holder is notified by the IRS that it has become subject to backup withholding due to a prior failure to report in full payments of interest and dividend income, or otherwise fails to comply with applicable requirements
of the backup withholding rules.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup
withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a U.S. holders U.S. federal income tax liability if the required information is furnished in a timely manner to the IRS.
Medicare Tax on Unearned Income
Recently enacted legislation requires certain U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts to pay an additional 3.8% tax on, among other things, interest on and gains from the sale or other
disposition of notes for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012. U.S. holders that are individuals, estates or trusts should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this legislation on their ownership and
disposition of the notes.
33
Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders
Payment of Interest
Subject to the discussion below concerning backup
withholding, U.S. federal withholding tax will not apply to any payment of interest on a note to a non-U.S. holder provided that:
|
|
|
interest paid on the note is not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holders conduct of a trade or business within the United States;
|
|
|
|
the non-U.S. holder does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock that are
entitled to vote within the meaning of section 871(h)(3) of the Code; |
|
|
|
the non-U.S. holder is not a bank whose receipt of interest on a note is described in section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code; |
|
|
|
the non-U.S. holder is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related to us (actually or constructively) through stock ownership; and
|
|
|
|
the non-U.S. holder provides its name and address, and certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person (which certification may be
made on an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form) or (2) the non-U.S. holder holds the notes through certain foreign intermediaries or certain foreign partnerships, and the non-U.S. holder and the foreign intermediary or foreign partnership
satisfies the certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. |
If a non-U.S. holder
cannot satisfy the requirements described above, payments of interest will be subject to the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, unless the non-U.S. holder provides us with a properly executed (1) IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form)
claiming an exemption from or reduction in withholding under the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty or (2) IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) stating that interest paid on the notes is not subject to withholding tax because it
is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holders conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Effectively connected interest will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in generally the same manner as a U.S.
holder is taxed (unless any applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise). If a non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, it also may be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lesser rate under an applicable income tax treaty) of its
earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to adjustments, that are effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business within the United States.
Sale, Redemption or Other Taxable Disposition of Notes
Any gain realized
by a non-U.S. holder on the sale, redemption or other taxable disposition of a note generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:
|
|
|
that gain is effectively connected with a non-U.S. holders conduct of a trade or business within the United States; or
|
|
|
|
the non-U.S. holder is an individual who was present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition and certain
other conditions are met. |
If a non-U.S. holder is described in the first bullet point above, it will be
subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale, redemption or other taxable disposition in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. holder. If a non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation that falls under the first bullet point
above, it also may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lesser rate as may be specified under an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits. If a non-U.S. holder is an individual described in the
second bullet point above, such holder will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, redemption or other taxable disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to non-U.S. holders the amount of interest paid to non-U.S. holders and the amount of tax, if any, withheld with respect to those payments. Copies of the
information returns reporting such interest and withholding also may be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which a non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
34
In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding with respect to
payments of interest that we make, provided the statement described above in the last bullet point under Payment of Interest has been received and we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a United States
person, as defined under the Code, who is not an exempt recipient.
A non-U.S. holder will be subject to information reporting
and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding with respect to payments of the proceeds of the sale, redemption or other taxable disposition of a note within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial
intermediaries, unless the statement described above has been received, and we do not have actual knowledge or reason to know that a holder is a United States person, as defined under the Code, who is not an exempt recipient, or the non-U.S. holder
otherwise establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup
withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holders U.S. federal income tax liability if the required information is furnished in a timely manner to the IRS.
35
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver
a prospectus in connection with any resale of such exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for
outstanding notes where such exchange notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed to supplement or amend this prospectus for up to 180 days (subject to extension under specified
circumstances) after the expiration date, in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any exchange notes by broker-dealers.
We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of the exchange notes by brokers-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from
time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale,
at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of
such exchange notes may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit of any such resale of exchange notes and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The letter of transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within
the meaning of the Securities Act.
For such period of time as such broker-dealers subject to the prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act must comply with such requirements, from the date on which the exchange offer is consummated, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any
broker-dealer that requests such documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses in connection with the exchange offer (including the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the participating holders of the outstanding
notes), other than underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of outstanding notes by the holders, and will indemnify the holders of the outstanding notes and their
affiliates, directors, officers and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
36
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters in connection with the exchange offer, including the validity of the exchange notes, will be passed upon for us by
Troutman Sanders LLP, Atlanta, Georgia.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of AGCO Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011
and 2010, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and managements assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, have been included herein and
in the registration statement in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report on the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 contains an explanatory paragraph that states that AGCO Corporation acquired GSI Holdings Corp., Shandong Dafeng Machinery Co., Ltd., Laverda SpA, and AGCO-Amity
JV (collectively the Acquired Entities) during 2011, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of AGCO Corporations internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, the Acquired
Entities internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of approximately $1,685.8 million and total revenues of approximately $249.4 million included in the consolidated financial statements of AGCO Corporation and
subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of AGCO Corporation also excluded an evaluation of internal control over financial reporting of the Acquired Entities.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act that registers the exchange notes that will
be offered in exchange for the outstanding notes. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and the exchange notes. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to
omit from this document certain information included in the registration statement.
In addition, this prospectus contains
summaries and other information that we believe are accurate as of the date hereof with respect to specific terms of specific documents, but we refer to the actual documents (copies of which will be made available to holders of outstanding notes
upon request to us) for complete information with respect to those documents. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus do not purport to be complete. Where reference
is made to the particular provisions of a contract or other document, the provisions are qualified in all respects by reference to all of the provisions of the contract or other document. Industry and company data are approximate and reflect
rounding in certain cases.
In accordance with the Exchange Act, we file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy
statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information that we file at the SECs public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain
information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy statements and other information regarding registrants (including us) that file
electronically with the SEC (www.sec.gov). We also maintain an internet site at www.agcocorp.com that contains information about us, but that information is not incorporated by reference herein unless expressly so provided.
A copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011 is attached as Annex B to this prospectus and is
incorporated herein by reference. We encourage you to review our Form 10-K as it provides important business and financial information about the Company.
37
ANNEX A
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
With Respect to Tender of
Any and All Outstanding 5.875% Senior Notes
due 2021
(CUSIP Nos. 001084AN2 and U00835AC9)
In Exchange For
5.875% Senior Notes due 2021
(CUSIP No. )
of
AGCO
CORPORATION
Pursuant to the Exchange Offer and Prospectus
Dated ,2012
The exchange offer and withdrawal rights will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 2012 (the Expiration Date), unless the exchange offer is extended by the issuer.
The Exchange Agent for the Exchange
Offer is:
Union Bank, N.A.
Corporate Trust Department
120 South San Pedro Street, 4th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90012
Attn: Josefina Benavides / Linh Duong
Fax: (213) 972-5695
For Information Call: (213) 972-5679
If you wish to exchange outstanding 5.875% Senior Notes due 2021 for an equal aggregate principal amount at maturity of new 5.875% Senior Notes due 2021 pursuant to the exchange offer, you must validly
tender (and not withdraw) outstanding notes to the exchange agent prior to the expiration date.
The undersigned hereby
acknowledges receipt and review of the Prospectus, dated , 2012 (the Prospectus), of AGCO Corporation (the Issuer), and this Letter of Transmittal (the Letter of Transmittal), which together describe the
Issuers offer (the Exchange Offer) to exchange its issued and outstanding 5.875% Senior Notes due 2021 (the outstanding notes) for a like principal amount of its 5.875% Senior Notes due 2021 (the exchange
notes) that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the Securities Act). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meaning given to them in the Prospectus.
The Issuer reserves the right, at any time or from time to time, to extend the Exchange Offer at its discretion, in which event the term
Expiration Date shall mean the latest date to which the Exchange Offer is extended. The Issuer shall notify the Exchange Agent and each registered holder of the outstanding notes of any extension by oral or written notice prior to
9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.
This Letter of
Transmittal is to be used by holders of the outstanding notes. Tender of outstanding notes is to be made according to the automated tender offer program (ATOP) of The Depository Trust Company (DTC) pursuant to the procedures
set forth in the Prospectus under the caption Exchange OfferProcedures for Tendering. DTC participants that are accepting the Exchange Offer must transmit their acceptance to DTC, which will verify the acceptance and execute a
book-entry delivery to the Exchange Agents DTC account. DTC will then send a computer-generated message known as an agents message to the exchange agent for its acceptance. For you to validly tender your outstanding notes in
the Exchange Offer, the Exchange Agent must receive, prior to the Expiration Date, an agents message under the ATOP procedures that confirms that:
|
|
|
DTC has received your instructions to tender your outstanding notes; and |
|
|
|
you agree to be bound by the terms of this Letter of Transmittal. |
BY USING THE ATOP PROCEDURES TO TENDER OUTSTANDING NOTES, YOU WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL TO THE EXCHANGE
AGENT. HOWEVER, YOU WILL BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS, AND YOU WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES IT CONTAINS, JUST AS IF YOU HAD SIGNED IT.
A-1
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY.
Ladies and Gentlemen:
1. By tendering outstanding notes in the Exchange Offer, you acknowledge receipt of the Prospectus and this Letter of Transmittal.
2. By tendering outstanding notes in the Exchange Offer, you represent and warrant that you have full authority to
tender the outstanding notes described above and will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Issuer to be necessary or desirable to complete the tender of outstanding notes.
3. You understand that the tender of the outstanding notes pursuant to all of the procedures set forth in the Prospectus will
constitute an agreement between you and the Issuer as to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.
4. By
tendering outstanding notes in the Exchange Offer, you acknowledge that the Exchange Offer is being made in reliance upon interpretations contained in no-action letters issued to third parties by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the SEC), including Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC No-Action Letter (available May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc., SEC No-Action Letter (available June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling,
SEC No-Action Letter (available July 2, 1993), that the exchange notes issued in exchange for the outstanding notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof without compliance
with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act (other than a broker-dealer who purchased outstanding notes exchanged for such exchange notes directly from the Issuer to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other
available exemption under the Securities Act, and any such holder that is an affiliate of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), provided that such exchange notes are acquired in the ordinary course of
such holders business and such holders are not participating in, and have no arrangement with any other person to participate in, the distribution of such exchange notes.
5. By tendering outstanding notes in the Exchange Offer, you hereby represent and warrant that:
(a) the exchange notes acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer are being obtained in your ordinary course of
business, whether or not you are the holder;
(b) you have no arrangement or understanding with any person
to participate in the distribution of outstanding notes or exchange notes within the meaning of the Securities Act;
(c) you are not an affiliate, as such term is defined under Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act, of the Issuer; and
(d) if you are a broker-dealer, you will receive the exchange notes for your own account in exchange for outstanding
notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and you acknowledge that you will deliver a prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a prospectus) in connection with any resale of
such exchange notes.
6. If you are a broker-dealer that will receive exchange notes for your own account in exchange for
outstanding notes that were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, you acknowledge, by tendering outstanding notes in the Exchange Offer, that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such
exchange notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, you will not be deemed to admit that you are an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act.
7. If you are a broker-dealer and outstanding notes held for your own account were not acquired as a result of market-making or
other trading activities, such outstanding notes cannot be exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer.
8. Any of your
obligations hereunder shall be binding upon your successors, assigns, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy, and legal and personal representatives.
A-2
INSTRUCTIONS
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
1. Book-Entry
Confirmations
Any confirmation of a book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agents account at DTC of outstanding notes
tendered by book-entry transfer, as well as an agents message and any other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time,
on the Expiration Date.
2. Partial Tenders
Tenders of outstanding notes will be accepted only in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The entire principal amount of outstanding notes delivered to the
Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise communicated to the Exchange Agent. If the entire principal amount of all outstanding notes is not tendered, then outstanding notes for the principal amount of outstanding notes
not tendered and exchange notes issued in exchange for any outstanding notes accepted will be delivered to the holder via the facilities of DTC promptly after the outstanding notes are accepted for exchange.
3. Validity of Tenders
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered outstanding notes will be determined by the Issuer, in its sole discretion, which
determination will be final and binding. The Issuer reserves the absolute right to reject any or all tenders not in proper form or the acceptance for exchange of which may, in the opinion of counsel for the Issuer, be unlawful. The Issuer also
reserves the absolute right to waive any of the conditions of the Exchange Offer or any defect or irregularity in the tender of any outstanding notes. The Issuers interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the
instructions on the Letter of Transmittal) will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of outstanding notes must be cured within such time as the Issuer shall determine. Although
the Issuer intends to notify holders of defects or irregularities with respect to tenders of outstanding notes, neither the Issuer, the Exchange Agent nor any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of any defects or irregularities
in tenders or incur any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of outstanding notes will not be deemed to have been made until such defects or irregularities have been cured or waived. Any outstanding notes received by the Exchange
Agent that are not properly tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or waived will be returned by the Exchange Agent to the tendering holders, unless otherwise provided in the Letter of Transmittal, promptly
following the Expiration Date.
4. Waiver of Conditions
The Issuer reserves the absolute right to waive, in whole or part, up to the expiration of the Exchange Offer, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth in the Prospectus or in this Letter of
Transmittal.
5. No Conditional Tender
No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tender of outstanding notes will be accepted.
6. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies
Requests for assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter of Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address or telephone number set forth on the cover page of
this Letter of Transmittal. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.
7. Withdrawal
Tenders may be withdrawn only pursuant to the limited
withdrawal rights set forth in the Prospectus under the caption Exchange OfferWithdrawal of Tenders.
8. No
Guarantee of Late Delivery
There is no procedure for guarantee of late delivery in the Exchange Offer.
IMPORTANT: BY USING THE ATOP PROCEDURES TO TENDER OUTSTANDING NOTES, YOU WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER THIS LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT. HOWEVER, YOU WILL BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS, AND YOU WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE MADE THE ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES IT CONTAINS, JUST AS IF YOU HAD SIGNED IT.
A-3
ANNEX B
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011
[Attached]
B-1
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C.
20549
FORM
10-K
For the fiscal year ended December 31,
2011
of
AGCO
CORPORATION
A Delaware
Corporation
IRS Employer Identification
No. 58-1960019
SEC File Number
1-12930
4205 River Green
Parkway
Duluth, GA 30096
(770)
813-9200
AGCO Corporation’s Common Stock and Junior Preferred Stock purchase rights are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act and are listed on the New York Stock
Exchange.
AGCO Corporation is a well-known seasoned
issuer.
AGCO Corporation is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or
Section 15(d) of the Act. AGCO Corporation (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days.
Disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K will be contained in a definitive proxy statement, portions of which are incorporated by reference into Part III of this
Form 10-K.
AGCO Corporation has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate
website every Interactive Data File for the periods required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of regulation S-T.
The aggregate market value of AGCO Corporation’s Common Stock (based upon the closing sales price quoted on the New York Stock Exchange) held by non-affiliates as of June 30, 2011 was approximately $3.6 billion. For this purpose, directors and officers
have been assumed to be affiliates. As of February 10, 2012, 97,194,732 shares of AGCO Corporation’s Common Stock were
outstanding.
AGCO Corporation is a large accelerated filer and is not a shell
company.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE
Portions of AGCO Corporation’s Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting
of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this
Form 10-K.
|
|
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EX-10.8 |
EX-10.21 |
EX-21.1 |
EX-23.1 |
EX-24.1 |
EX-31.1 |
EX-31.2 |
EX-32.1 |
EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT |
EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT |
EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
|
EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
|
EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
|
EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
|
PART
I
Item 1. Business
AGCO Corporation (“AGCO,” “we,” “us,” or the “Company”) was incorporated in Delaware in April 1991. Our executive offices are located at 4205 River
Green Parkway, Duluth, Georgia 30096, and our telephone number is (770) 813-9200. Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this Form 10-K to the Company include our
subsidiaries.
General
We are a leading manufacturer and distributor of agricultural equipment and related replacement parts throughout the world. We sell a full range of agricultural equipment, including tractors,
combines, self-propelled sprayers, hay tools, forage equipment and implements. We also manufacture and distribute grain storage and handling equipment systems as well as protein production systems. Our products are widely recognized in the
agricultural equipment industry and are marketed under a number of well-known brands, including: Challenger®, Fendt®, Massey
Ferguson® and Valtra®. We distribute most of our products through a combination of
approximately 3,100 independent dealers and distributors in more than 140 countries. In addition, we provide retail financing through our retail finance joint ventures with Coöperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., which we
refer to as “Rabobank.”
Products
Tractors
We offer a full range of tractors in the high horsepower segment (primarily 100 to 585 horsepower). Our high horsepower
tractors typically are used on larger farms and on cattle ranches for hay production. Our compact tractors (under 40 horsepower) are typically used on small farms and in specialty agricultural industries, such as dairies, landscaping and residential
areas. We also offer a full range of tractors in the utility tractor category (40 to 100 horsepower), including two-wheel and all-wheel drive versions. Our utility tractors are typically used on small- and medium-sized farms and in specialty
agricultural industries, including dairy, livestock, orchards and vineyards. Tractors accounted for approximately 66% of our net sales in 2011, 68% in 2010 and 67% in 2009.
Combines
Our combines are sold with a variety of threshing
technologies. All combines are complemented by a variety of crop-harvesting heads, available in different sizes, that are designed to maximize harvesting speed and efficiency while minimizing crop loss. Combines accounted for approximately 7% of our
net sales in 2011 and 6% in both 2010 and
2009.
Application
Equipment
We offer self-propelled, three- and four-wheeled vehicles and related equipment for use in the application of liquid and dry fertilizers and crop protection chemicals. We manufacture chemical sprayer
equipment for use both prior to planting crops, known as “pre-emergence,” and after crops emerge from the ground, known as “post-emergence.” Application equipment accounted for approximately 4% of our net sales in each of
2011, 2010 and 2009.
Hay Tools and Forage Equipment, Implements and Other Products
Our hay tools and forage equipment include both round and
rectangular balers, self-propelled windrowers, disc mowers, spreaders and mower conditioners and are used for the harvesting and packaging of vegetative feeds used in the beef cattle, dairy, horse and alternative fuel
industries.
We also distribute a wide range of implements, planters and other equipment for our product lines. Tractor-pulled implements are used in field preparation and crop management. Implements include: disc
harrows, which improve field performance by cutting through crop residue, leveling seed beds and mixing chemicals with the soil; heavy tillage, which break up soil and mix crop residue into topsoil, with or without prior discing; and field
cultivators, which prepare a smooth seed bed and destroy weeds. Tractor-pulled planters apply fertilizer and place seeds in the field. Other equipment primarily includes loaders, which are used for a variety of tasks including lifting and
transporting hay crops.
Hay tools and forage equipment, implements, engines, grain storage and protein production systems, and other products accounted for approximately 8% of our net sales in 2011, 7% in 2010 and 9% in
2009.
Grain Storage and Protein Production Systems
On November 30, 2011, we acquired GSI Holdings Corp.
(“GSI”), a leading manufacturer of grain storage and protein production systems. GSI manufactures and distributes grain storage bins and related drying and handling equipment systems, and swine and poultry feed storage and delivery,
ventilation and watering systems. We sell our grain storage and protein production systems primarily under our
GSI®, DMC®, FFI™, Zimmerman™,
AP™, Cumberland®, Hired Hand™ and Agromarau™ brand names.
Engines
Our AGCO Sisu Power engines division produces diesel
engines, gears and generating sets. The diesel engines are manufactured for use in a portion of our tractors, combines and sprayers, and are also sold to third parties. The engine division specializes in the manufacturing of off-road engines in the
50 to 500 horsepower range.
Precision Farming
Technologies
We provide a variety of precision farming technologies that are developed, manufactured, distributed and supported on a worldwide basis. A majority of these technologies are developed by third parties and
are installed in our products. These technologies provide farmers with the capability to enhance productivity and profitability on the farm. AGCO also offers other advanced technology precision farming products that gather information such as yield
data, allowing our customers to produce yield maps for the purpose of maximizing planting and fertilizer applications. While these products do not generate significant revenues, we believe that these products and related services are highly valued
by professional farmers around the world and are integral to the growth of our machinery
sales.
Replacement
Parts
In addition to sales of new equipment, our replacement parts business is an important source of revenue and profitability for both us and our dealers. We sell replacement parts, many of which are
proprietary, for all of the products we sell. These parts help keep farm equipment in use, including products no longer in production. Since most of our products can be economically maintained with parts and service for a period of ten to
20 years, each product that enters the marketplace provides us with a potential long-term revenue stream. In addition, sales of replacement parts typically generate higher gross profit margins and historically have been less cyclical than new
product sales. Replacement parts accounted for approximately 15% of our net sales in 2011 and 2010 and 14% in
2009.
Marketing and Distribution
We distribute products primarily through a network of
independent dealers and distributors. Our dealers are responsible for retail sales to the equipment’s end user in addition to after-sales service and support of the equipment. Our distributors may sell our products through a network of dealers
supported by the distributor. Our sales are not dependent on any specific dealer, distributor or group of dealers. We intend to maintain the separate strengths and identities of our core brand names and product
lines.
Europe
We market and distribute farm equipment and replacement parts to farmers in European markets through a network of approximately 1,070 independent dealers and distributors. In certain markets, we also
sell Valtra tractors and parts directly to end users. In some cases, dealers carry competing or complementary products from other manufacturers. As a result of our acquisition of GSI, we market and distribute grain storage and protein production
system to farmers in Europe through a network of an additional 40 independent distributors. Sales in Europe accounted for approximately 52% of our net sales in 2011, 47% in 2010 and 54% in
2009.
North
America
We market and distribute farm equipment and replacement parts to farmers in North America through a network of approximately 890 independent dealers, each representing one or more of our brand names.
Dealers may also sell competitive and dissimilar lines of products. Sales in North America accounted for approximately 20% of our net sales in 2011 and 22% in both 2010 and 2009. As a result of our acquisition of GSI, we market and distribute grain
storage and protein production system to farmers in North America through a network of an additional 400 independent dealers.
South
America
We market and distribute farm equipment and replacement parts to farmers in South America through several different networks. In Brazil and Argentina, we distribute products directly to approximately 310
independent dealers. In Brazil, dealers are generally exclusive to one manufacturer. Outside of Brazil and Argentina, we sell our products in South America through independent distributors. As a result of our acquisition of GSI, we market and
distribute grain storage and protein production systems to farmers in South America through a network of an additional 50 independent distributors. Sales in South America accounted for approximately 21% of our net sales in 2011, 25% in 2010 and 18%
in 2009.
Rest of the
World
Outside Europe, North America and South America, we operate primarily through a network of approximately 280 independent dealers and distributors, as well as associates and licensees, marketing our
products and providing customer service support in approximately 85 countries in Africa, the Middle East, Australia and Asia. With the exception of Australia and New Zealand, where we directly support our dealer network, we generally utilize
independent distributors, associates and licensees to sell our products. These arrangements allow us to benefit from local market expertise to establish strong market positions with limited investment. As a result of our acquisition of GSI, we
market and distribute grain storage and protein production system to farmers outside Europe, North America and South America, through a network of an additional 60 independent distributors. Sales outside Europe, North America and South America
accounted for approximately 7% of our net sales in 2011 and 6% in both 2010 and
2009.
Associates and licensees provide a distribution channel in some markets for our products and/or a source of low-cost production for certain Massey Ferguson and Valtra products. Associates are entities in
which we have an ownership interest, most notably in India and Turkey. Licensees are entities in which we have no direct ownership interest, most notably in Pakistan. The associate or licensee generally has the exclusive right to produce and sell
Massey Ferguson or Valtra equipment in its home country but may not sell these products in other countries. We generally license to these associates and licensees certain technology, as well as the right to use the Massey Ferguson or Valtra trade
names. We also sell products to associates and licensees in the form of components used in local manufacturing operations. Licensee manufacturers sell certain tractor models under the Massey Ferguson or Valtra brand names in the licensed territory
and also may become a source of low-cost production for
us.
Parts
Distribution
Parts inventories are maintained and distributed in a network of master and regional warehouses throughout North America, South America, Europe and Australia in order to provide timely response to
customer demand for replacement parts. Our primary Western European master distribution warehouses are located in Desford, United Kingdom; Exeter, United Kingdom; Ennery, France; and Suolahti, Finland; and our North American master distribution
warehouses are located in Batavia, Illinois and Kansas City, Missouri. Our South American master distribution warehouses are located in Jundiai, São Paulo, Brazil and in Haedo,
Argentina.
Dealer Support and
Supervision
We believe that one of the most important criteria affecting a farmer’s decision to purchase a particular brand of equipment is the quality of the dealer who sells and services the equipment. We
provide significant support to our dealers in order to improve the quality of our dealer network. We monitor each dealer’s performance and profitability and establish programs that focus on continual dealer improvement. Our dealers generally
have sales territories for which they are
responsible.
We believe that our ability to offer our dealers a full product line of agricultural equipment and related replacement parts, as well as our ongoing dealer training and support programs focusing on
business and inventory management, sales, marketing, warranty and servicing matters and products, helps ensure the vitality and increase the competitiveness of our dealer network. We also maintain dealer advisory groups to obtain dealer feedback on
our operations.
We provide our dealers with volume sales incentives, demonstration programs and other advertising support to assist sales. We design our sales programs, including retail financing incentives, and our
policies for maintaining parts and service availability with extensive product warranties to enhance our dealers’ competitive position. In general, either party may cancel dealer contracts within certain notice
periods.
Wholesale
Financing
Primarily in the United States and Canada, we engage in the standard industry practice of providing dealers with floor plan payment terms for their inventories of farm equipment for extended periods. The
terms of our wholesale finance agreements with our dealers vary by region and product line, with fixed payment schedules on all sales, generally ranging from one to 12 months. In the United States and Canada, dealers typically are not required
to make an initial down payment, and our terms allow for an interest-free period generally ranging from six to 12 months, depending on the product. All equipment sales to dealers in the United States and Canada are immediately due upon a retail
sale of the equipment by the dealer, with the exception of sales of grain storage and protein production systems. If not previously paid by the dealer, installment payments are required generally beginning after the interest-free period with the
remaining outstanding equipment balance generally due within 12 months after shipment. We also provide financing to dealers on used equipment accepted in trade. We retain a security interest in a majority of the new and used equipment we
finance. Sales of grain and protein production systems generally are payable within 30 days of shipment.
Typically, sales terms outside the United States and Canada are of a shorter duration, generally ranging from 30 to 180 days. In many cases, we retain a security interest in the equipment sold on
extended terms. In certain international markets, our sales are backed by letters of credit or credit
insurance.
For sales in most markets outside of the United States and Canada, we normally do not charge interest on outstanding receivables from our dealers and distributors. For sales to certain dealers or
distributors in the United States and Canada, interest is generally charged at or above prime lending rates on outstanding receivable balances after interest-free periods. These interest-free periods vary by product and generally range from one to
12 months, with the exception of certain seasonal products, which bear interest after periods of up to 23 months that vary depending on the time of year of the sale and the dealer or distributor’s sales volume during the preceding
year. For the year ended December 31, 2011, 16.9% and 3.2% of our net sales had maximum interest-free periods ranging from one to six months and seven to 12 months, respectively. Net sales with maximum interest-free periods ranging from 13
to 23 months were approximately 0.2% of our net sales during 2011. Actual interest-free periods are shorter than suggested by these percentages because receivables from our dealers and distributors in the United States and Canada are generally
due immediately upon sale of the equipment to retail customers. Under normal circumstances, interest is not forgiven and interest-free periods are not extended.
We
have an agreement to permit transferring, on an ongoing basis, substantially all of our wholesale interest-bearing and non-interest bearing receivables in North America to our U.S. and Canadian retail finance joint ventures. Upon transfer, the
receivables maintain standard payment terms, including required regular principal payments on amounts outstanding, and interest charges at market rates. We also have accounts receivable sales agreements in Europe that permit the sale, on an ongoing
basis, of a large portion of our wholesale receivables in Germany, France, Austria, Norway and Sweden to the relevant AGCO Finance entities in those countries. Upon transfer, the receivables maintain standard payment terms. Qualified dealers may
obtain additional financing through our U.S., Canadian and European retail finance joint ventures at the joint ventures’ discretion. In addition, AGCO Finance entities provide wholesale financing to dealers in
Brazil.
Retail
Financing
Through our AGCO Finance retail financing joint ventures located in the United States, Canada, Germany, France, the United Kingdom, Austria, Ireland, the Netherlands, Denmark, Italy, Sweden, Brazil,
Argentina and Australia, end users of our products are provided with a competitive and dedicated financing source. These retail finance companies are owned 49% by AGCO and 51% by a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rabobank. Besides contributing to our
overall profitability, the AGCO Finance joint ventures can enhance our sales efforts by tailoring retail finance programs to prevailing market conditions. Refer to “Retail Finance Joint Ventures” within Item 7, “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further
information.
In addition, Rabobank is the primary lender with respect to our new credit facility and our 4 1/2% senior term loan, as are more fully described in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” within Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.” Our historical relationship with Rabobank has been strong and we anticipate their continued long-term support of our business.
Manufacturing and
Suppliers
Manufacturing and
Assembly
We manufacture our products in locations intended to optimize capacity, technology or local costs. Furthermore, we continue to balance our manufacturing resources with externally-sourced machinery,
components and replacement parts to enable us to better control inventory and our supply of components. We believe that our manufacturing facilities are sufficient to meet our needs for the foreseeable
future.
Europe
Our tractor manufacturing operations in Europe are located in Suolahti, Finland; Beauvais, France; and Marktoberdorf, Germany. The Suolahti facility produces 75 to 220 horsepower tractors marketed
under the Valtra and Massey Ferguson brand names. The Beauvais facility produces 70 to 370 horsepower tractors marketed under the Massey Ferguson, Challenger, Valtra and AGCO brand names. The Marktoberdorf facility produces 50 to 390 horsepower
tractors marketed under the Fendt brand name. We also assemble forklifts in our Kempten, Germany facility for sale to third parties and assemble cabs for our Fendt tractors in Baumenheim, Germany. We have a diesel engine manufacturing facility in
Linnavuori, Finland. We have a joint venture with Claas Tractors SAS for the manufacture of driveline assemblies for tractors produced in our facility in Beauvais.
Our harvesting machinery
manufacturing operations in Europe are located in Breganze, Italy; Feucht, Germany; and Hohenmoelsen, Germany. The Breganze facility produces straw walker and hybrid combine harvesters from 176 to 500 hp under the Massey Ferguson, Fendt, Laverda and
Challenger brand names. The Breganze facility also manufactures free flow and power flow headers. The Hohenmoelsen facility produces self-propelled forage harvesters up to 650 horsepower for the Fendt brand name. The Feucht facility produces hay
tools such as mowers, tedders and rakes under the Fella, Massey Ferguson and Challenger brand names.
North
America
Our manufacturing operations in North America are located in Beloit, Kansas; Hesston, Kansas; Jackson, Minnesota; and Queretaro, Mexico, and produce products for a majority of our brand names in North
America as well as for export outside of North America. The Beloit facility produces tillage and seeding equipment. The Hesston facility produces hay and forage equipment, rotary combines and planters. The Jackson facility produces 270 to 585
horsepower track tractors and four-wheeled drive articulated tractors, as well as self-propelled sprayers. In Queretaro, we assemble tractors for distribution in the Mexican market. In addition, we also have three tractor light assembly operations
throughout the United States for the final assembly of imported tractors sold in the North American market. Our main manufacturing operations for grain storage and protein production systems are located in Taylorville, Newton, Flora, and Paris,
Illinois and Bremen, Alabama. We also have a 50% interest in AGCO-Amity JV, LLC (“AGCO-Amity JV”), located in North Dakota, which is a joint venture that manufactures air-seeding and tillage
equipment.
South
America
Our manufacturing operations in South America are located in Brazil. In Canoas, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, we manufacture and assemble tractors, ranging from 50 to 220 horsepower, industrial
loader-backhoes and self-propelled application equipment. The tractors are sold primarily under the Massey Ferguson brand name. The self-propelled application equipment are sold under the Massey Ferguson and Valtra brand names. In Mogi das Cruzes,
Brazil, we manufacture and assemble tractors, ranging from 50 to 210 horsepower, marketed primarily under the Valtra and Challenger brand names. We also manufacture diesel engines in the Mogi das Cruzes facility. We manufacture combines marketed
under the Massey Ferguson, Valtra and Challenger brand names in Santa Rosa, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. In Ibirubá, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, we manufacture and distribute a line of farm implements, including drills, planters, corn headers and
front loaders. We also manufacture protein production systems in Marau, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil.
Rest of the
World
Our tractor and harvesting manufacturing facilities in
China are located in Daqing, Changzhou and Yanzhou. The Daqing facility produces 190 to 210 horsepower tractors marketed under the Valtra brand name and the Changzhou facility produces 80 to 120 horsepower tractors marketed under the Massey Ferguson
brand name. The Yanzhou Dafeng facility produces harvesting equipment including self-propelled and mounted combines under the Massey Ferguson and Dafeng brand
names.
Third-Party
Suppliers
We externally source many of our machinery, components and replacement parts. Our production strategy is intended to optimize our research and development and capital investment requirements and to allow
us greater flexibility to respond to changes in market
conditions.
We purchase some of the products we distribute from third-party suppliers. We purchase some tractor models from our licensee in India, Tractors and Farm Equipment Limited, as well as Carraro S.p.A. and
Iseki & Company, Limited. We also purchase other tractors, implements and hay and forage equipment from various third-party suppliers.
In addition to the purchase of machinery, third-party
suppliers supply us with significant components used in our manufacturing operations, such as engines and transmissions. We select third-party suppliers that we believe are low cost, high quality and possess the most appropriate technology. We also
assist in the development of these products or component parts based upon our own design requirements. Our past experience with outside suppliers generally has been
favorable.
Seasonality
Generally, retail sales by dealers to farmers are highly seasonal and are a function of the timing of the planting and harvesting seasons. To the extent practicable, we attempt to ship products to
our dealers and distributors on a level basis throughout the year to reduce the effect of seasonal retail demands on our manufacturing operations and to minimize our investment in inventory. Our financing requirements are subject to variations due
to seasonal changes in working capital levels, which typically increase in the first half of the year and then decrease in the second half of the year. The fourth quarter is also typically a period for large retail sales because of our
customers’ year end tax planning considerations, the increase in availability of funds from completed harvests and the timing of dealer incentives.
Competition
The agricultural industry is highly competitive. We
compete with several large national and international full-line suppliers, as well as numerous short-line and specialty manufacturers with differing manufacturing and marketing methods. Our two principal competitors on a worldwide basis are
Deere & Company and CNH Global N.V. In certain Western European, South American and Asian countries, we have regional competitors that have significant market share in a single country or a group of
countries.
We believe several key factors influence a buyer’s choice of farm equipment, including the strength and quality of a company’s dealers, the quality and pricing of products, dealer or brand
loyalty, product availability, the terms of financing, and customer service. See “Marketing and Distribution” for additional information.
Engineering and
Research
We make significant expenditures for engineering and applied research to improve the quality and performance of our products, to develop new products and to comply with government safety and engine
emissions regulations. Our expenditures on engineering and research were approximately $275.6 million, or 3.1% of net sales, in 2011, $219.6 million, or 3.2% of net sales, in 2010 and $191.9 million, or 2.9% of net sales, in
2009.
Intellectual
Property
We own and have licenses to the rights under a number of domestic and foreign patents, trademarks, trade names and brand names relating to our products and businesses. We defend our patent, trademark and
trade and brand name rights primarily by monitoring competitors’ machines and industry publications and conducting other investigative work. We consider our intellectual property rights, including our rights to use our trade and brand names,
important in the operation of our businesses. However, we do not believe we are dependent on any single patent, trademark or trade name or group of patents or trademarks, trade names or brand
names.
Environmental Matters and
Regulation
We are subject to environmental laws and regulations concerning emissions to the air, discharges of processed or other types of wastewater, and the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment
and disposal of waste materials. These laws and regulations are constantly changing, and the effects that they may have on us in the future are impossible to predict with accuracy. It is our policy to comply with all applicable environmental, health
and safety laws and regulations, and we
believe that any expense or liability we may incur in connection with any noncompliance with any law or regulation or the cleanup of any of our properties will not have a materially adverse effect on us.
We believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable laws and
regulations.
The United States Environmental Protection Agency has issued regulations concerning permissible emissions from off-road engines. Our AGCO Sisu Power engines division, which specializes in the manufacturing
of off-road engines in the 40 to 500 horsepower range, currently complies with Com II, Com IIIa, Com IIIb, Tier II, Tier III and Tier 4i emissions requirements set by European and United States regulatory authorities. We also are
currently required to comply with other country regulations outside of the United States and Europe. We expect to meet future emissions requirements through the introduction of new technology to our engines and exhaust after-treatment systems, as
necessary. In some markets (such as the United States) we must obtain governmental environmental approvals in order to import our products, and these approvals can be difficult or time consuming to obtain or may not be obtainable at all. For
example, our AGCO Sisu Power engine division and our engine suppliers are subject to air quality standards, and production at our facilities could be impaired if AGCO Sisu Power and these suppliers are unable to timely respond to any changes in
environmental laws and regulations affecting engine emissions. Compliance with environmental and safety regulations has added, and will continue to add, to the cost of our products and increase the capital-intensive nature of our
business.
Climate change as a result of emissions of greenhouse gases is a significant topic of discussion and may generate U.S. and other regulatory responses in the near future, including the imposition of a
so-called “cap and trade” system. It is impracticable to predict with any certainty the impact on our business of climate change or the regulatory responses to it, although we recognize that they could be significant. The most direct
impacts are likely to be an increase in energy costs, which would increase our operating costs (through increased utility and transportations costs) and an increase in the costs of the products we purchase from others. In addition, increased energy
costs for our customers could impact demand for our equipment. It is too soon for us to predict with any certainty the ultimate impact of additional regulation, either directionally or quantitatively, on our overall business, results of operations
or financial condition.
Our international operations also are subject to environmental laws, as well as various other national and local laws, in the countries in which we manufacture and sell our products. We believe that we are
in compliance with these laws in all material respects and that the cost of compliance with these laws in the future will not have a materially adverse effect on us.
Regulation and Government
Policy
Domestic and foreign political developments and government regulations and policies directly affect the agricultural industry in the United States and abroad and indirectly affect the agricultural
equipment business. The application, modification or adoption of laws, regulations or policies could have an adverse effect on our business.
We are subject to various federal, state and local laws
affecting our business, as well as a variety of regulations relating to such matters as working conditions and product safety. A variety of laws regulate our contractual relationships with our dealers. These laws impose substantive standards on the
relationships between us and our dealers, including events of default, grounds for termination, non-renewal of dealer contracts and equipment repurchase requirements. Such laws could adversely affect our ability to terminate our
dealers.
Employees
As of December 31, 2011, we employed approximately 17,400 employees, including approximately 5,300 employees in the United States and Canada. A majority of our employees at our
manufacturing facilities, both domestic and international, are represented by collective bargaining agreements and union contracts with terms that expire on varying dates. We currently do not expect any significant difficulties in renewing these
agreements.
Available Information
Our
Internet address is www.agcocorp.com. We make the following reports filed by us available, free of charge, on our
website under the heading “SEC Filings” in our website’s “Investors” section located under “Company”:
|
|
• |
annual reports on Form 10-K; |
|
|
• |
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q; |
|
|
• |
current reports on Form 8-K; |
|
|
• |
proxy statements for the annual meetings of stockholders; and |
The foregoing reports are made available on our website as soon as practicable after they are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(“SEC”).
We also provide corporate governance and other information on our website. This information includes:
|
|
• |
charters for the committees of our board of directors, which are available under the heading
“Committee Charters” in the “Corporate Governance” section of our website’s “About AGCO” section located under “Company;” and |
|
|
• |
our Code of Conduct, which is available under the heading “Code of Conduct” in the
“Corporate Governance” section of our website’s “About AGCO” section located under
“Company.” |
In addition, in the event of any waivers of our Code of Conduct, those waivers will be available under the heading “Office of Ethics and Compliance” in the “Corporate
Governance” section of our website’s “About AGCO” section located under
“Company.”
Financial Information on Geographical
Areas
For financial information on geographic areas, see Note 14 to the financial statements contained in this Form 10-K under the caption “Segment Reporting,” which information is
incorporated herein by reference.
Item 1A. Risk
Factors
We make forward-looking statements in this report, in other materials we file with the SEC or otherwise release to the public, and on our website. In addition, our senior management might make
forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, the media and others. Statements concerning our future operations, prospects, strategies, products, manufacturing facilities, legal proceedings, financial condition, future financial
performance (including growth and earnings) and demand for our products and services, and other statements of our plans, beliefs, or expectations, including the statements contained in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” regarding industry conditions, currency translation impacts, pricing impacts, the impact of recent acquisitions and marketing initiatives, market demand, farm incomes and economics, commodity
supply, weather conditions, government financing programs, general economic conditions, availability of financing, net sales and income, working capital, capital expenditure and debt service requirements, gross margin improvements, product
development, market expansion, payment of remaining acquisition purchase price, compliance with financial covenants, support of lenders, recovery of amounts under guarantee, funding of our postretirement plans and pensions, uncertain income tax
provisions, funding of our pension and postretirement benefit plans, conversion features of our notes, or realization of net deferred tax assets, are forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements we make are not guarantees of future
performance and are subject to various assumptions, risks, and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by these forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others, those set forth below
and in the other documents that we file with the SEC. There also are other factors that we may not describe, generally because we currently do not perceive them to be material, that could cause actual results to differ materially from our
expectations.
We expressly disclaim any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by
law.
Our financial results depend entirely upon the agricultural industry, and factors that adversely affect the agricultural industry generally, including declines in the
general economy, increases in farm input costs, lower commodity prices and changes in the availability of credit for our retail customers, will adversely affect us.
Our success depends heavily on the vitality of the
agricultural industry. Historically, the agricultural industry, including the agricultural equipment business, has been cyclical and subject to a variety of economic factors, governmental regulations and legislation, and weather conditions. Sales of
agricultural equipment generally are related to the health of the agricultural industry, which is affected by farm income, farm input costs, debt levels and land values, all of which reflect levels of commodity prices, acreage planted, crop yields,
agricultural product demand including crops used as renewable energy sources, government policies and government subsidies. Sales also are influenced by economic conditions, interest rate and exchange rate levels, and the availability of retail
financing. Trends in the industry, such as farm consolidations, may affect the agricultural equipment market. In addition, weather conditions, such as floods, heat waves or droughts, and pervasive livestock diseases can affect farmers’ buying
decisions. Downturns in the agricultural industry due to these or other factors could vary by market and are likely to result in decreases in demand for agricultural equipment, which would adversely affect our sales, growth, results of operations
and financial condition. Moreover, volatility in demand makes it difficult for us to accurately predict sales and optimize production. This, in turn, can result in higher costs, including inventory carrying costs and underutilized manufacturing
capacity. During previous downturns in the farm sector, we experienced significant and prolonged declines in sales and profitability, and we expect our business to remain subject to similar market fluctuations in the
future.
The agricultural equipment industry is highly seasonal, and seasonal fluctuations significantly impact results of operations and cash
flows.
The agricultural equipment business is highly seasonal, which causes our quarterly results and our available cash flow to fluctuate during the year. Farmers generally purchase agricultural equipment in the
Spring and Fall in conjunction with the major planting and harvesting seasons. In addition, the fourth quarter typically is a significant period for retail sales because of our customers’ year end tax planning considerations, the increase in
availability of funds from completed harvests and the timing of dealer incentives. Our net sales and income from operations historically have been the lowest in the first quarter and have increased in subsequent quarters as dealers anticipate
increased retail sales in subsequent quarters.
Most of our sales depend on the retail customers’ obtaining financing, and any disruption in their ability to obtain financing, whether due to the current economic
downturn or otherwise, will result in the sale of fewer products by us. In addition, the collectability of receivables that are created from our sales, as well as from such retail financing, is critical to our
business.
Most retail sales of the products that we manufacture are financed, either by our joint ventures with Rabobank or by a bank or other private lender. During 2011, our joint ventures with Rabobank, which are
controlled by Rabobank and are dependent upon Rabobank for financing as well, financed approximately 50% of the retail sales of our tractors and combines in the markets where the joint ventures operate. Any difficulty by Rabobank in continuing to
provide that financing, or any business decision by Rabobank as the controlling member not to fund the business or particular aspects of it (for example, a particular country or region), would require the joint ventures to find other sources of
financing (which may be difficult to obtain), or us to find another source of retail financing for our customers, or our customers would be required to utilize other retail financing providers. As a result of the recent economic downturn, financing
for capital equipment purchases generally became more difficult in certain regions and, in some cases, was expensive to obtain. To the extent that financing is not available or available only at unattractive prices, our sales would be negatively
impacted.
In addition, both AGCO and our retail finance joint ventures have substantial accounts receivable from dealers and retail customers, and we would be adversely impacted if the collectability of these
receivables was not consistent with historical experience; this collectability is dependent on the financial strength of the farm industry, which in turn is dependent upon the general economy and commodity prices, as well as several of the other
factors discussed in this “Risk Factors”
section.
Our success depends on the introduction of new products, which requires substantial
expenditures.
Our long-term results depend upon our ability to introduce and market new products successfully. The success of our new products will depend on a number of factors, including:
|
|
• |
the efficiency of our suppliers in providing component parts and of our manufacturing facilities in
producing final products; and |
|
|
• |
the performance and quality of our products relative to those of our
competitors. |
As both we and our competitors continuously introduce new products or refine versions of existing products, we cannot predict the level of market acceptance or the amount of market share our new
products will achieve. We have experienced delays in the introduction of new products in the past, and we cannot assure you that we will not experience delays in the future. Any delays or problems with our new product launches will adversely affect
our operating results. In addition, introducing new products can result in decreases in revenues from our existing products. Consistent with our strategy of offering new products and product refinements, we expect to continue to use a substantial
amount of capital for product development and refinement. We may need more capital for product development and refinement than is available to us, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
Our expansion plans in emerging markets could entail significant risks.
Our strategies include establishing a greater manufacturing
and marketing presence in emerging markets such as China and Russia. In addition, we are growing our use of component suppliers in these markets. If we progress with these strategies, it will involve a significant investment of capital and other
resources and entail various risks. These include risks attendant to obtaining necessary governmental approvals and the construction of the facilities in a timely manner and within cost estimates, the establishment of supply channels, the
commencement of efficient manufacturing operations and, ultimately, the acceptance of the products by our customers. While we expect the expansion to be successful, should we encounter difficulties involving these or similar factors, it may not be
as successful as we anticipate.
We face significant competition and, if we are unable to compete successfully against other agricultural equipment manufacturers, we would lose customers and our net
sales and profitability would
decline.
The agricultural equipment business is highly competitive, particularly in North America, Europe and South America. We compete with several large national and international companies that, like us, offer a
full line of agricultural equipment. We also compete with numerous short-line and specialty manufacturers of agricultural equipment. Our two key competitors, Deere & Company and CNH Global N.V., are substantially larger than we are and have
greater financial and other resources. In
addition, in some markets, we compete with smaller regional competitors with significant market share in a single country or group of countries. Our competitors may substantially increase the resources
devoted to the development and marketing, including discounting, of products that compete with our products. In addition, competitive pressures in the agricultural equipment business may affect the market prices of new and used equipment, which, in
turn, may adversely affect our sales margins and results of
operations.
We maintain an independent dealer and distribution network in the markets where we sell products. The financial and operational capabilities of our dealers and distributors are critical to our ability to
compete in these markets. In addition, we compete with other manufacturers of agricultural equipment for dealers. If we are unable to compete successfully against other agricultural equipment manufacturers, we could lose dealers and their end
customers and our net sales and profitability may
decline.
Rationalization or restructuring of manufacturing facilities, including system upgrades at our manufacturing facilities, may cause production capacity constraints and
inventory fluctuations.
The rationalization of our manufacturing facilities has at times resulted in, and similar rationalizations or restructurings in the future may result in, temporary constraints upon our ability to produce
the quantity of products necessary to fill orders and thereby complete sales in a timely manner. In addition, system upgrades at our manufacturing facilities that impact ordering, production scheduling and other related manufacturing processes are
complex, and could impact or delay production targets. A prolonged delay in our ability to fill orders on a timely basis could affect customer demand for our products and increase the size of our product inventories, causing future reductions in our
manufacturing schedules and adversely affecting our results of operations. Moreover, our continuous development and production of new products will often involve the retooling of existing manufacturing facilities. This retooling may limit our
production capacity at certain times in the future, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition the expansion and reconfiguration of existing manufacturing facilities, as well as the start up of new
manufacturing operations in emerging markets, such as China and Russia, could increase the risk of production delays, as well as require significant investments of
capital.
We depend on suppliers for components, parts and raw materials for our products, and any failure by our suppliers to provide products as needed, or by us to promptly
address supplier issues, will adversely impact our ability to timely and efficiently manufacture and sell products. We also are subject to raw material price fluctuations, which can adversely affect our manufacturing
costs.
Our products include components and parts manufactured by others. As a result, our ability to timely and efficiently manufacture existing products, to introduce new products and to shift manufacturing of
products from one facility to another depends on the quality of these components and parts and the timeliness of their delivery to our facilities. At any particular time, we depend on many different suppliers, and the failure by one or more of our
suppliers to perform as needed will result in fewer products being manufactured, shipped and sold. If the quality of the components or parts provided by our suppliers is less than required and we do not recognize that failure prior to the shipment
of our products, we will incur higher warranty costs. The timely supply of component parts for our products also depends on our ability to manage our relationships with suppliers, to identify and replace suppliers that fail to meet our schedules or
quality standards, and to monitor the flow of components and accurately project our needs. The shift from our existing suppliers to new suppliers, including suppliers in emerging markets in the future, also may impact the quality and efficiency of
our manufacturing capabilities, as well as impact warranty costs. A significant increase in the price of any component or raw material could adversely affect our profitability. We cannot avoid exposure to global price fluctuations, such as occurred
in the past with the costs of steel and related products, and our profitability depends on, among other things, our ability to raise equipment and parts prices sufficiently enough to recover any such material or component cost
increases.
A majority of our sales and manufacturing take place outside the United States, and, as a result, we are exposed to risks related to foreign laws, taxes, economic
conditions, labor supply and relations, political conditions and governmental policies. These risks may delay or reduce our realization of value from our international
operations.
For the year ended December 31, 2011, we derived
approximately $7,409.5 million, or 84%, of our net sales from sales outside the United States. The foreign countries in which we do the most
significant amount of business are Germany, France, Brazil, the United Kingdom, Finland, and Canada. In addition, we have significant manufacturing operations in France, Germany, Brazil, Italy and Finland. Our results of operations and financial
condition may be adversely affected by the laws, taxes, economic conditions, labor supply and relations, political conditions, and governmental policies of the foreign countries in which we conduct business. Our business practices in these foreign
countries must comply with U.S. law, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”). We have a compliance program in place designed to reduce the likelihood of potential
violations of the FCPA, but we cannot provide assurances that future violations will not occur. If significant violations were to occur, they could subject us to fines and other penalties as well as
increased compliance costs. Some of our international operations also are subject to various risks that are not present in domestic operations, including restrictions on dividends and the repatriation of funds. Foreign developing markets may present
special risks, such as unavailability of financing, inflation, slow economic growth, price controls and compliance with U.S. regulations.
Domestic and foreign political developments and government
regulations and policies directly affect the international agricultural industry, which affects the demand for agricultural equipment. If demand for agricultural equipment declines, our sales, growth, results of operations and financial condition
may be adversely affected. The application, modification or adoption of laws, regulations, trade agreements or policies adversely affecting the agricultural industry, including the imposition of import and export duties and quotas, expropriation and
potentially burdensome taxation, could have an adverse effect on our business. The ability of our international customers to operate their businesses and the health of the agricultural industry, in general, are affected by domestic and foreign
government programs that provide economic support to farmers. As a result, farm income levels and the ability of farmers to obtain advantageous financing and other protections would be reduced to the extent that any such programs are curtailed or
eliminated. Any such reductions likely would result in a decrease in demand for agricultural equipment. For example, a decrease or elimination of current price protections for commodities or of subsidy payments for farmers in the European Union, the
United States, Brazil or elsewhere in South America could negatively impact the operations of farmers in those regions, and, as a result, our sales may decline if these farmers delay, reduce or cancel purchases of our products. In emerging markets
some of these (and other) risks can be greater than they might be elsewhere. In addition, in some cases, the financing provided by our joint ventures with Rabobank or by others is supported by a government subsidy or guarantee. The programs under
which those subsidies and guarantees are provided generally are of limited duration and subject to renewal and contain various caps and other limitations. In some markets, for example, Brazil, this support is quite significant. In the event the
governments that provide this support elect not to renew these programs, and were financing not available, whether through our joint ventures or otherwise, our sales would be negatively
impacted.
As a result of the multinational nature of our business and the acquisitions that we have made over time, our corporate and tax structures are complex, with a significant portion of our operations being
held through foreign holding companies. As a result, it can be inefficient, from a tax perspective, for us to repatriate or otherwise transfer funds, and we may be subject to a greater level of tax-related regulation and reviews by multiple
governmental units than would companies with a more simplified structure. In addition, our foreign and U.S. operations routinely sell products to, and license technology to other operations of ours. The pricing of these intra-company
transactions is subject to regulation and review as well. While we make every effort to comply with all applicable tax laws, audits and other reviews by governmental units could result in our being required to pay additional taxes, interest and
penalties.
We recently have experienced substantial and sustained volatility with respect to currency exchange rate and interest rate changes which can adversely affect our reported
results of operations and the competitiveness of our
products.
We conduct operations in a variety of currencies. Our production costs, profit margins and competitive position are affected by the strength of the currencies in countries where we manufacture
or purchase goods relative to the strength of the currencies in countries where our products are sold. In addition, we are subject to currency exchange rate risk to the extent that our costs are denominated in currencies other than those in which we
earn revenues and to risks associated with translating the financial statements of our foreign subsidiaries from local currencies into United States dollars. Similarly, changes in interest rates affect our results of operations by increasing or
decreasing borrowing costs and finance income. Our most significant transactional foreign currency exposures are the Euro, the Brazilian real and the Canadian dollar in relation to the United States dollar, and the Euro in relation to the British
pound. Where naturally offsetting currency positions do not occur, we attempt to manage these risks by economically hedging some, but not necessarily all, of our exposures through the use of foreign currency forward exchange or option contracts. As
with all hedging instruments, there are risks associated with the use of foreign currency forward exchange or option contracts, interest rate swap agreements and other risk management contracts. While the use of such hedging instruments provides us
with protection for a finite period of time from certain fluctuations in currency exchange and interest rates, we potentially forego the benefits that might result from favorable fluctuations in currency exchange and interest rates. In addition, any
default by the counterparties to these transactions could adversely affect us. Despite our use of economic hedging transactions, currency exchange rate or interest rate fluctuations may adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow and
financial condition.
We are subject to extensive environmental laws and regulations, and our compliance with, or our failure to comply with, existing or future laws and regulations could
delay production of our products or otherwise adversely affect our
business.
We are subject to increasingly stringent environmental laws and regulations in the countries in which we operate. These regulations govern, among other things, emissions into the air, discharges into
water, the use, handling and disposal of
hazardous substances, waste disposal and the remediation of soil and groundwater contamination. Our costs of complying with these or any other current or future environmental regulations may be
significant. For example, the European Union and the United States have adopted more stringent environmental regulations regarding emissions into the air, and it is possible that the U.S. Congress will pass emissions-related legislation in
connection with concerns regarding greenhouse gases. We may be adversely impacted by costs, liabilities or claims with respect to our operations under existing laws or those that may be adopted in the future. If we fail to comply with existing or
future laws and regulations, we may be subject to governmental or judicial fines or sanctions, or we may not be able to sell our products and, therefore, our business and results of operations could be adversely
affected.
In addition, the products that we manufacture or sell, particularly engines, are subject to increasingly stringent environmental regulations. As a result, we will likely incur increased engineering
expenses and capital expenditures to modify our products to comply with these regulations. Further, we may experience production delays if we or our suppliers are unable to design and manufacture components for our products that comply with
environmental standards established by regulators. For instance, we are required to meet more stringent emissions requirements both now and in the future, and we expect to meet these requirements through the introduction of new technology to our
engines and exhaust after-treatment systems, as necessary. Failure to meet such requirements could materially affect our business and results of operations.
Our labor force is heavily unionized, and
our contractual and legal obligations under collective bargaining agreements and labor laws subject us to the risks of work interruption or stoppage and could cause our costs to be
higher.
Most of our employees, most notably at our manufacturing facilities, are subject to collective bargaining agreements and union contracts with terms that expire on varying dates. Several of our collective
bargaining agreements and union contracts are of limited duration and, therefore, must be re-negotiated frequently. As a result, we incur various administrative expenses associated with union representation of our employees. Furthermore, we are at
greater risk of work interruptions or stoppages than non-unionized companies, and any work interruption or stoppage could significantly impact the volume of products we have available for sale. In addition, collective bargaining agreements, union
contracts and labor laws may impair our ability to reduce our labor costs by streamlining existing manufacturing facilities and in restructuring our business because of limitations on personnel and salary changes and similar
restrictions.
We have significant pension obligations with respect to our employees and our available cash flow may be adversely affected in the event that payments became due under
any pension plans that are unfunded or underfunded. Declines in the market value of the securities used to fund these obligations result in increased pension expense in future
periods.
A portion of our active and retired employees participate in defined benefit pension plans under which we are obligated to provide prescribed levels of benefits regardless of the value of the underlying
assets, if any, of the applicable pension plan. To the extent that our obligations under a plan are unfunded or underfunded, we will have to use cash flow from operations and other sources to pay our obligations either as they become due or over
some shorter funding period. In addition, since the assets that we already have provided to fund these obligations are invested in debt instruments and other securities, the value of these assets varies due to market factors. Recently, these
fluctuations have been significant and adverse, and there can be no assurances that they will not be significant in the future. As of December 31,
2011, we had approximately $307.9
million in unfunded or underfunded obligations related to our pension and other postretirement health care
benefits.
Our business routinely is subject to claims and legal actions, some of which could be material.
We routinely are a party to claims and legal actions
incidental to our business. These include claims for personal injuries by users of farm equipment, disputes with distributors, vendors and others with respect to commercial matters, and disputes with taxing and other governmental authorities
regarding the conduct of our business. While these matters generally are not material, it is entirely possible that a matter will arise that is material to our
business.
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, and, as a result, we are subject to certain restrictive covenants and payment obligations that may adversely affect our
ability to operate and expand our
business.
We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of December 31, 2011, we had total long-term indebtedness, including current portions of long-term indebtedness of approximately
$1,487.7 million, total stockholders’ equity of approximately $3,031.2 million and a ratio of total indebtedness to equity of approximately 0.49 to 1.0. We also had
short-term obligations of $224.3 million, capital lease obligations of $4.9 million, unconditional purchase or other long-term obligations of $594.9 million. In addition, we had guaranteed indebtedness owed to third parties and our retail finance joint
ventures of approximately $134.6 million, primarily related to dealer and end-user financing of
equipment.
Holders of our
11/4
% convertible senior subordinated notes due 2036 may convert the notes if, during any fiscal quarter, the closing sales price of our common stock exceeds 120% of the conversion price of $40.73
per share for at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding fiscal quarter. Future classification between current and long-term debt of our 1¼% convertible senior subordinated notes depends on the closing sales price of our common stock during future quarters. In the event the notes are
converted in the future, we believe we will be able to repay the notes with available cash on hand, funds from our credit facility or a combination of these sources.
Our substantial indebtedness could have important adverse
consequences. For example, it could:
|
|
• |
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our
indebtedness, which would reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; |
|
|
• |
increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry
conditions; |
|
|
• |
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which
we operate; |
|
|
• |
restrict us from introducing new products or pursuing business
opportunities; |
|
|
• |
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have relatively less
indebtedness; and |
|
|
• |
limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness, among other things,
our ability to borrow additional funds, pay cash dividends or engage in or enter into certain transactions. |
Our business increasingly is subject to
regulations relating to privacy and data protection, and if we violate any of those regulations we could be subject to significant liability.
Increasingly the United States, the European Union and
other governmental entities are imposing regulations designed to protect the collection, maintenance and transfer of personal information. Other regulations govern the collection and transfer of financial data and data security generally. These
regulations generally impose penalties in the event of violations. In addition, we also could be subject to cyber attacks that, if successful, could compromise out information technology systems and our ability to conduct
business.
In addition, our business relies on the Internet as well as other electronic communications systems that, by their nature, may be subject to efforts by so-call "hacker" to either disrupt our business or
steal data or funds. While we strive to maintain customary protections against hackers, there can be no assurance that at some point a hacker will breach those safeguards and damage our business, possibly materially.
We may encounter difficulties in integrating GSI into our business and may not fully achieve, or achieve within a reasonable time frame, expected strategic objectives and
other expected benefits of the
acquisition.
We expect to realize strategic and other benefits as a result of our acquisition of GSI, including, among other things, the opportunity to extend our reach in the agricultural industry and provide our
customers with an even wider range of products and services, including grain storage and protein production systems. However, it is impossible to predict with certainty whether, or to what extent, these benefits will be realized or whether we will
be able to integrate GSI in a timely and effective manner. In addition:
|
|
• |
the costs of integrating GSI and its operations may be higher than we expect and may require significant
attention from our management; and |
|
|
• |
our ability to successfully carry out our growth strategy for GSI will be affected by, among other
things, our ability to maintain and enhance our relationships with existing GSI customers, our ability to provide additional product distribution opportunities to GSI through our existing distribution channels, changes in the spending patterns and
preferences of customers and potential customers, fluctuating economic and competitive conditions and our ability to retain key GSI personnel. |
In addition, GSI is subject to regulations, demands and
risks that differ in some ways to our traditional business. As a result, we may be unable to achieve the same growth, sales levels and profitability as GSI has in the
past.
Our ability to address these issues will determine the extent to which we are able to successfully integrate, develop and grow the GSI business and to realize the expected benefits of the transaction. Our
failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, operating results and financial condition following the transaction.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff
Comments
Not
applicable.
Item 2. Properties
Our principal properties as of January 31, 2012, were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Description
of Property |
|
Leased (Sq.
Ft.) |
|
Owned (Sq.
Ft.) |
United
States: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Batavia, Illinois |
|
Parts Distribution |
|
310,200 |
|
|
|
|
Beloit,
Kansas |
|
Manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
232,500 |
|
Duluth, Georgia |
|
Corporate Headquarters |
|
125,000 |
|
|
|
|
Hesston,
Kansas |
|
Manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
1,296,100 |
|
Assumption, Illinois |
|
Manufacturing, Sales and Administrative
Office |
|
|
|
933,900 |
|
Taylorville,
Illinois |
|
Manufacturing
|
|
236,000 |
|
|
|
Paris, Illinois |
|
Manufacturing |
|
|
|
|
243,200 |
|
Bremen,
Alabama |
|
Manufacturing/Sales
Office |
|
169,500 |
|
|
|
Jackson, Minnesota |
|
Manufacturing |
|
20,000 |
|
|
671,000 |
|
Wahpeton, North
Dakota |
|
Manufacturing
|
|
340,000 |
|
|
|
Kansas City, Missouri |
|
Parts Distribution/Warehouse |
|
612,800 |
|
|
|
|
International: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neuhausen, Switzerland |
|
Regional Headquarters |
|
20,200 |
|
|
|
|
Stoneleigh, United
Kingdom |
|
Sales and Administrative
Office |
|
85,000 |
|
|
|
|
Desford, United Kingdom |
|
Parts Distribution |
|
298,000 |
|
|
|
|
Exeter, United
Kingdom |
|
Parts Distribution and
Administrative Office |
|
|
|
|
103,800 |
|
Beauvais, France
(1) |
|
Manufacturing |
|
|
|
|
1,144,400 |
|
Ennery,
France |
|
Parts
Distribution |
|
|
|
|
417,500 |
|
Marktoberdorf, Germany |
|
Manufacturing |
|
110,000 |
|
|
1,394,400 |
|
Baumenheim,
Germany |
|
Manufacturing
|
|
62,400 |
|
|
513,300 |
|
Hohenmoelsen, Germany |
|
Manufacturing |
|
|
|
|
318,300 |
|
Breganze,
Italy |
|
Manufacturing
|
|
|
|
716,800 |
|
Linnavuori, Finland |
|
Manufacturing |
|
|
|
|
313,700 |
|
Suolahti,
Finland |
|
Manufacturing/Parts
Distribution |
|
|
|
|
550,900 |
|
Sunshine, Victoria, Australia |
|
Regional Headquarters/Parts
Distribution |
|
|
|
|
94,600 |
|
Randers, Denmark(2) |
|
Engineering
Office |
|
|
|
143,400 |
|
Haedo, Argentina |
|
Parts Distribution/Sales Office |
|
32,000 |
|
|
|
|
Canoas, Rio Grande do Sul,
Brazil |
|
Regional
Headquarters/Manufacturing/ Parts Distribution |
|
|
|
|
615,300 |
|
Marau, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil |
|
Manufacturing/Sales Office |
|
|
|
135,500 |
|
Santa Rosa, Rio Grande do
Sul, Brazil |
|
Manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
386,500 |
|
Mogi das Cruzes, Brazil |
|
Manufacturing |
|
|
|
|
722,200 |
|
Ibirubá, Rio Grande
do Sul, Brazil |
|
Manufacturing
|
|
|
|
|
136,800 |
|
Jundiaí, São Paulo,
Brazil |
|
Parts Distribution |
|
188,400 |
|
|
|
Changzhou,
China |
|
Manufacturing
|
|
201,700 |
|
|
|
|
Daging, China |
|
Manufacturing |
|
104,400 |
|
|
|
Yanzhou,
China |
|
Manufacturing
|
|
|
|
140,400 |
|
Penang, Malaysia |
|
Manufacturing/Sales Office |
|
118,300 |
|
|
|
_______________________________________
|
|
(1) |
Includes our joint venture with GIMA, in which we own a 50% interest. |
|
|
(2) |
This property is currently being marketed for
sale. |
We consider each of our facilities to be in good condition and adequate for its present use. We believe that we have sufficient capacity to meet our current and anticipated manufacturing
requirements.
Item 3. Legal
Proceedings
On June 27, 2008, the Republic of Iraq filed a civil action in a federal court in New York, Case No. 08 CIV 59617, naming as defendants our French subsidiary and two of our other foreign
subsidiaries that participated in the United Nations Oil for Food Program (the “Program”). Ninety-one other entities or companies also were named as defendants in the civil action due to their participation in the Program. The complaint
purports to assert claims against each of the defendants seeking damages in an unspecified amount. Although our subsidiaries intend to vigorously defend against this action, it is not possible at this time to predict the outcome of this action or
its impact, if any, on us, although if the outcome was adverse, we could be required to pay damages. In addition, the French government also is investigating our French subsidiary in connection with its participation in the
Program.
In August 2008, as part of a routine audit, the Brazilian taxing authorities disallowed deductions relating to the amortization of certain goodwill recognized in connection with a reorganization of our
Brazilian operations and the related transfer of certain assets to our Brazilian subsidiaries. The amount of the tax disallowance through December 31, 2011, not including interest and penalties, was approximately 90.6 million Brazilian
reais (or approximately $48.6 million). The amount ultimately in dispute will be greater because of interest and penalties. We have been advised by our legal and tax advisors that our position with respect to the deductions is allowable under
the tax laws of Brazil. We are contesting the disallowance and believe that it is not likely that the assessment, interest or penalties will be required to be paid. However, the ultimate outcome will not be determined until the Brazilian tax appeal
process is complete, which could take several
years.
We are a party to various other legal claims and actions incidental to our business. We believe that none of these claims or actions, either individually or in the aggregate, is material to our business or
financial statements as a whole, including our results of operations and financial condition.
Item 4. Mine Safety
Disclosures
Not
Applicable.
PART
II
|
|
Item 5. |
Market For Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer
Purchases of Equity
Securities |
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and trades under the symbol
AGCO. As of the close of business on February 10, 2012, the closing stock price was $51.26, and there were 424 stockholders of record (this number does not include stockholders who hold their stock through brokers, banks and other nominees).
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices for our common stock for each quarter within the last two years, as reported on the
NYSE.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High |
|
Low |
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter |
$ |
56.77 |
|
|
$ |
49.75 |
|
Second
Quarter |
58.13 |
|
|
45.31 |
|
Third Quarter |
52.88 |
|
|
34.57 |
|
Fourth
Quarter |
46.82 |
|
|
32.39 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
High |
|
Low |
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
Quarter |
$ |
36.86 |
|
|
$ |
30.22 |
|
Second
Quarter |
39.77 |
|
|
25.86 |
|
Third
Quarter |
40.19 |
|
|
26.50 |
|
Fourth
Quarter |
50.94 |
|
|
37.11 |
|
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We currently do not pay dividends. We cannot provide any assurance that we will pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Although we are in compliance with all provisions of our debt agreements, both our
credit facility and the indenture governing our senior subordinated notes and term loan contain restrictions on our ability to pay dividends in certain circumstances.
Item 6. Selected Financial
Data
The following tables present our selected consolidated financial data. The data set forth below should be read together with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations,” and our historical Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes. The Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009 and the reports thereon are included in Item 8 in this Form 10-K. The historical financial
data may not be indicative of our future
performance.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years
Ended December 31, |
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
|
(In millions, except per share
data) |
Operating
Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
8,773.2 |
|
|
$ |
6,896.6 |
|
|
$ |
6,516.4 |
|
|
$ |
8,273.1 |
|
|
$ |
6,715.9 |
|
Gross
profit |
|
1,776.1 |
|
|
1,258.7 |
|
|
1,071.9 |
|
|
1,498.4 |
|
|
1,189.7 |
|
Income from
operations |
|
610.3 |
|
|
324.2 |
|
|
218.7 |
|
|
563.7 |
|
|
393.7 |
|
Net
income |
|
585.3 |
|
|
220.2 |
|
|
135.4 |
|
|
385.9 |
|
|
232.9 |
|
Net (income) loss attributable
to noncontrolling interests |
|
(2.0 |
) |
|
0.3 |
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Net income attributable to AGCO Corporation and subsidiaries |
|
$ |
583.3 |
|
|
$ |
220.5 |
|
|
$ |
135.7 |
|
|
$ |
385.9 |
|
|
$ |
232.9 |
|
Net income per common share — diluted(1) |
|
$ |
5.95 |
|
|
$ |
2.29 |
|
|
$ |
1.44 |
|
|
$ |
3.95 |
|
|
$ |
2.41 |
|
Weighted average shares outstanding — diluted(1) |
|
98.1 |
|
|
96.4 |
|
|
94.1 |
|
|
97.7 |
|
|
96.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
of December 31, |
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
|
(In millions, except number of
employees) |
Balance
Sheet Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents |
|
$ |
724.4 |
|
|
$ |
719.9 |
|
|
$ |
651.4 |
|
|
$ |
506.1 |
|
|
$ |
574.8 |
|
Working capital(2) |
|
1,457.3 |
|
|
1,208.1 |
|
|
1,079.6 |
|
|
1,037.4 |
|
|
724.8 |
|
Total assets |
|
7,257.2 |
|
|
5,436.9 |
|
|
4,998.9 |
|
|
4,846.6 |
|
|
4,698.0 |
|
Total long-term debt, excluding current portion(2) |
|
1,409.7 |
|
|
443.0 |
|
|
454.0 |
|
|
625.0 |
|
|
294.1 |
|
Stockholders’
equity |
|
3,031.2 |
|
|
2,659.2 |
|
|
2,394.4 |
|
|
2,014.3 |
|
|
2,114.1 |
|
Other
Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
employees |
|
17,366 |
|
|
14,311 |
|
|
14,456 |
|
|
15,606 |
|
|
13,720 |
|
______________________________
|
|
(1) |
Our 1¼% convertible senior subordinated notes potentially will impact the dilution of weighted shares outstanding for
the excess conversion value using the treasury stock method. |
|
|
(2) |
Holders of our former 1¾% convertible senior subordinated notes due 2033 and our $201.3 million 1¼% convertible senior subordinated notes due 2036 could have converted or may convert the notes if, during any fiscal quarter, the closing
sales price of our common stock exceeded or exceeds 120% of the conversion price of $22.36 per share for our former 1¾% convertible senior subordinated notes and $40.73 per share for our 1¼% convertible senior subordinated notes for at
least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding fiscal quarter. As of December 31, 2011, this criteria was not met with respect to 1¼% convertible senior subordinated notes, and,
therefore, we classified these notes as long-term debt. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the criteria was met for our former 1¾% convertible senior subordinated notes, and, therefore, we classified these notes as a current liability. As
of December 31, 2008, this criteria was not met with respect to either of the notes, and, therefore, we classified both notes as long-term debt. As of December 31, 2007, the criteria was met for both notes, and, therefore, we classified
both notes as current
liabilities. |
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
We are a leading manufacturer and distributor of agricultural equipment and related replacement parts throughout the world. We sell a full range of agricultural equipment, including tractors, combines,
self-propelled sprayers, hay tools, forage equipment and implements. We also manufacture and distribute grain storage and handling equipment systems as well as protein production systems. Our products are widely recognized in the agricultural
equipment industry and are marketed under a number of well-known brand names, including: Challenger®, Fendt®, Massey
Ferguson® and Valtra®. We distribute most of our products through a combination of
approximately 3,100 dealers, distributors, associates and licensees. In addition, we provide retail financing through our retail finance joint ventures with Rabobank.
Results of
Operations
We sell our equipment and replacement parts to our independent dealers, distributors and other customers. A large majority of our sales are to independent dealers and distributors that sell our products to
the end user. To the extent practicable, we attempt to sell products to our dealers and distributors on a level basis throughout the year to reduce the effect of seasonal demands on our manufacturing operations and to minimize our investment in
inventory. However, retail sales by dealers to farmers are highly seasonal and are linked to the planting and harvesting seasons. In certain markets, particularly in North America, there is often a time lag, which varies based on the timing and
level of retail demand, between our sale of the equipment to the dealer and the dealer’s sale to a retail customer.
The following table sets forth, for the
periods indicated, the percentage relationship to net sales of certain items included in our Consolidated Statements of
Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended
December 31, |
|
2011 (1) |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Net
sales |
100.0
|
% |
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Cost of goods sold |
79.8 |
|
|
81.8 |
|
|
83.6 |
|
Gross
profit |
20.2 |
|
|
18.2 |
|
|
16.4 |
|
Selling, general and administrative
expenses |
9.9 |
|
|
10.0 |
|
|
9.7 |
|
Engineering
expenses |
3.1 |
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
2.9 |
|
Restructuring and other infrequent (income)
expenses |
— |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
0.2 |
|
Amortization of
intangibles |
0.2
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Income from operations |
7.0 |
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
3.3 |
|
Interest expense,
net |
0.4 |
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
0.6 |
|
Other expense, net |
0.2 |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
0.3 |
|
Income before income
taxes and equity in net earnings of affiliates |
6.4 |
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
2.4 |
|
Income tax provision |
0.3 |
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
0.9 |
|
Income before equity in
net earnings of affiliates |
6.1 |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
1.5 |
|
Equity in net earnings of
affiliates |
0.6 |
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
0.6 |
|
Net
income |
6.7 |
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
2.1 |
|
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Net income attributable
to AGCO Corporation and subsidiaries |
6.6
|
% |
|
3.2
|
%
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
____________________________________
|
|
(1) |
Rounding may impact summation of
amounts. |
2011 Compared to
2010
Net income for 2011 was $583.3 million, or $5.95 per diluted share, compared to net income for 2010 of $220.5 million, or $2.29 per diluted
share.
Net sales for 2011 were approximately $8,773.2 million, or 27.2% higher than 2010 primarily due to sales increases in all our geographical segments, acquisitions and the favorable impact of currency
translation. Income from operations was $610.3 million in 2011 compared to $324.2 million in 2010. The increase in income from operations and operating margins during 2011 primarily was due to higher net sales, favorable pricing impacts
and increased production volumes in Europe and
North America, which were partially offset by higher material costs and increased engineering and marketing
expenses.
In our Europe/Africa/Middle East region, income from operations increased approximately $272.2 million in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to higher net sales and production volumes, favorable
pricing and an improved product mix. Income from operations in our South American region decreased approximately $18.6 million in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to a less favorable geographic sales mix, material and labor cost inflation,
and higher engineering and product introduction expenses. In our North America region, income from operations increased approximately $41.4 million in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to increased net sales, higher production volumes and
cost control initiatives. Income from operations in the Rest of World region increased approximately $17.2 million in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to increased net
sales.
Retail
Sales
Worldwide industry equipment demand for farm equipment were at relatively high levels during 2011 in most major markets. Industry conditions in Western Europe were very strong compared to weaker industry
conditions in 2010, primarily due to improved dairy, meat and grain prices and overall market recovery, which resulted in improved farm income across most of Western Europe. In South America, despite a modest decline in industry conditions, industry
demand remained at a higher level due to positive farm economics and continued availability of favorable government financing programs. North American industry demand was robust in 2011, with stable market demand for larger equipment.
In the United States and Canada, industry unit retail sales of tractors increased approximately 2% in 2011 compared to 2010, resulting from growth in industry unit retail sales of high horsepower and
mid-range utility tractors. Industry unit retail sales of combines decreased approximately 4% in 2011 compared to 2010 but remained at higher levels. Record farm income in 2011 supported strong industry retail sales of tractors, combines, sprayers
and hay equipment. In Western Europe, industry unit retail sales of tractors and combines increased approximately 12% and 35% in 2011, respectively, compared to 2010 due to higher retail volumes in most major Western European markets. Demand was
strongest in Germany, France, Scandinavia and Finland. Higher commodity prices and improvement in demand in the dairy and livestock sectors contributed to the increase in 2011. In South America, industry unit retail sales of tractors in 2011
decreased approximately 3% compared to 2010. Industry unit retail sales of tractors in the major markets of Brazil and Argentina decreased approximately 7% and 37%, respectively, during 2011 compared to 2010. Declines in the two largest South
American markets were mostly offset by strong growth in other South American markets compared to 2010. Despite the modest decline, industry unit retail sales in Brazil remained at high levels due to attractive farm economics and supportive
government financing rates that have been extended through the end of 2012. Industry retail sales of combines in South America during 2011 were approximately 20% higher than 2010. Industry unit retail sales of combines in Brazil and Argentina
increased approximately 18% and 11%, respectively, during 2011 compared to 2010. Our net sales in our Rest of Word segment for 2011 were approximately 44.8% higher than 2010, primarily due to improved market conditions in Russia and Eastern Europe
and in Australia and New
Zealand.
Results of
Operations
Net sales for 2011 were $8,773.2 million
compared to $6,896.6 million for 2010 primarily due to the positive impacts of market growth, foreign currency translation and acquisitions. Foreign currency translation positively impacted net sales by approximately $343.8 million, or 5.0%,
primarily due to the strengthening of the Euro and Brazilian real during 2011 as compared to 2010. The following table sets forth, for the year ended
December 31, 2011, the impact to net sales of currency translation by geographical segment (in
millions, except percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
|
|
Change
due to Currency Translation |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
$ |
|
% |
|
$ |
|
% |
North
America |
$ |
1,770.6 |
|
|
$
|
1,489.3 |
|
|
$ |
281.3 |
|
|
18.9 |
% |
|
$ |
12.7 |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
South America |
1,871.5 |
|
|
1,753.3 |
|
|
118.2 |
|
|
6.7 |
% |
|
81.7 |
|
|
4.7 |
% |
Europe/Africa/Middle
East |
4,681.7 |
|
|
3,364.4 |
|
|
1,317.3 |
|
|
39.2 |
% |
|
219.2 |
|
|
6.5 |
% |
Rest of World |
449.4 |
|
|
289.6 |
|
|
159.8 |
|
|
55.2 |
% |
|
30.2 |
|
|
10.4 |
% |
|
$
|
8,773.2 |
|
|
$
|
6,896.6 |
|
|
$
|
1,876.6 |
|
|
27.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
343.8 |
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
The following is a reconciliation of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2011 at actual exchange rates compared to 2010 exchange rates (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2011
at Actual
Exchange Rates |
|
2011 at
2010
Exchange Rates |
|
Change due to Currency Translation
|
North
America |
$ |
1,770.6 |
|
|
$ |
1,757.9 |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
South America |
1,871.5 |
|
|
1,789.8 |
|
|
4.7 |
% |
Europe/Africa/Middle
East |
4,681.7 |
|
|
4,462.5 |
|
|
6.5 |
% |
Rest of World |
449.4 |
|
|
419.2 |
|
|
10.4 |
% |
|
$
|
8,773.2 |
|
|
$
|
8,429.4 |
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
Regionally, net sales in North America increased during 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to increased net sales of high horsepower tractors, combines and sprayers. In the Europe/Africa/Middle East
region, net sales increased significantly in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to stronger market conditions in Western Europe. We experienced the largest net sales increases in Germany, France, the United Kingdom and Scandinavia. In South
America, net sales increased during 2011 compared to 2010. Net sales increased in smaller South American countries, which benefited from higher commodity prices and healthy crop production, while sales in Brazil were flat compared to strong levels
in 2010. In the rest of the world, net sales increased in 2011 compared to 2010, primarily due to net sales increases in Russia, Eastern Europe, Australia and New Zealand. We estimate that worldwide average price increases in 2011 and 2010 were
approximately 3% and 2%, respectively. Consolidated net sales of tractors and combines, which consisted of approximately 73% of our net sales in 2011, increased approximately 26% in 2011 compared to 2010. Unit sales of tractors and combines
increased approximately 8% during 2011 compared to 2010. The difference between the unit sales increase and the increase in net sales primarily was the result of foreign currency translation, pricing and sales mix
changes.
The following table sets forth, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the percentage relationship to net sales of certain items included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations (in
millions, except percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
$ |
|
% of Net Sales |
|
$ |
|
% of Net Sales |
Gross
profit |
$
|
1,776.1 |
|
|
20.2
|
% |
|
$ |
1,258.7 |
|
|
18.2 |
% |
Selling, general and administrative
expenses |
869.3 |
|
|
9.9 |
% |
|
692.1 |
|
|
10.0 |
% |
Engineering
expenses |
275.6 |
|
|
3.1 |
% |
|
219.6 |
|
|
3.2 |
% |
Restructuring and other
infrequent (income) expenses |
(0.7 |
) |
|
— |
% |
|
4.4 |
|
|
0.1 |
% |
Amortization of
intangibles |
21.6
|
|
|
0.2
|
% |
|
18.4
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
Income from operations |
$ |
610.3 |
|
|
7.0 |
% |
|
$ |
324.2 |
|
|
4.7 |
% |
Gross
profit as a percentage of net sales increased during 2011 as compared to 2010. Pricing, higher production volumes and material cost control initiatives helped to produce higher gross margins. Unit production of tractors and combines during 2011 was
approximately 9% higher than 2010. We recorded approximately $1.6 million and $0.7 million of stock compensation expense within cost of goods sold during 2011 and 2010, respectively, as is more fully explained in Note 1 to our
Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”) as a percentage of net sales decreased slightly during 2011 compared to 2010. We recorded approximately $23.0 million and
$12.9 million of stock compensation expense, within SG&A during 2011 and 2010, respectively, as is more fully explained in Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Engineering expenses increased during 2011 as compared to 2010,
primarily due to higher spending for the development of new products and costs to meet new engine emission standards in the United States and Europe.
We recorded restructuring and other infrequent (income)
expense of approximately $(0.7) million and $4.4 million during 2011 and 2010, respectively. The restructuring and other infrequent income recorded in 2011 primarily related to the reversal of approximately $0.9 million of previously
accrued severance payments associated with the rationalization of our French operations. The restructuring and other infrequent expenses recorded in 2010 primarily related to severance and other related costs associated with rationalization of our
operations in Denmark, Spain, Finland and France.
Interest expense, net was $30.2 million for 2011 compared to $33.3 million for 2010. During 2011, we redeemed our €200.0 million of 6 7/8% senior subordinated notes due April 15, 2014, as is more fully discussed in “Liquidity and Capital Resources.” In connection with the redemption, we recorded a loss of approximately $3.1
million associated with the premium paid to the holders of the notes and a write-off of approximately $1.2 million of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs. In addition, during 2011, holders of our former 1¾% convertible senior subordinated
notes converted approximately $161.0 million of the principal amount of the notes, as is more fully discussed in “Liquidity and Capital
Resources.”
Other expense, net was $19.1 million in 2011 compared to $16.0 million in 2010. Losses on sales of receivables primarily under our accounts receivable sales agreements were approximately
$19.7 million and $13.7 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase in 2011 was due to a higher amount of receivables sold in Europe under our accounts receivable sales agreement with AGCO Finance entities in Europe, as is more fully
discussed in “Retail Finance Joint Ventures.”
We recorded an income tax provision of $24.6 million in 2011 compared to $104.4 million in 2010. Our tax provision is impacted by the differing tax rates of the various tax jurisdictions in which
we operate, permanent differences for items treated differently for financial accounting and income tax purposes, and losses in jurisdictions where no income tax benefit is recorded. Our 2011 income tax rate provision (as reconciled in Note 6 to our
Consolidated Financial Statements) includes a reversal of approximately $149.3 million of valuation allowance previously established against our deferred tax assets in the United States. The reversal was required to offset deferred tax liabilities
established as part of the acquisition accounting for GSI primarily related to acquired intangible assets.
A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a company’s deferred tax assets will not be realized. We assessed the likelihood that our deferred tax
assets would be recovered from estimated future taxable income and available income tax planning strategies. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had gross deferred tax assets of $498.2 million and $466.4 million, respectively, including
$181.6 million and $210.7 million, respectively, related to net operating loss carryforwards. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had recorded total valuation allowances as an offset to the gross deferred tax assets of
$145.8 million and $262.5 million, respectively, primarily related to net operating loss carryforwards in Brazil, Denmark, Switzerland, the Netherlands, China, Russia and the United States. Realization of the remaining deferred tax assets
as of December 31, 2011 will depend on generating sufficient taxable income in future periods, net of reversing deferred tax liabilities. We believe it is more likely than not that the remaining net deferred tax assets will be
realized.
As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had approximately $71.1 million and $48.2 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which would impact our effective tax rate if
recognized. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had approximately $23.0 million and $14.2 million, respectively, of current accrued taxes related to uncertain income tax positions connected with ongoing tax audits in various
jurisdictions that we expect to settle or pay in the next 12 months. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain income tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had accrued interest and
penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $7.6 million and $5.2 million, respectively. See Note 6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of our uncertain income tax
positions.
Equity in net earnings of affiliates, which is primarily comprised of income from our retail finance joint ventures, was $48.9 million in 2011 compared to $49.7 million in 2010. Refer to
“Retail Finance Joint Ventures” for further information regarding our retail finance joint ventures and their results of operations.
2010 Compared to
2009
Net income for 2010 was $220.5 million, or $2.29 per diluted share, compared to net income for 2009 of $135.7 million, or $1.44 per diluted
share.
Net sales for 2010 were approximately $380.2 million, or 5.8%, higher than 2009 primarily due to sales increases in our South American and North American geographical segments, partially offset by a
slight decrease in our Europe/Africa/Middle East geographical segment as well as the unfavorable impact of currency translation. Strong market conditions in South America during 2010 helped to contribute to our overall sales growth in 2010. Income
from operations was $324.2 million in 2010 compared to $218.7 million in 2009. The increase in income from operations and operating margins during 2010 primarily was due to higher net sales, material cost control initiatives, increased
production volumes and an improved product mix, partially offset by higher engineering
expenses.
In our Europe/Africa/Middle East region, income from operations decreased approximately $17.3 million in 2010 compared to 2009, primarily due to the reduction in net sales, lower production
levels and increased engineering expenses. Income from operations in our South American region increased approximately $97.1 million in 2010 compared to 2009, primarily due to significant sales growth, improved factory productivity as a result
of higher production levels, and a shift in product sales mix to higher margin, higher horsepower products. In our North America region, income from operations increased approximately $27.6 million in 2010 compared to 2009, primarily due to
improved margins from new products, a favorable product mix, and factory efficiencies, partially offset by increased engineering expenditures. Income from operations in the Rest of World segment decreased approximately $4.2 million in 2010
compared to 2009, primarily due to weaker net sales, an unfavorable product mix and increased expenses related to growth initiatives.
Retail
Sales
Worldwide industry equipment demand for farm equipment was mixed in 2010. In South America, strong industry conditions were the result of positive farm economics and continued availability of favorable
government financing programs. North American industry demand was stable throughout 2010, with robust market demand for large equipment. Industry conditions in Western Europe were weak during the first half of 2010, especially in the dairy and
livestock sectors, but improved in most major European markets towards the end of
2010.
In the United States and Canada, industry unit retail sales of tractors increased approximately 5% in 2010 compared to 2009, resulting from strong growth in industry unit retail sales of high horsepower
tractors and modest growth in industry retail sales of compact tractors, partially offset by a small decline in unit retail sales of utility tractors. Industry unit retail sales of combines increased approximately 9% in 2010 compared to the prior
year. Strong and improving economics for the professional producer sector contributed to the strength in retail sales of high horsepower tractors and combines. Continued weakness in the dairy and livestock sectors contributed to lower industry unit
retail sales of mid-range utility tractors and hay equipment. In North America, our unit retail sales of tractors decreased in 2010 and our unit retail sales of combines increased in 2010 compared to 2009 levels. In Western Europe, industry unit
retail sales of tractors decreased approximately 10% in 2010 compared to 2009 due to lower retail volumes in most major Western European markets. Demand was weakest in France, Spain, Italy and the United Kingdom. The slow pace of macro-economic
recovery, weak farmer sentiment and soft demand in the dairy and livestock sectors contributed to the decline in 2010. Our unit retail sales of tractors for 2010 in Western Europe were also lower when compared to 2009. In South America, industry
unit retail sales of tractors in 2010 increased approximately 31% compared to 2009. Industry unit retail sales of combines during 2010 were approximately 29% higher than 2009. Industry unit retail sales of tractors in the major market of Brazil
increased approximately 24% during 2010 compared to 2009. Strong farm fundamentals and favorable government-sponsored financing programs in Brazil contributed to the strong industry demand, which began to accelerate in the second half of 2009.
Improved weather and increased crop production in Argentina contributed to significant increases in industry unit retail sales of tractors and combines during 2010 compared to 2009. Our South American unit retail sales of tractors and combines were
also higher in 2010 as compared to 2009. Our net sales in our Rest of Word segment for 2010 were approximately 4.7% lower than 2009, primarily due to lower sales in Australia and New Zealand, partially offset by higher sales in Asia. Weak market
conditions in Australia and New Zealand and the tightened credit environment in the markets of Eastern Europe and Russia contributed to the decline.
Results of
Operations
Net sales for 2010 were $6,896.6 million compared to $6,516.4 million for 2009. Foreign currency translation negatively impacted net sales by approximately $18.8 million, or 0.3%, primarily
due to the weakening of the Euro, largely offset by the strengthening of the Brazilian real during 2010 as compared to 2009. The following table sets forth, for the year ended December 31, 2010, the impact to net sales of currency translation
by geographical segment (in millions, except
percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
|
|
Change
due to Currency Translation |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
$ |
|
% |
|
$ |
|
% |
North
America |
$ |
1,489.3 |
|
|
$ |
1,442.7 |
|
|
$ |
46.6 |
|
|
3.2 |
% |
|
$ |
28.1 |
|
|
1.9 |
% |
South America |
1,753.3 |
|
|
1,167.1 |
|
|
586.2 |
|
|
50.2 |
% |
|
163.0 |
|
|
14.0 |
% |
Europe/Africa/Middle
East |
3,364.4 |
|
|
3,602.8 |
|
|
(238.4 |
) |
|
(6.6 |
)% |
|
(180.3 |
) |
|
(5.0 |
)% |
Rest of World |
289.6 |
|
|
303.8 |
|
|
(14.2 |
) |
|
(4.7 |
)% |
|
8.0 |
|
|
2.6 |
% |
|
$
|
6,896.6 |
|
|
$
|
6,516.4 |
|
|
$
|
380.2 |
|
|
5.8
|
% |
|
$
|
18.8 |
|
|
0.3
|
% |
The following is a reconciliation of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2010 at actual exchange rates compared to 2009 exchange rates (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, |
|
|
|
2010
at Actual
Exchange Rates |
|
2010
at 2009
Exchange Rates |
|
Change due to Currency Translation
|
North
America |
$ |
1,489.3 |
|
|
$ |
1,461.2 |
|
|
1.9 |
% |
South America |
1,753.3 |
|
|
1,590.3 |
|
|
14.0 |
% |
Europe/Africa/Middle
East |
3,364.4 |
|
|
3,544.7 |
|
|
(5.0 |
)% |
Rest of World |
289.6 |
|
|
281.6 |
|
|
2.6 |
% |
|
$
|
6,896.6 |
|
|
$
|
6,877.8 |
|
|
0.3
|
% |
Regionally, net sales in North America increased modestly during 2010 compared to 2009. Increased net sales of sprayers, combines and parts were offset by declines in net sales of hay and forage
equipment and utility tractors. In the Europe/Africa/Middle East region, net sales decreased slightly in 2010 compared to 2009 primarily due to weaker market conditions in Western Europe. We experienced the largest net sales declines in France,
Germany and Africa, partially offset by sales growth in Poland and Finland. In South America, net sales increased during 2010 compared to 2009 primarily as a result of strong market conditions in the region, particularly in Brazil and
Argentina. In the rest of the world, net sales decreased in 2010 compared to 2009, primarily due to net sales declines in Australia and New Zealand. We estimate that worldwide average price increases in 2010 and 2009 were approximately 2% and 3%,
respectively. Consolidated net sales of tractors and combines, which consisted of approximately 74% of our net sales in 2010, increased approximately 7% in 2010 compared to 2009. Unit sales of tractors and combines increased approximately 8% during
2010 compared to 2009. The difference between the unit sales increase and the increase in net sales primarily was the result of foreign currency translation, pricing and sales mix
changes.
The following table sets forth, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the percentage relationship to net sales of certain items included in our Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in millions, except percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
$ |
|
% of Net Sales |
|
$ |
|
% of Net Sales |
Gross
profit |
$ |
1,258.7 |
|
|
18.2 |
% |
|
$ |
1,071.9 |
|
|
16.4 |
% |
Selling, general and
administrative expenses |
692.1 |
|
|
10.0 |
% |
|
630.1 |
|
|
9.7 |
% |
Engineering
expenses |
219.6 |
|
|
3.2 |
% |
|
191.9 |
|
|
2.9 |
% |
Restructuring and other
infrequent expenses |
4.4 |
|
|
0.1 |
% |
|
13.2 |
|
|
0.2 |
% |
Amortization of
intangibles |
18.4
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
18.0
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
Income from
operations |
$ |
324.2 |
|
|
4.7 |
% |
|
$ |
218.7 |
|
|
3.3 |
% |
Gross
profit as a percentage of net sales increased during 2010 as compared to 2009. Higher production volumes and material cost control initiatives helped to produce higher gross margins. Unit production of tractors and combines during 2010 was
approximately 8% higher than 2009. We recorded approximately $0.7 million and $0.1 million of stock compensation expense within cost of goods sold, during 2010 and 2009, respectively, as is more fully explained in Note 1 to our
Consolidated Financial
Statements.
SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales increased slightly during 2010 compared to 2009. We recorded approximately $12.9 million and $8.2 million of stock compensation expense, within
SG&A, during 2010 and 2009, respectively, as is more fully explained in Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. Engineering expenses increased during 2010 as compared to 2009 primarily due to higher spending for the development of
new products and costs to meet new engine emission standards in the United States and
Europe.
We recorded restructuring and other infrequent expenses of approximately $4.4 million and $13.2 million during 2010 and 2009, respectively. The restructuring and other infrequent expenses
recorded in 2010 primarily related to severance and other related costs associated with the rationalization of our operations in Denmark, Spain, Finland and France. The restructuring and other infrequent expenses recorded in 2009 primarily related
to severance and other related costs associated with the rationalization of our operations in France, the United Kingdom, Finland, Germany, the United States and
Denmark.
Interest expense, net was $33.3 million for 2010 compared to $42.1 million for 2009. The decrease primarily was due to higher interest income due to higher amounts of invested
cash.
Other expense, net was $16.0 million in 2010 compared to $22.2 million in 2009. Losses on sales of receivables primarily under our accounts receivable sales agreements were approximately
$13.7 million in 2010. Losses on sales of receivables, primarily under our former U.S. and Canadian securitization facilities and our European securitization facilities, were approximately $15.6 million in 2009. The decrease primarily
was due to a reduction in interest rates in 2010 compared to 2009. Other expense, net also decreased in 2010 due to favorable foreign exchange impacts in 2010 compared to
2009.
We recorded an income tax provision of $104.4 million in 2010 compared to $57.7 million in 2009. Our tax provision is impacted by the differing tax rates of the various tax jurisdictions in which
we operate, permanent differences for items treated differently for financial accounting and income tax purposes, and losses in jurisdictions where no income tax benefit is recorded. Our 2009 income tax rate reconciliation provided in Note 6 to
our Consolidated Financial Statements includes a $39.5 million favorable “change in valuation allowance” which was fully offset by a write-off of certain foreign tax assets reflected in “tax effects of permanent
differences.” Due to the fact that these tax assets had not been expected to be utilized in future years, we previously had maintained a valuation allowance against the tax assets. Accordingly, this write-off resulted in no impact to our
income tax provision for the year ended December 31,
2009.
A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a company’s deferred tax assets will not be realized. We assessed the likelihood that our deferred tax
assets would be recovered from estimated future taxable income and available income tax planning strategies. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had gross deferred tax assets of $466.4 million and $484.7 million, respectively, including
$210.7 million and $215.0 million, respectively, related to net operating loss carryforwards. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had recorded total valuation allowances as an offset to the gross deferred tax assets of
$262.5 million and $261.7 million, respectively, primarily related to net operating loss carryforwards in Brazil, Denmark, Switzerland, the Netherlands and the United States.
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had approximately $48.2 million and $21.8 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which would impact our effective tax rate if
recognized. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had approximately $14.2 million and $3.5 million, respectively, of current accrued taxes related to uncertain income tax positions connected with ongoing tax audits in various
jurisdictions that we expect to settle or pay in the next 12 months. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain income tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, we had accrued interest and
penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $5.2 million and $1.9 million, respectively. See Note 6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of our uncertain income tax
positions.
Equity in net earnings of affiliates was $49.7 million in 2010 compared to $38.7 million in 2009. The increase primarily was due to increased earnings in our retail finance joint ventures. Refer
to “Retail Finance Joint Ventures” for further information regarding our retail finance joint ventures and their results of operations.
Quarterly
Results
The following table presents unaudited interim operating results. We believe that the following information includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present
fairly our results of operations for the periods presented.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three
Months Ended |
|
March 31 |
|
June 30 |
|
September 30 |
|
December 31 |
|
(In millions, except per share
data) |
2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
$ |
1,797.7 |
|
|
$ |
2,358.6 |
|
|
$ |
2,099.1 |
|
|
$ |
2,517.8 |
|
Gross
profit |
355.9 |
|
|
488.3 |
|
|
407.8 |
|
|
524.1 |
|
Income from operations(1) |
108.7 |
|
|
201.6 |
|
|
114.3 |
|
|
185.7 |
|
Net income(1) |
81.6 |
|
|
133.9 |
|
|
84.5 |
|
|
285.3 |
|
Net income attributable to noncontrolling
interests |
(1.6 |
) |
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
(0.1 |
) |
Net income attributable
to AGCO Corporation and subsidiaries |
80.0 |
|
|
133.7 |
|
|
84.4 |
|
|
285.2 |
|
Net income per common share attributable to AGCO Corporation and
subsidiaries — diluted(1) |
0.81 |
|
|
1.36 |
|
|
0.87 |
|
|
2.90 |
|
2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
$ |
1,328.2 |
|
|
$ |
1,743.0 |
|
|
$ |
1,657.4 |
|
|
$ |
2,168.0 |
|
Gross profit |
224.6 |
|
|
321.1 |
|
|
303.8 |
|
|
409.2 |
|
Income from operations(1) |
9.4 |
|
|
96.5 |
|
|
75.9 |
|
|
142.4 |
|
Net income(1) |
10.0 |
|
|
62.8 |
|
|
62.2 |
|
|
85.2 |
|
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest |
0.1 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
— |
|
Net income attributable to AGCO Corporation and
subsidiaries |
10.1 |
|
|
62.9 |
|
|
62.3 |
|
|
85.2 |
|
Net income per common share attributable to AGCO Corporation and
subsidiaries — diluted(1) |
0.10 |
|
|
0.66 |
|
|
0.65 |
|
|
0.87 |
|
_____________________________________
|
|
(1) |
For 2011, the quarters ended March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 included restructuring and other
infrequent expense (income) of $0.2 million, ($0.9) million, $0.0 million and $0.0 million, respectively, thereby impacting net income per common share on a diluted basis by $0.00, ($0.01), $0.00 and $0.00,
respectively. |
For 2010, the quarters ended March 31, June 30, September 30 and
December 31 included restructuring and other infrequent expenses of $1.6 million, $0.5 million, $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively, thereby impacting net income per common share on a diluted basis by $0.01, $0.00, $0.01
and $0.01, respectively.
Retail Finance Joint
Ventures
Our AGCO Finance retail finance joint ventures provide retail financing and wholesale financing to our dealers in the United States, Canada, Germany, France, the United Kingdom, Austria, Ireland, the
Netherlands, Denmark, Italy, Sweden, Brazil, Argentina and Australia. The joint ventures are owned 49% by AGCO and 51% by a wholly owned subsidiary of Rabobank, a financial institution based in the Netherlands. The majority of the assets of the
retail finance joint ventures
represents finance receivables. The majority of the liabilities represents notes payable and accrued interest. Under the various joint venture agreements, Rabobank or its affiliates provide financing to
the joint ventures, primarily through lines of credit. We do not guarantee the debt obligations of the joint ventures. As of December 31, 2011, our capital investment in the retail finance joint ventures, which is included in “Investment
in affiliates” on our Consolidated Balance Sheets, was approximately $322.2 million compared to $305.7 million as of December 31,
2010. The total finance portfolio in our retail finance joint ventures was approximately $7.4 billion and $7.0 billion as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The total finance portfolio as of December 31, 2011 included approximately $6.4 billion of retail receivables and $1.0 billion
of wholesale receivables from AGCO dealers. The total finance portfolio as of December 31,
2010 included approximately $6.2 billion of retail receivables and $0.8 billion of wholesale receivables from AGCO dealers. The wholesale receivables were either sold directly to
AGCO Finance without recourse from our operating companies or AGCO Finance provided the financing directly to the dealers. During 2011 and 2010, we made a total of approximately $8.3 million and $25.4 million, respectively, of investments in our
retail finance joint ventures in Germany, the Netherlands and Brazil, primarily related to additional capital required as a result of increased retail finance portfolios during 2011 and 2010. During 2011, our share in the earnings of the retail finance joint ventures, included in “Equity in net earnings
of affiliates” within our Consolidated Statements of Operations, was $43.6 million compared to $43.4 million in 2010.
The retail finance portfolio in our retail finance joint venture in Brazil was $2.0 billion as of
December 31, 2011 compared to $2.2 billion as of December 31, 2010. As a result of weak market conditions in Brazil in 2005 and 2006, a substantial portion
of this portfolio had been included in a payment deferral program directed by the Brazilian government relating to retail contracts entered into during 2004, where scheduled payments were rescheduled several times between 2005 and 2008. The impact
of the deferral program resulted in higher delinquencies and lower collateral coverage for the portfolio. While the joint venture currently considers its reserves for loan losses adequate, it continually monitors its reserves considering borrower
payment history, the value of the underlying equipment financed, and further payment deferral programs implemented by the Brazilian government. To date, our retail finance joint ventures in markets outside of Brazil have not experienced any
significant changes in the credit quality of their finance portfolios. However, there can be no assurance that the portfolio credit quality will not deteriorate, and, given the size of the portfolio relative to the joint ventures’ level of
equity, a significant adverse change in the joint ventures’ performance would have a material impact on the joint ventures and on our operating
results.
Outlook
Our operations are subject to the cyclical nature of the agricultural industry. Sales of our equipment have been and are expected to continue to be affected by changes in net cash farm income, farm
land values, weather conditions, the demand for agricultural commodities, farm industry related legislation, availability of financing and general economic
conditions.
Worldwide industry demand is expected to be stable in 2012 compared to 2011 levels. Tight supplies of soft commodities are expected to support healthy farm income and sustain strong equipment demand. Our
net sales in 2012 are expected to be higher compared to 2011 primarily due to expected favorable pricing, market share improvements and acquisition impacts, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of currency translation. We are targeting gross
margin improvements to be partially offset by increased expenditures for product development and new market expansion.
Recent Acquisitions
On November 30, 2011, we acquired GSI for $932.2 million, net of approximately $27.9 million cash acquired. GSI, headquartered in Assumption,
Illinois, is a leading manufacturer of grain storage and protein production systems. GSI sells its products globally through independent dealers. The acquisition of GSI provides us with strong positions in grain storage and protein production and
the opportunity to benefit from increases in global grain production and protein demand. The acquisition was financed by the issuance of $300.0 million of 57/8% senior
notes and our new credit facility. As a result of the acquisition, we recorded a tax benefit of approximately $149.3 million within “Income tax provision” in our Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2011,
resulting from a reversal of a portion of our previously established deferred tax valuation allowance. The reversal was required to offset deferred tax liabilities established as part of the acquisition accounting for GSI relating to acquired
amortizable intangible assets.
On November 30, 2011, we acquired 80% of Shandong Dafeng Machinery Co., Ltd. (“Dafeng”) for approximately 172.0 million yuan, or approximately $27.0 million. We acquired approximately $17.1
million of cash and assumed approximately $41.1 million of current indebtedness associated with the transaction. Dafeng is located in Yanzhou, China and manufactures a complete range of corn, grain, rice and soybean harvesting machines for Chinese
domestic markets. The acquisition was funded with available cash on hand.
On March 3, 2011, we acquired the remaining 50% interest of Laverda SpA (“Laverda”) for approximately €63.8 million, net of approximately €1.2 million cash acquired
(or approximately $88.3 million, net). Laverda, previously an operating joint venture between AGCO and the Italian ARGO group, is located in Breganze, Italy and manufactures harvesting equipment. In addition to producing Laverda-branded combines,
the Breganze factory manufactures mid-range combine harvesters for our Massey Ferguson, Fendt and Challenger brands for distribution in Europe, Africa and the Middle East. Our 100% ownership of Laverda includes ownership in Fella-Werke GMBH, a
German manufacturer of grass and hay machinery. The acquisition was funded with available cash on hand.
On January 3, 2011, we acquired 50% of AGCO-Amity JV for approximately $25.0 million, net of approximately $5.0 million cash acquired, thereby creating a joint venture between us and Amity Technology
LLC. The joint venture had approximately $6.2 million of indebtedness as of the date of acquisition. AGCO-Amity JV is located in North Dakota and manufactures air-seeding and tillage equipment. The investment was funded with available cash on hand.
As we have a controlling voting interest to direct the activities that most significantly impact the joint venture, we have consolidated the joint venture’s operations in our Consolidated Financial Statements commencing as of and from the date
of the formation of the joint venture.
The results of operations for the acquisitions of GSI, Dafeng, Laverda and AGCO-Amity JV have been included in our Consolidated Financial Statements as of and from the dates of the respective acquisitions.
We allocated the purchase price of each acquisition to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on preliminary estimates of their fair values as of the respective acquisition dates. We recorded approximately $606.6 million of goodwill and
approximately $519.0 million of other identifiable intangible assets associated with these acquisitions.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our financing requirements are subject to variations due to
seasonal changes in inventory and receivable levels. Internally generated funds are supplemented when necessary from external sources, primarily our credit facility and accounts receivable sales agreement
facilities.
We believe that these facilities, together with available cash and internally generated funds, will be sufficient to support our working capital, capital expenditures and debt service requirements for the
foreseeable future:
|
|
• |
Our $300.0 million of 57/8%
senior notes which mature in 2021 (see further discussion below). |
|
|
• |
Our new $1.0 billion credit facility, consisting of a $600.0 million multi-currency revolving credit
facility and a $400.0 million term loan facility, which expires in December 2016. As of December 31, 2011, $265.0 million was outstanding under the multi-currency revolving credit facility and $400.0 million was outstanding under the term loan
facility (see further discussion below). |
|
|
• |
Our €200.0 million (or approximately $259.4 million as of December 31,
2011) 41/2% senior term loan which matures in 2016 (see further discussion below). |
|
|
• |
Our $201.3 million of 11/4%
convertible senior subordinated notes which mature in 2033 and may be required to be repurchased on December 15, 2013, or could be converted earlier based on the closing sales price of our common stock (see further discussion
below). |
|
|
• |
Our accounts receivable sales agreements with our retail finance joint ventures in the United States and
Canada. As of December 31, 2011, approximately $517.5 million of cash had been received under these agreements (see further discussion below). |
|
|
• |
Our accounts receivable sales agreements in Europe, whereby we sell a large portion of our wholesale
accounts receivable on an ongoing basis to the relevant AGCO Finance entities located in Germany, France, Austria, Norway and Sweden. As of December 31, 2011, cash received from receivables sold under these accounts receivable agreements in
Europe was approximately $310.0 million (see further discussion below). |
In addition, although we are in complete compliance with
the financial covenants contained in these facilities and currently expect to continue to maintain such compliance, should we ever encounter difficulties, our historical relationship with our lenders has been strong and we anticipate their continued
long-term support of our
business.
Current
Facilities
On December 5, 2011, we completed our offering of $300.0 million of 57/8% senior notes due 2021 and received proceeds of approximately $296.6 million, after
offering related fees and expenses. We used the net proceeds to fund a portion
of the acquisition of GSI. The notes constitute senior unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. Interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year. At any time prior to
September 1, 2021, we may redeem the notes, in whole or in part from time to time, at our option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of: (i) 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if
any, to, but excluding, the redemption date; or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date at the
treasury rate plus 0.5%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any. Beginning September 1, 2021, we may redeem the notes, in whole or in part from time to time, at our option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any.
On December 1, 2011, we entered into a new credit facility agreement providing for a $1.0 billion revolving credit
and term loan facility, consisting of a $600.0 million multi-currency revolving credit facility and a $400.0 million term loan facility. We used the credit facility together with the $300.0 million 57/8% senior notes previously discussed to fund the acquisition of GSI. The new credit facility replaced our former $300.0 million revolving credit facility, as discussed below. The new credit facility expires
December 1, 2016. We are required to make quarterly payments towards the term loan of $5.0 million commencing March 2012 increasing to $10.0 million commencing March 2015. Interest accrues on amounts outstanding under the credit facility, at our
option, at either (1) LIBOR, plus a margin ranging from 1.0% to 2.0% based on our leverage ratio, or (2) the base rate, which is equal to the higher of (i) the administrative agent’s base lending rate for the applicable currency, (ii) the
federal funds rate plus 0.5%, and (iii) one-month LIBOR for loans denominated in US dollars plus 1.0% plus a margin ranging from 0% to 0.5% based on our leverage ratio. The credit facility contains covenants restricting, among other things, the
incurrence of indebtedness and the making of certain payments, including dividends, and is subject to acceleration in the event of a default. We also must fulfill financial covenants with respect to a total debt to EBITDA ratio and an interest
coverage ratio. As of December 31, 2011, we had $665.0 million of outstanding borrowings under the credit facility and availability to borrow approximately $335.0 million.
Our
€200.0 million of 6 7/8% senior subordinated notes due April 15, 2014, issued in April 2004, were redeemed at a price of 101.146% of their principal amount on May 2, 2011.
We recorded a loss of approximately $3.1 million associated with the premium paid to the holders of our former
6
7/8% senior subordinated notes and a write-off of approximately $1.2
million of unamortized deferred debt issuance costs associated with the redemption within “Interest expense, net” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. We funded the redemption of the notes with a new €200.0 million term
loan with Rabobank. The new term loan is due May 2, 2016. We have the ability to prepay the term loan before the maturity date. Interest is payable on the term loan at 4 1/2% per
annum, payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of each year. The term loan contains covenants restricting, among other things, the incurrence of indebtedness and the making of certain payments, including
dividends, and is subject to acceleration in the event of default. We also must fulfill financial covenants with respect to a total debt to EBITDA ratio and an interest coverage
ratio.
Our $201.3 million of 11/4%
convertible senior subordinated notes due December 15, 2036, issued in December 2006, provide for (i) the settlement upon conversion in cash up to the principal amount of the notes with any excess conversion value settled in shares of our
common stock, and (ii) the conversion rate to be increased under certain circumstances if the notes are converted in connection with certain change of control transactions occurring prior to December 15, 2013. Interest is payable on the
notes at
11/4
% per annum, payable semi-annually in arrears in cash on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The notes are convertible into shares of our common stock at an effective price of $40.73 per share,
subject to adjustment. This reflects an initial conversion rate for the notes of 24.5525 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes. Beginning December 15, 2013, we may redeem any of the notes at a redemption price of 100%
of their principal amount, plus accrued interest, as well as settle any excess conversion value with shares of our common stock. Holders of the notes may require us to repurchase the notes at a repurchase price of 100% of their principal amount,
plus accrued interest, on December 15, 2013, 2016, 2021, 2026 and 2031, as well as settle any excess conversion value with shares of our common stock. See Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of these
notes.
The 11/4% convertible senior subordinated notes will impact the diluted weighted average shares outstanding in future periods depending on our stock price for the excess conversion value using the treasury stock
method. Refer to Notes 1 and 7 of our Consolidated Financial Statements for further
discussion.
Our accounts receivable sales agreements in North America and Europe, permit the sale, on an ongoing basis,
of a large portion of our receivables to the relevant AGCO Finance entities in the U.S., Canada, Germany, France, Austria, Norway and Sweden. We have a 49% ownership in these joint ventures. The sale of all receivables to the respective AGCO Finance
entities in North American and Europe are without recourse to us. We do not service the receivables after the sale occurs, and we do not maintain any direct retained interest in the receivables. These agreements are accounted for as off-balance
sheet transactions and have the effect of reducing accounts receivable and short-term liabilities by the same amount. As of December
31, 2011 and 2010, cash received from receivables sold under the U.S. and Canadian accounts receivable agreements was approximately $517.5 million and $531.2 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2011
and 2010, cash received from receivables sold under accounts receivable sales agreements in Europe was approximately $310.0 million and $169.2 million, respectively.
Our AGCO Finance retail joint ventures in Brazil and Australia also provide
wholesale financing to our dealers. The receivables associated with these arrangements are also without recourse to us. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, these retail finance joint ventures had approximately $62.0 million and $50.2 million,
respectively, of outstanding accounts receivable associated with these arrangements. These arrangements are accounted for as off-balance sheet transactions. In addition, we sell certain trade receivables under factoring arrangements to other
financial institutions around the world. These arrangements are also accounted for as off-balance sheet
transactions.
Former facilities
Our former 1¾% convertible senior
subordinated notes due December 31, 2033, originally issued in December 2003 and exchanged in June 2005, provided for the settlement upon conversion in cash up to the principal amount of the converted notes with any excess conversion value settled
in shares of our common stock. The notes were unsecured obligations and were convertible into cash and shares of our common stock upon satisfaction of certain conditions. Interest was payable on the notes at 1¾% per annum, payable semi-annually
in arrears in cash on June 30 and December 31 of each year. The notes were convertible into shares of our common stock at an effective price of $22.36 per share, subject to adjustment. This reflected an initial conversion rate for the notes of
44.7193 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes.
During 2011, holders of our former 1¾% convertible senior subordinated notes converted approximately $161.0 million of the principal amount of the notes. We issued
3,926,574 shares associated with the $195.9 million excess conversion value of the notes. The repayment of the principal of the notes, totaling $161.0 million during 2011, were reflected within “Repurchase or conversion of convertible senior
subordinated notes” within our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2011. During 2010, we repurchased approximately $37.5 million of principal amount of our 1¾% convertible senior subordinated notes plus
accrued interest for approximately $58.1 million. The repurchase included approximately $21.1 million associated with the excess conversion value of the notes and resulted in a loss on extinguishment of approximately $0.2 million reflected in
“Interest expense, net.” We reflected both the repurchase of the principal and the excess conversion value of the notes totaling $58.1 million within “Repurchase or conversion of convertible senior subordinated notes” within
our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2010. In addition, during 2010, holders of our 1¾% convertible senior subordinated notes converted $2.7 million of principal amount of the notes. We issued 60,986 shares
associated with the $2.7 million excess conversion value of the notes. The loss on extinguishment associated with the conversions of the notes was less than $0.1 million and was reflected in “Interest expense, net.” We reflected the
repayment of the principal of the notes totaling $2.7 million within “Repurchase or conversion of convertible senior subordinated notes” within our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2010.
See Note 7 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of these
notes.
Under our former European securitization facilities, we sold accounts receivable in Europe on a revolving basis to commercial paper conduits through a qualifying special-purpose entity in the United
Kingdom. The European facilities expired in October 2011. As of December 31, 2010, the outstanding funded balance of our European securitization facilities was approximately €85.1 million (or approximately $113.9 million). The funded balance
was reflected as accounts receivable with a corresponding equivalent liability.
Our former credit facility provided for a $300.0 million unsecured multi-currency revolving credit facility. Interest accrued on
amounts outstanding under the facility, at our option, at either (1) LIBOR plus a margin ranging between 1.00% and 1.75% based upon our total debt ratio or (2) the higher of the administrative agent’s base lending rate or one-half of
one percent over the federal funds rate plus a margin ranging between 0.0% and 0.5% based upon our total debt ratio.
Cash
Flows
Cash flows provided by operating activities were $725.9 million during 2011, compared to $438.7 million during 2010. The increase in cash flows provided by operating activities during 2011 was
primarily due to an increase in net income. In addition, the operating cash flow in 2011 benefited by approximately $126.7 million from an increase of accounts receivable sold to our retail finance joint ventures in
Europe.
Our working capital requirements are seasonal, with investments in working capital typically building in the first half of the year and then reducing in the second half of the year. We had
$1,457.3 million in working capital at December 31, 2011,
as compared with $1,208.1 million at December 31, 2010. Accounts receivable and inventories, combined, at December 31, 2011 were $411.8 million higher than at December 31, 2010.
The increase in accounts receivable and inventories as of December 31, 2011 compared to December 31, 2010 was as a result of our recent acquisitions, the increase in production levels and net sales
growth.
Our debt to capitalization ratio, which is total indebtedness divided by the sum of total indebtedness and stockholders’ equity, was 32.7% at December 31, 2011 compared to 21.3% at
December 31, 2010. The increase in the ratio reflects new indebtedness incurred in 2011 to fund the GSI
acquisition.
Contractual
Obligations
The future payments required under our significant contractual obligations, excluding foreign currency option and forward contracts, as of December 31, 2011 are as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments
Due By Period |
|
Total |
|
2012 |
|
2013 to 2014 |
|
2015 to 2016 |
|
2017 and Beyond |
Indebtedness(1) |
$
|
1,487.7 |
|
|
$
|
60.1 |
|
|
$
|
44.0 |
|
|
$
|
867.0 |
|
|
$
|
516.6 |
|
Interest payments related to long-term debt(1) |
283.8 |
|
|
43.8 |
|
|
83.9 |
|
|
72.4 |
|
|
83.7 |
|
Capital lease
obligations |
4.9 |
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
2.2 |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
Operating lease obligations |
182.5 |
|
|
48.0 |
|
|
55.4 |
|
|
28.1 |
|
|
51.0 |
|
Unconditional purchase
obligations |
75.8 |
|
|
67.9 |
|
|
5.8 |
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
— |
|
Other short-term and long-term obligations(2) |
277.1 |
|
|
64.6 |
|
|
60.1 |
|
|
67.5 |
|
|
84.9 |
|
Total contractual cash
obligations |
$
|
2,311.8 |
|
|
$
|
286.4 |
|
|
$
|
251.4 |
|
|
$
|
1,037.7 |
|
|
$
|
736.3 |
|
|
Amount
of Commitment Expiration Per Period |
|
|
|
|
|
2013 to 2014 |
|
2015 to 2016 |
|
2017 and Beyond |
|
Total |
|
2012 |
|
|
|
Standby letters of
credit and similar instruments |
$
|
15.6 |
|
|
$
|
15.6 |
|
|
$
|
— |
|
|
$
|
— |
|
|
$
|
— |
|
Guarantees |
134.6 |
|
|
128.7 |
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
— |
|
Total commercial
commitments and letters of credit |
$
|
150.2 |
|
|
$
|
144.3 |
|
|
$
|
4.7 |
|
|
$
|
1.2 |
|
|
$
|
— |
|
_______________________________________
|
|
(1) |
Estimated interest payments are calculated assuming current interest rates over minimum maturity
periods specified in debt agreements. Debt may be repaid sooner or later than such minimum maturity periods. Indebtedness amounts reflect the principal amount of our convertible senior subordinated notes, senior term loan, senior notes and credit
facility. |
|
|
(2) |
Other short-term and long-term obligations include estimates of future minimum contribution requirements under our U.S. and
non-U.S. defined benefit pension and postretirement plans. These estimates are based on current legislation in the countries we operate within and are subject to change. Other short-term and long-term obligations also include income tax liabilities
related to uncertain income tax positions connected with ongoing income tax audits in various
jurisdictions. |
Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements
Guarantees
We maintain a remarketing agreement with our retail finance joint venture in the United States, whereby we are obligated to repurchase repossessed inventory at market values. We have an agreement
with our retail finance joint venture in the United States which limits our purchase obligations under this arrangement to $6.0 million in the aggregate per calendar year. We believe that any losses that might be incurred on the resale of this
equipment will not materially impact our financial position or results of operations, due to the fact that the repurchase obligation would be equivalent to the fair value of the underlying
equipment.
At December 31, 2011, we guaranteed indebtedness
owed to third parties of approximately $134.6 million, primarily related to dealer and end-user
financing of equipment. Such guarantees generally obligate us to repay outstanding finance obligations owed to financial institutions if dealers or end users default on such loans through 2016. We believe the credit risk associated with these guarantees is not material to our financial position or
results of operations. Losses under such guarantees have historically been insignificant. In addition, we generally would expect to be able to recover a significant portion of the amounts paid under such guarantees from the sale of the underlying
financed farm equipment, as the fair value of such equipment is expected to offset a substantial portion of the amounts paid.
Other
At December 31, 2011, we had outstanding
designated and non-designated foreign exchange contracts with a gross notional amount of approximately $1,232.7 million. The outstanding contracts as of December 31,
2011 range in maturity through December 2012. Gains and losses on such contracts are historically substantially offset by losses and gains on the exposures being hedged. See “Foreign Currency Risk Management” for additional
information.
As discussed in “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” we sell substantially all of our wholesale accounts receivable in North America to our U.S. and Canadian retail finance joint
ventures and a large portion of our wholesale accounts receivable in Europe to AGCO Finance entities in certain European countries. We also sell certain accounts receivable under factoring arrangements to financial institutions around the world. We
have determined that these facilities should be accounted for as off-balance sheet
transactions.
Contingencies
As a result of Brazilian tax legislation impacting value added taxes (“VAT”), we have recorded a
reserve of approximately $37.4 million and $22.3 million against our outstanding balance of
Brazilian VAT taxes receivable as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, due to the uncertainty as to our ability to collect the amounts
outstanding.
In June 2008, the Republic of Iraq filed a civil action against three of our foreign subsidiaries that participated in the United Nations Oil for Food Program. The French government also is
investigating our French subsidiary in connection with its participation in the Program. In August 2008, as part of a routine audit, the Brazilian taxing authorities disallowed deductions relating to the amortization of certain goodwill recognized
in connection with a reorganization of our Brazilian operations and the related transfer of certain assets to our Brazilian subsidiaries. See Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of these
matters.
Related
Parties
Rabobank is a 51% owner in our retail finance joint ventures, which are located in the United States, Canada, Brazil, Germany, France, the United Kingdom, Australia, Ireland and Austria. Rabobank is also
the principal agent and participant in our credit facility. The majority of the assets of our retail finance joint ventures represent finance receivables. The majority of the liabilities represent notes payable and accrued interest. Under the
various joint venture agreements, Rabobank or its affiliates provide financing to the joint venture companies, primarily through lines of credit. We do not guarantee the debt obligations of the retail finance joint ventures. During 2011 and 2010, we
made a total of approximately $8.3 million and $25.4 million, respectively, of investments in our retail finance joint ventures in Germany, the Netherlands and Brazil, primarily related to additional capital required as a result of increased retail
finance portfolios during 2011 and 2010.
Our retail finance joint ventures provide retail financing and wholesale financing to our dealers. The terms of the financing arrangements offered to our dealers are similar to arrangements the retail
finance joint ventures provide to unaffiliated third parties. In addition, we transfer, on an ongoing basis, substantially all of our wholesale interest-bearing and non-interest bearing accounts receivable in North America to, our retail finance
joint ventures in North America. Also, our accounts receivable sales agreements in Europe permit the sale, on an ongoing basis, of a large portion of our wholesale receivables in Germany, France, Austria, Norway and Sweden to the relevant AGCO
Finance entities in those countries. See Note 4 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of these agreements. We maintain a remarketing agreement with our U.S. retail finance joint venture, AGCO Finance LLC, as
discussed above under “Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.” In addition, as part of sales incentives provided to end users, we may from time to time subsidize interest rates of retail financing provided by our retail finance
joint ventures. The cost of those programs is recognized at the time of sale to our
dealers.
During 2011, 2010 and 2009, we paid approximately
$5.2 million, $3.6 million and
$3.4 million, respectively, to PPG Industries, Inc. for painting materials used in our manufacturing
processes. Our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer is currently a member of the board of directors of PPG Industries, Inc.
Foreign Currency Risk
Management
We have significant manufacturing operations in the United States, France, Germany, Finland and Brazil, and we purchase a portion of our tractors, combines and components from third-party foreign
suppliers, primarily in various European countries and in Japan. We also sell products in over 140 countries throughout the world. The majority of our net sales outside
the United States are denominated in the currency of the customer location, with the exception of sales in the Middle East, Africa, Asia and parts of South America, where net sales are primarily
denominated in British pounds, Euros or United States dollars. See Note 14 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for net sales by customer location. Our most significant transactional foreign currency exposures are the Euro, the Brazilian
real and the Canadian dollar in relation to the United States dollar, and the Euro in relation to the British pound. Fluctuations in the value of foreign currencies create exposures, which can adversely affect our results of
operations.
We attempt to manage our transactional foreign currency exposure by hedging foreign currency cash flow forecasts and commitments arising from the anticipated settlement of receivables and payables and from
future purchases and sales. Where naturally offsetting currency positions do not occur, we hedge certain, but not all, of our exposures through the use of foreign currency contracts. Our translation exposure resulting from translating the financial
statements of foreign subsidiaries into United States dollars is not hedged. Our most significant translation exposures are the Euro, the British pound and the Brazilian real in relation to the United States dollar. When practical, this translation
impact is reduced by financing local operations with local borrowings. Our hedging policy prohibits use of foreign currency contracts for speculative trading
purposes.
All derivatives are recognized on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. On the date a derivative contract is entered into, we designate the derivative as either (1) a fair value hedge of a
recognized liability, (2) a cash flow hedge of a forecasted transaction, (3) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, or (4) a non-designated derivative instrument. We currently engage in derivatives that are cash flow
hedges of forecasted transactions as well as non-designated derivative instruments. Changes in the fair value of non-designated derivative contracts are reported in current earnings. During 2011, 2010 and 2009, we designated certain foreign currency
contracts as cash flow hedges of forecasted sales and purchases. The effective portion of the fair value gains or losses on these cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income and subsequently reclassified into cost of goods sold
during the period the sales and purchases are recognized. These amounts offset the effect of the changes in foreign currency rates on the related sale and purchase transactions. The amount of the gain (loss) recorded in other comprehensive income
(loss) that was reclassified to cost of goods sold during the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009 was approximately $5.2 million, $(3.1)
million and $(14.5) million,
respectively, on an after-tax basis. The amount of the (loss) gain recorded to other comprehensive income (loss) related to the outstanding cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009 was approximately $(4.3) million, $1.2
million and $(1.3) million,
respectively, on an after-tax basis. The outstanding contracts as of December 31,
2011 range in maturity through December
2012.
Assuming a 10% change relative to the currency of the hedge contract, the fair value of the foreign currency instruments could be negatively impacted by approximately $52.0 million as of December 31, 2011. Due to the fact that these instruments are primarily entered into for hedging purposes,
the gains or losses on the contracts would largely be offset by losses and gains on the underlying firm commitment or forecasted transaction.
Interest
Rates
We manage interest rate risk through the use of fixed rate debt and may in the future utilize interest rate swap contracts. We have fixed rate debt from our convertible senior subordinated notes, senior
notes and senior term loan. Our floating rate exposure is related to our credit facility and our accounts receivable sales facilities, which are tied to changes in United States and European LIBOR rates. Assuming a 10% increase in interest rates,
interest expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2011 would have increased by
approximately
$1.5
million.
We had no interest rate swap contracts outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.
Recent Accounting
Pronouncements
See Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding recent accounting pronouncements and their impact to our consolidated results of operations and financial
position.
Restructuring
Actions
We recorded restructuring and other infrequent (income) expense of $(0.7) million, $4.4 million and $13.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The income in 2011
and charges in 2010 and 2009 were related to severance and other related costs associated with the rationalization of our operations in France, the United Kingdom, Finland, Spain, Germany, the United States and Denmark. Refer to Note 3 of
our Consolidated Financial Statements for a more
detailed description of these
rationalizations.
European and North American Manufacturing and Administrative Headcount
Reductions
During 2009 and 2010, we announced and initiated several actions to rationalize employee headcount at various manufacturing facilities, including those located in France, Finland, Germany and the United
States, as well as at various administrative offices located in the United Kingdom, Spain and the United States. During 2009 and 2010, we recorded severance and other related costs of approximately $12.8 million and $2.2 million, respectively,
associated with such actions. During 2011, we recorded a reversal of approximately $0.9 million of previously accrued legally required severance payments associated with the rationalization of our French operations. Due to the improvement in
European market conditions in 2011, certain employees previously identified to be terminated in France were not terminated as planned. We also recorded approximately $0.2 million of additional severance and other related costs during 2011 associated
with the French rationalization. These rationalizations resulted in the termination of approximately 653 employees.
Randers, Denmark
closure
In November 2009, we announced the closure of our assembly operations located in Randers, Denmark. We ceased operations in July 2010 and completed the transfer of the assembly operations to our harvesting
equipment manufacturing operations, Laverda, located in Breganze, Italy, in August 2010. We recorded approximately $0.4 million and $2.2 million of expenses during 2009 and 2010, respectively, associated with the facility closure, primarily related
to employee retention payments, which were accrued over the term of the retention period. The closure resulted in the termination of approximately 79 employees.
Critical Accounting
Estimates
We prepare our Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In the preparation of these financial statements, we make judgments, estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The
significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of the financial statements are detailed in Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements. We believe that our application of the policies discussed below involves significant levels
of judgment, estimates and
complexity.
Due to the level of judgment, complexity and period of time over which many of these items are resolved, actual results could differ from those estimated at the time of preparation of the financial
statements. Adjustments to these estimates would impact our financial position and future results of operations.
Allowance for Doubtful
Accounts
We determine our allowance for doubtful accounts by actively monitoring the financial condition of our customers to determine the potential for any nonpayment of trade receivables. In determining our
allowance for doubtful accounts, we also consider other economic factors, such as aging trends. We believe that our process of specific review of customers combined with overall analytical review provides an effective evaluation of ultimate
collectability of trade receivables. Our loss or write-off experience was approximately 0.1% of net sales in 2011.
Discount and Sales Incentive Allowances
We provide various volume bonus and sales incentive
programs with respect to our products. These sales incentive programs include reductions in invoice prices, reductions in retail financing rates, dealer commissions and dealer incentive allowances. In most cases, incentive programs are established
and communicated to our dealers on a quarterly basis. The incentives are paid either at the time of invoice (through a reduction of invoice price), at the time of the settlement of the receivable, at the time of retail financing, at the time of
warranty registration, or at a subsequent time based on dealer purchases. The incentive programs are product line specific and generally do not vary by dealer. The cost of sales incentives associated with dealer commissions and dealer incentive
allowances is estimated based upon the terms of the programs and historical experience, is based on a percentage of the sales price, and is recorded at the later of (a) the date at which the related revenue is recognized, or (b) the date
at which the sales incentive is offered. The related provisions and accruals are made on a product or product-line basis and are monitored for adequacy and revised at least quarterly in the event of subsequent modifications to the programs. Volume
discounts are estimated and recognized based on historical experience, and related reserves are monitored and adjusted based on actual dealer purchases and the dealers’ progress towards achieving specified cumulative target levels. We record
the cost of interest subsidy payments, which is a reduction in the retail financing rates, at
the later of (a) the date at which the related revenue is recognized, or (b) the date at which the sales incentive is offered. Estimates of these incentives are based on the terms of the programs
and historical experience. All incentive programs are recorded and presented as a reduction of revenue due to the fact that we do not receive an identifiable benefit in exchange for the consideration provided. Reserves for incentive programs that
will be paid either through the reduction of future invoices or through credit memos are recorded as “accounts receivable allowances” within our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Reserves for incentive programs that will be paid in cash, as
is the case with most of our volume discount programs, as well as sales incentives associated with accounts receivable sold to our U.S. and Canadian retail finance joint ventures, are recorded within “Accrued expenses” within our
Consolidated Balance
Sheets.
At December 31, 2011, we had recorded an allowance
for discounts and sales incentives of approximately $103.5 million primarily related to reserves
in our North America geographical segment that will be paid either through a reduction of future invoices, through credit memos to our dealers or through reductions in retail financing rates. If we were to allow an additional 1% of sales incentives
and discounts at the time of retail sale, for those sales subject to such discount programs, our reserve would increase by approximately $6.5 million as of December 31, 2011.
Conversely, if we were to decrease our sales incentives and
discounts by 1% at the time of retail sale, our reserve would decrease by approximately $6.5 million as of December 31, 2011.
Inventory
Reserves
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out method. Market is current replacement cost (by purchase or by reproduction, dependent on the type of inventory). In cases
where market exceeds net realizable value (i.e., estimated selling price less reasonably predictable costs of completion and disposal), inventories are stated at net realizable value. Market is not considered to be less than net realizable value
reduced by an allowance for an approximately normal profit margin. Determination of cost includes estimates for surplus and obsolete inventory based on estimates of future sales and production. Changes in demand and product design can impact these
estimates. We periodically evaluate and update our assumptions when assessing the adequacy of inventory adjustments.
Deferred Income Taxes
and Uncertain Income Tax
Positions
We recorded an income tax provision of $24.6
million in 2011 compared to $104.4 million in
2010. Our tax provision is impacted by the differing tax rates of the various tax jurisdictions in
which we operate, permanent differences for items treated differently for financial accounting and income tax purposes, and losses in jurisdictions where no income tax benefit is recorded. Our 2011 income tax rate provision (as reconciled in Note 6
to our Consolidated Financial Statements) includes a reversal of approximately $149.3 million of valuation allowance previously established against our deferred tax assets in the United States. The reversal was required to offset deferred tax
liabilities established as part of the acquisition accounting for GSI primarily related to acquired intangible assets.
A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely
than not that some portion or all of a company’s deferred tax assets will not be realized. We assessed the likelihood that our deferred tax assets would be recovered from estimated future taxable income and available income tax planning
strategies. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had gross deferred tax assets of $498.2 million and
$466.4 million, respectively, including $181.6 million and
$210.7 million, respectively, related to net operating loss carryforwards. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had recorded total valuation allowances as an offset to the gross deferred tax assets of $145.8 million and
$262.5 million, respectively, primarily related to net operating loss carryforwards in Brazil,
Denmark, Switzerland, the Netherlands, China, Russia and the United States. Realization of the remaining deferred tax assets as of December 31,
2011 will depend on generating sufficient taxable income in future periods, net of reversing deferred tax liabilities. We believe it is more likely than not that the remaining net deferred
tax assets will be
realized.
As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had approximately $71.1 million and
$48.2 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which would impact our effective
tax rate if recognized. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had approximately $23.0 million and
$14.2 million, respectively, of current accrued taxes related to uncertain income tax positions
connected with ongoing tax audits in various jurisdictions that we expect to settle or pay in the next 12 months. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain income tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized income tax benefits of approximately $7.6 million and
$5.2 million, respectively. See Note 6 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for further
discussion of our uncertain income tax positions.
Warranty and Additional Service Actions
We make provisions for estimated expenses related to
product warranties at the time products are sold. We base these estimates on historical experience of the nature, frequency and average cost of warranty claims. In addition, the number and magnitude of additional service actions expected to be
approved, and policies related to additional service actions, are taken into consideration. Due to the uncertainty and potential volatility of these estimated factors, changes in our assumptions could materially affect net
income.
Our estimate of warranty obligations is reevaluated on a quarterly basis. Experience has shown that initial data for any product series line can be volatile; therefore, our process relies upon long-term
historical averages until sufficient data is available. As actual experience becomes available, it is used to modify the historical averages to ensure that the forecast is within the range of likely outcomes. Resulting balances are then compared
with present spending rates to ensure that the accruals are adequate to meet expected future
obligations.
See Note 1 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding costs and assumptions for
warranties.
Insurance
Reserves
Under our insurance programs, coverage is obtained for significant liability limits as well as those risks required by law or contract. It is our policy to self-insure a portion of certain expected losses
related primarily to workers’ compensation and comprehensive general, product liability and vehicle liability. We provide insurance reserves for our estimates of losses due to claims for those items for which we are self-insured. We base these
estimates on the expected ultimate settlement amount of claims, which often have long periods of resolution. We closely monitor the claims to maintain adequate
reserves.
Pensions
We sponsor defined benefit pension plans covering certain employees principally in the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, Finland, Norway, France, Switzerland, Australia and Argentina. Our
primary plans cover certain employees in the United States and the United
Kingdom.
In the United States, we sponsor a funded, qualified pension plan for our salaried employees, as well as a separate funded qualified pension plan for our hourly employees. Both plans are frozen, and we
fund at least the minimum contributions required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Internal Revenue Code to both plans. In addition, we sponsor an unfunded, nonqualified pension plan for our
executives.
In the United Kingdom, we sponsor a funded pension plan that provides an annuity benefit based on participants’ final average earnings and service. Participation in this plan is limited to certain
older, longer service employees and existing retirees. No future employees will participate in this plan. See Note 8 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding costs and assumptions for employee retirement
benefits.
Nature of Estimates Required. The measurement date for all of our benefit plans is December 31. The measurement of our
pension obligations, costs and liabilities is dependent on a variety of assumptions provided by management and used by our actuaries. These assumptions include estimates of the present value of projected future pension payments to all plan
participants, taking into consideration the likelihood of potential future events such as salary increases and demographic experience. These assumptions may have an effect on the amount and timing of future
contributions.
Assumptions and Approach Used. The assumptions used in developing the required estimates include the following
key factors:
|
|
|
• Discount
rates |
•
Inflation |
• Salary
growth |
• Expected return on plan
assets |
• Retirement
rates |
• Mortality
rates |
For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we used a discount rate setting methodology in the countries where our largest benefit obligations exist to take advantage of a more globally consistent
methodology. In the United States, the United Kingdom and the Euro Zone, we constructed a hypothetical bond portfolio of high quality corporate bonds and then applied the cash flows of our benefit plans to those bond yields to derive a discount
rate. The bond portfolio and plan-specific
cash flows vary by country, but the methodology in which the yield curve is constructed is consistent. In the United States, the bond portfolio is large enough to result in taking a “settlement
approach” to derive the discount rate, where high quality corporate bonds are assumed to be purchased and the resulting coupon payments and maturities are used to satisfy our largest U.S. pension plan’s projected benefit payments.
In the United Kingdom and the Euro Zone, the discount rate is derived using a “yield curve approach,” where an individual spot rate, or zero coupon bond yield, for each future annual period is developed to discount each future benefit
payment and, thereby, determine the present value of all future payments.
The other key assumptions were set as follows:
|
|
• |
Our inflation assumption is based on an evaluation of external market indicators.
|
|
|
• |
The salary growth assumptions reflect our long-term actual experience, the near-term outlook and assumed
inflation. |
|
|
• |
The expected return on plan asset assumptions reflects asset allocations, investment strategy, historical
experience and the views of investment managers. |
|
|
• |
Retirement and termination rates primarily are based on actual plan experience and actuarial standards of
practice. |
|
|
• |
The mortality rates for the U.S. and U.K. plans were updated in 2010 and 2009, respectively, to
reflect expected improvements in the life expectancy of the plan participants.
|
The effects of actual results differing from our assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods and, therefore, generally affect our recognized expense in such
periods.
Our U.S. and U.K. pension plans comprised approximately 88% of our consolidated projected benefit obligation as of December 31, 2011. If the discount rate used to determine the 2011 projected benefit obligation for our U.S. pension plans was decreased or increased by 25 basis
points, our projected benefit obligation would have increased or decreased by approximately $2.1 million at December 31, 2011, and our 2012 pension expense would increase or
decrease by approximately $0.1 million. If the discount rate used to determine the projected benefit obligation for our U.K. pension plan was decreased by 25 basis points, our projected benefit obligation would have increased by
approximately $24.5 million at December 31, 2011, and our 2012 pension expense would increase by approximately $0.8 million. If the discount rate used to
determine the projected benefit obligation for our U.K. pension plan was increased by 25 basis points, our projected benefit obligation would have decreased by approximately $22.5 million at December 31, 2011, and our 2012 pension expense would decrease by approximately
$0.7
million.
Unrecognized actuarial losses related to our qualified pension plans were $299.3 million as of
December 31, 2011 compared to $234.9 million as of December 31, 2010. The increase in unrecognized losses between years primarily resulted from lower than
expected actual asset returns during 2011, as well as a decrease in our discount rates. The unrecognized actuarial losses will be impacted in future periods by actual asset returns, discount rate changes, currency exchange rate fluctuations, actual
demographic experience and certain other factors. For some of our qualified defined benefit pension plans, these losses will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of active employees expected to receive
benefits. For our U.S. salaried, U.S. hourly and U.K. pension plans, the population covered is predominantly inactive participants, and losses related to those plans will be amortized over the average remaining lives of those participants
while covered by the respective plan. As of December 31, 2011, the average amortization period
was 18 years for our U.S. qualified pension plans and 22 years for our non-U.S. pension plans. The estimated net actuarial loss for qualified defined benefit pension plans expected to be amortized from our accumulated other
comprehensive loss during the year ended December 31, 2012 is approximately
$9.4 million compared to approximately $6.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2011.
Investment Strategy and Concentration of Risk
The weighted average asset allocation of our
U.S. pension benefit plans at December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset
Category |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Large and small cap
domestic equity securities |
|
37 |
% |
|
28 |
% |
International equity
securities |
|
13 |
% |
|
14 |
% |
Domestic fixed income
securities |
|
21 |
% |
|
22 |
% |
Other
investments |
|
29 |
% |
|
36 |
% |
Total |
|
100 |
% |
|
100
|
%
|
The weighted average asset allocation of our non-U.S. pension benefit plans at December 31,
2011 and 2010 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset
Category |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Equity
securities |
|
40 |
% |
|
41 |
% |
Fixed income
securities |
|
36 |
% |
|
34 |
% |
Other
investments |
|
24
|
%
|
|
25
|
%
|
Total |
|
100 |
% |
|
100 |
% |
All
tax-qualified pension fund investments in the United States are held in the AGCO Corporation Master Pension Trust. Our global pension fund strategy is to diversify investments across broad categories of equity and fixed income securities with
appropriate use of alternative investment categories to minimize risk and volatility. The primary investment objective of our pension plans is to secure participant retirement benefits. As such, the key objective in the pension plans’
financial management is to promote stability and, to the extent appropriate, growth in funded
status.
The investment strategy for the plans’ portfolio of assets balances the requirement to generate returns with the need to control risk. The asset mix is recognized as the primary mechanism to
influence the reward and risk structure of the pension fund investments in an effort to accomplish the plans’ funding objectives. The overall investment strategy for the U.S.-based pension plans is to achieve a mix of approximately 20% of
assets for the near-term benefit payments and 80% for longer-term growth. The overall U.S. pension funds invest in a broad diversification of asset types. Our U.S. target allocation of retirement fund investments is 40% large- and small-
cap domestic equity securities, 15% international equity securities, 20% broad fixed income securities and 25% in alternative investments. We have noted that over long investment horizons, this mix of investments would achieve an average return in
excess of 7.85%. In arriving at the choice of an expected return assumption of 7.75% as of December 31, 2011 for our U.S.-based plans, we have tempered this historical indicator with lower expectations for returns and equity investment in the future
as well as the administrative costs of the plans. The overall investment strategy for the non-U.S. based pension plans is to achieve a mix of approximately 32% of assets for the near-term benefit payments and 68% for longer-term growth. The
overall non-U.S. pension funds invest in a broad diversification of asset types. Our non-U.S. target allocation of retirement fund investments is 40% equity securities, 30% broad fixed income investments and 30% in alternative investments.
The majority of our non-U.S. pension fund investments are related to our pension plan in the United Kingdom. We have noted that over very long periods, this mix of investments would achieve an average return in excess of 7.5%. In arriving at
the choice of an expected return assumption of 7% for our U.K.-based plans, we have tempered this historical indicator with lower expectations for returns and equity investment in the future as well as the administrative costs of the
plans.
Equity securities primarily include investments in large-cap and small-cap companies located across the globe. Fixed income securities include corporate bonds of companies from diversified industries,
mortgage-backed securities, agency mortgages, asset-backed securities and government securities. Alternative and other assets include investments in hedge fund of funds that follow diversified investment strategies. To date, we have not invested
pension funds in our own stock, and we have no intention of doing so in the
future.
Within each asset class, careful consideration is given to balancing the portfolio among industry sectors, geographies, interest rate sensitivity, dependence on economic growth, currency and other factors
affecting investment returns. The assets are managed by professional investment firms. They are bound by precise mandates and are measured against specific benchmarks. Among asset managers, consideration is given, among others, to balancing security
concentration, issuer concentration, investment style and reliance on particular active investment
strategies.
As of December 31, 2011, our unfunded or
underfunded obligations related to our qualified pension plans were approximately $245.1 million, primarily due to our pension plan in the United Kingdom. In
2011, we contributed approximately $32.4 million towards those obligations, and we expect to
fund approximately $35.6 million in 2012. Future funding is dependent upon compliance with
local laws and regulations and changes to those laws and regulations in the future, as well as the generation of operating cash flows in the future. We currently have an agreement in place with the trustees of the U.K. defined benefit plan that
obligates us to fund approximately £13.0 million per year (or approximately $20.2 million) towards that obligation for the next 13 years. The funding arrangement is based upon the current underfunded status and could change in
the future as discount rates, local laws and regulations, and other factors change.
Other Postretirement Benefits (Retiree Health Care and Life Insurance)
We provide certain postretirement health care and life
insurance benefits for certain employees, principally in the United States and Brazil. Participation in these plans has been generally limited to older employees and existing retirees. See Note 8 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for
more information regarding costs and assumptions for other postretirement
benefits.
Nature of Estimates Required. The measurement of our obligations, costs and liabilities associated with other
postretirement benefits, such as retiree health care and life insurance, requires that we make use of estimates of the present value of the projected future payments to all participants, taking into consideration the likelihood of potential future
events such as health care cost increases and demographic experience, which may have an effect on the amount and timing of future payments.
Assumptions and Approach Used. The assumptions used in developing the required estimates include the following key
factors:
|
|
|
• Health
care cost trends |
•
Inflation |
• Discount
rates |
• Medical coverage
elections |
• Retirement
rates |
• Mortality
rates |
Our health care cost trend assumptions are developed based on historical cost data, the near-term outlook, efficiencies and other cost-mitigating actions, including further employee cost sharing,
administrative improvements and other efficiencies, and an assessment of likely long-term trends. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, as previously discussed, we used a discount rate setting methodology in the countries where our largest
benefit obligations exist to take advantage of a more globally consistent methodology. In the United States, we constructed a hypothetical bond portfolio of high quality corporate bonds and then applied the cash flows of our benefit plans to those
bond yields to derive a discount rate. In the United States, the bond portfolio is large enough to result in taking a “settlement approach” to derive the discount rate, where high quality corporate bonds are assumed to be purchased and
the resulting coupon payments and maturities are used to satisfy our largest U.S. pension plan’s projected benefit payments. After the bond portfolio is selected, a single discount rate is determined such that the market value of the
bonds purchased equals the discounted value of the plan’s benefit payments. For our Brazilian plan, we based the discount rate on government bond indices within that country. The indices used were chosen to match our expected plan obligations
and related expected cash flows. Our inflation assumptions are based on an evaluation of external market indicators. Retirement and termination rates are based primarily on actual plan experience and actuarial standards of practice. The mortality
rates for the U.S. plans were updated during 2010 to reflect expected movements in the life expectancy of the plan participants. The effects of actual results differing from our assumptions are accumulated and amortized over future periods and,
therefore, generally affect our recognized expense in such future periods.
Our U.S. postretirement health care and life insurance plans represent approximately 96% of our consolidated projected benefit obligation. If the discount rate used to determine the 2011 projected benefit obligation for our U.S. postretirement benefit plans was decreased by
25 basis points, our projected benefit obligation would have increased by approximately $0.8 million at December 31, 2011, and our 2012 postretirement benefit expense would increase by a nominal amount. If the discount rate used to determine the 2011 projected benefit obligation for our U.S. postretirement benefit plans was increased by
25 basis points, our projected benefit obligation would have decreased by approximately $0.8 million, and our 2012 pension expense would decrease by a nominal
amount.
Unrecognized actuarial losses related to our U.S. postretirement benefit plans were $9.4 million as of
December 31, 2011 compared to $6.7 million as of December 31, 2010. The increase in losses primarily reflects the decrease in the discount rate during 2011.
The unrecognized actuarial losses will be impacted in future periods by discount rate changes, actual demographic experience, actual health care inflation and certain other factors. These losses will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the
average remaining service period of active employees expected to receive benefits, or the average remaining lives of inactive participants, covered under the postretirement benefit plans. As of December 31, 2011, the average amortization period was 15 years for our U.S. postretirement
benefit plans. The estimated net actuarial loss for postretirement health care benefits expected to be amortized from our accumulated other comprehensive loss during the year ended December 31, 2012 is approximately $0.4 million, compared
to approximately $0.3 million during the year ended December 31,
2011.
As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately
$31.8 million in unfunded obligations related to our U.S. and Brazilian postretirement health and life insurance benefit plans. In 2011, we made benefit payments of approximately
$1.6 million towards these obligations, and we expect to make benefit payments of approximately $1.9 million towards these obligations in 2012.
For measuring the expected U.S. postretirement benefit
obligation at December 31, 2011, we assumed an 8.0% health care cost trend rate for 2012,
decreasing to 5.0% by 2018. For measuring the expected U.S. postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2010, we assumed an 8.5% health care cost trend rate for 2011, decreasing to 5.0% by 2018. For measuring the Brazilian postretirement benefit plan obligation at December 31, 2011 and 2010, we assumed a 10.0% health care cost trend rate for 2012 and 2011, respectively, decreasing to 5.5% by 2021
and 2020, respectively. Changing the assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage point each year and holding all other assumptions constant would have the following effect to service and interest cost for 2012 and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2011 (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
One
Percentage Point Increase |
|
One
Percentage Point Decrease |
Effect on service and
interest cost |
$0.2 |
|
($0.2) |
Effect on accumulated benefit
obligation |
$3.4 |
|
($2.9) |
Litigation
We are party to various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business. We closely monitor these claims and lawsuits and frequently consult with our legal counsel to determine whether
they may, when resolved, have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations and accrue and/or disclose loss contingencies as
appropriate.
Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Assets
We test goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible
assets for impairment on an annual basis or on an interim basis if an event occurs or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. Our initial and our annual qualitative or quantitative
assessments involve determining an estimate of the fair value of our reporting units in order to evaluate whether an impairment of the current carrying amount of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets exists. A qualitative assessment
evaluates whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The first step of a quantitative goodwill impairment test,
used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered
impaired, and, thus, the second step of the quantitative impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the
amount of impairment loss, if any. Fair values are derived based on an evaluation of past and expected future performance of our reporting units. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, for example, a
component. A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and our executive management team regularly reviews the operating results of that
component. In addition, we combine and aggregate two or more components of an operating segment as a single reporting unit if the components have similar economic characteristics. Our reportable segments are not our reporting
units.
The second step of the quantitative goodwill impairment test, used to measure the amount of impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that
goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of goodwill.
The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination; that is, we allocate the fair value of a reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit (including
any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the price paid to acquire the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over
the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of
goodwill.
We utilized a combination of valuation techniques, including a discounted cash flow approach and a market multiple approach, when making our annual and interim quantitative assessments. As stated above,
goodwill is tested qualitatively or quantitatively for impairment on an annual basis and more often if indications of impairment exist. The results of our analyses conducted as of October 1, 2011, 2010 and 2009 indicated that no reduction in the
carrying amount of goodwill was required.
We make various assumptions including assumptions regarding future cash flows, market multiples, growth rates and discount rates. The assumptions about future cash flows and growth rates are based on the
current and long-term business plans
of the reporting unit. Discount rate assumptions are based on an assessment of the risk inherent in the future cash flows of the reporting unit. These assumptions require significant judgments on our part,
and the conclusions that we reach could vary significantly based upon these
judgments.
As of December 31, 2011, we had approximately
$1,194.5 million of goodwill. While our annual impairment testing in 2011 supported the carrying amount of this goodwill, we may be required to reevaluate the carrying amount in
future periods, thus utilizing different assumptions that reflect the then current market conditions and expectations, and, therefore, we could conclude that an impairment has
occurred.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market
Risk
The Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk information required by this Item set forth under the captions “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations — Foreign Currency Risk Management” and “— Interest Rates” on pages 33 and 34 under Item 7 of this Form 10-K are incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data
The following Consolidated Financial Statements of AGCO and its subsidiaries for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011 are included in this
Item:
The information under the heading “Quarterly Results” of Item 7 on page 27 of this Form 10-K is incorporated herein by
reference.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
AGCO
Corporation:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of AGCO Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the financial statement schedule as
listed in Item 15(a)(2). These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements
and financial statement schedule based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of AGCO Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011
and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth
therein.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States), AGCO Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations
of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 27, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting.
/s/ KPMG
LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
February 27,
2012
AGCO
CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In
millions, except per share
data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years
Ended December 31, |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Net
sales |
$
|
8,773.2 |
|
|
$
|
6,896.6 |
|
|
$
|
6,516.4 |
|
Cost of goods
sold |
6,997.1 |
|
|
5,637.9 |
|
|
5,444.5 |
|
Gross
profit |
1,776.1 |
|
|
1,258.7 |
|
|
1,071.9 |
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses |
869.3 |
|
|
692.1 |
|
|
630.1 |
|
Engineering
expenses |
275.6 |
|
|
219.6 |
|
|
191.9 |
|
Restructuring and other
infrequent (income) expenses |
(0.7 |
) |
|
4.4 |
|
|
13.2 |
|
Amortization of
intangibles |
21.6
|
|
|
18.4
|
|
|
18.0
|
|
Income from
operations |
610.3 |
|
|
324.2 |
|
|
218.7 |
|
Interest expense,
net |
30.2 |
|
|
33.3 |
|
|
42.1 |
|
Other expense,
net |
19.1 |
|
|
16.0 |
|
|
22.2 |
|
Income before income
taxes and equity in net earnings of affiliates |
561.0 |
|
|
274.9 |
|
|
154.4 |
|
Income tax
provision |
24.6 |
|
|
104.4 |
|
|
57.7 |
|
Income before equity in
net earnings of affiliates |
536.4 |
|
|
170.5 |
|
|
96.7 |
|
Equity in net earnings of
affiliates |
48.9 |
|
|
49.7 |
|
|
38.7 |
|
Net
income |
585.3 |
|
|
220.2 |
|
|
135.4 |
|
Net (income) loss attributable
to noncontrolling interests |
(2.0 |
) |
|
0.3 |
|
|
0.3 |
|
Net income attributable
to AGCO Corporation and subsidiaries |
$
|
583.3 |
|
|
$
|
220.5 |
|
|
$
|
135.7 |
|
Net income per common share attributable to AGCO
Corporation and subsidiaries: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
$
|
6.10 |
|
|
$
|
2.38 |
|
|
$
|
1.47 |
|
Diluted |
$ |
5.95 |
|
|
$ |
2.29 |
|
|
$ |
1.44 |
|
Weighted average number
of common and common equivalent shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
95.6 |
|
|
92.8 |
|
|
92.2 |
|
Diluted |
98.1 |
|
|
96.4 |
|
|
94.1 |
|
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
AGCO
CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In millions,
except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2011 |
|
December 31, 2010 |
ASSETS |
Current Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash
equivalents |
$ |
724.4 |
|
|
$ |
719.9 |
|
Accounts and notes receivable,
net |
994.2 |
|
|
908.5 |
|
Inventories,
net |
1,559.6 |
|
|
1,233.5 |
|
Deferred tax assets |
142.7 |
|
|
52.6 |
|
Other current
assets |
241.9
|
|
|
206.5
|
|
Total current assets |
3,662.8 |
|
|
3,121.0 |
|
Property, plant and
equipment, net |
1,222.6 |
|
|
924.8 |
|
Investment in affiliates |
346.3 |
|
|
398.0 |
|
Deferred tax
assets |
37.6 |
|
|
58.0 |
|
Other assets |
126.9 |
|
|
130.8 |
|
Intangible assets,
net |
666.5 |
|
|
171.6 |
|
Goodwill |
1,194.5 |
|
|
632.7 |
|
Total
assets |
$
|
7,257.2 |
|
|
$
|
5,436.9 |
|
LIABILITIES AND
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
Current
Liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term
debt |
$ |
60.1 |
|
|
$ |
0.1 |
|
Convertible senior
subordinated notes |
— |
|
|
161.0 |
|
Securitization facilities |
— |
|
|
113.9 |
|
Accounts
payable |
937.0 |
|
|
682.6 |
|
Accrued expenses |
1,080.6 |
|
|
883.1 |
|
Other current
liabilities |
127.8
|
|
|
72.2
|
|
Total current liabilities |
2,205.5 |
|
|
1,912.9 |
|
Long-term debt, less
current portion |
1,409.7 |
|
|
443.0 |
|
Pensions and postretirement health care
benefits |
298.6 |
|
|
226.5 |
|
Deferred tax
liabilities |
192.3 |
|
|
103.9 |
|
Other noncurrent liabilities |
119.9 |
|
|
91.4 |
|
Total
liabilities |
4,226.0
|
|
|
2,777.7
|
|
Commitments and contingencies
(Note 12) |
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’
Equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
AGCO Corporation stockholders’
equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock;
$0.01 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding in 2011 and 2010 |
— |
|
|
— |
|
Common stock; $0.01 par value,
150,000,000 shares authorized, 97,194,732 and 93,143,542 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively |
1.0 |
|
|
0.9 |
|
Additional paid-in
capital |
1,073.2 |
|
|
1,051.3 |
|
Retained earnings |
2,321.6 |
|
|
1,738.3 |
|
Accumulated other
comprehensive loss |
(400.6
|
)
|
|
(132.1
|
)
|
Total AGCO Corporation stockholders’
equity |
2,995.2 |
|
|
2,658.4 |
|
Noncontrolling
interests |
36.0 |
|
|
0.8 |
|
Total stockholders’
equity |
3,031.2 |
|
|
2,659.2 |
|
Total liabilities and
stockholders’ equity |
$
|
7,257.2 |
|
|
$
|
5,436.9 |
|
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
AGCO
CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In millions, except share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Paid-in
Capital |
|
Retained Earnings |
|
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss |
|
Noncontrolling Interests |
|
Total Stockholders'
Equity |
|
Comprehensive Income Attributable
to AGCO Corporation and subsidiaries |
|
Comprehensive (Loss) Income attributable
to Noncontrolling Interests |
|
Common
Stock |
|
|
|
Defined Benefit
Pension Plans |
|
Cumulative Translation
Adjustment |
|
Deferred Losses
on Derivatives |
|
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss |
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2008 |
91,844,193 |
|
|
$ |
0.9 |
|
|
$ |
1,067.4 |
|
|
$ |
1,382.1 |
|
|
$ |
(138.1 |
) |
|
$ |
(257.9 |
) |
|
$ |
(40.1 |
) |
|
$ |
(436.1 |
) |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
2,014.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
(loss) |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
135.7 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
135.4 |
|
|
$ |
135.7 |
|
|
$ |
(0.3 |
) |
Issuance of restricted stock |
26,388 |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of performance
award stock |
581,393 |
|
|
— |
|
|
(5.2 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(5.2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Stock options and SSARs
exercised |
1,691 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
7.4 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
7.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments by
noncontrolling interest |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined benefit pension plans, net of taxes: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net actuarial loss arising during
year |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(75.6 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(75.6 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(75.6 |
) |
|
(75.6 |
) |
|
|
|
Amortization of net actuarial losses included in net periodic pension cost |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
5.4 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
5.4 |
|
|
— |
|
|
5.4 |
|
|
5.4 |
|
|
|
|
Deferred gains
and losses on derivatives, net |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
35.4 |
|
|
35.4 |
|
|
— |
|
|
35.4 |
|
|
35.4 |
|
|
|
|
Deferred gains and losses on derivatives held by affiliates, net |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
|
Reclassification
to temporary equity- Equity component of convertible senior subordinated notes |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(8.3 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(8.3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in cumulative translation adjustment |
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
282.9
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
282.9
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
283.1
|
|
|
282.9
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2009 |
92,453,665 |
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
1,061.9 |
|
|
1,517.8 |
|
|
(208.3 |
) |
|
25.0 |
|
|
(4.1 |
) |
|
(187.4 |
) |
|
1.2 |
|
|
2,394.4 |
|
|
384.4 |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
Net income
(loss) |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
220.5 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
220.2 |
|
|
220.5 |
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
Issuance of restricted stock |
17,303 |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of performance
award stock |
555,262 |
|
|
— |
|
|
(11.2 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(11.2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options and SSARs
exercised |
56,326 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
12.7 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
12.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion
of 13/4% convertible senior subordinated notes |
60,986 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of 13/4%
convertible senior subordinated notes |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(21.1 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(21.1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined benefit
pension plans, net of taxes: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior service cost
arising during year |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(2.8 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(2.8 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(2.8 |
) |
|
(2.8 |
) |
|
|
|
Net actuarial gain arising during
year |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
23.5 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
23.5 |
|
|
— |
|
|
23.5 |
|
|
23.5 |
|
|
|
|
Amortization of prior service cost included in net periodic pension cost |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
— |
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
|
Amortization of
net actuarial losses included in net periodic pension cost |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
6.7 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
6.7 |
|
|
— |
|
|
6.7 |
|
|
6.7 |
|
|
|
|
Deferred gains and losses on derivatives, net |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
— |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
|
Deferred gains
and losses on derivatives held by affiliates, net |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
|
Reclassification to temporary equity- Equity component of convertible senior subordinated notes |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
8.3 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
8.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in
cumulative translation adjustment |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
23.4 |
|
|
— |
|
|
23.4 |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
23.3 |
|
|
23.4 |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
Balance, December 31,
2010 |
93,143,542 |
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
1,051.3 |
|
|
1,738.3 |
|
|
(179.1 |
) |
|
48.4 |
|
|
(1.4 |
) |
|
(132.1 |
) |
|
0.8 |
|
|
2,659.2 |
|
|
275.8 |
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
Net income |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
583.3 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
585.3 |
|
|
583.3 |
|
|
2.0 |
|
Issuance of restricted
stock |
12,034 |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of performance award
stock |
51,590 |
|
|
— |
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options and SSARs
exercised |
60,992 |
|
|
— |
|
|
(0.7 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(0.7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
23.7 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
23.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of 13/4%
convertible senior subordinated notes |
3,926,574 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments by
noncontrolling interests |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
34.6 |
|
|
34.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution to noncontrolling interest |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Change in fair
value of noncontrolling interest |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defined benefit pension plans, net of taxes: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior service cost arising during
year |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(5.0 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(5.0 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(5.0 |
) |
|
(5.0 |
) |
|
|
|
Net actuarial loss
arising during year |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(61.8 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(61.8 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(61.8 |
) |
|
(61.8 |
) |
|
|
|
Amortization of
prior service cost included in net periodic pension cost |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
|
Amortization of net actuarial losses included in net periodic pension cost |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
— |
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
|
|
Deferred gains
and losses on derivatives, net |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(5.4 |
) |
|
(5.4 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(5.4 |
) |
|
(5.4 |
) |
|
|
|
Deferred gains and losses on derivatives held by affiliates, net |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
— |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
|
Change in
cumulative translation adjustment |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(204.5 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(204.5 |
) |
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
(204.6 |
) |
|
(204.5 |
) |
|
(0.1 |
) |
Balance, December 31,
2011 |
97,194,732
|
|
|
$
|
1.0 |
|
|
$
|
1,073.2 |
|
|
$
|
2,321.6 |
|
|
$
|
(240.2 |
)
|
|
$
|
(156.1 |
)
|
|
$
|
(4.3 |
)
|
|
$
|
(400.6 |
)
|
|
$
|
36.0 |
|
|
$
|
3,031.2 |
|
|
$
|
314.8 |
|
|
$
|
1.9 |
|
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
AGCO
CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years
Ended December 31, |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Cash flows from
operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income |
$ |
585.3 |
|
|
$ |
220.2 |
|
|
$ |
135.4 |
|
Adjustments to
reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation |
151.9 |
|
|
135.9 |
|
|
118.8 |
|
Deferred debt issuance
cost amortization |
2.9 |
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
2.8 |
|
Amortization of intangibles |
21.6 |
|
|
18.4 |
|
|
18.0 |
|
Amortization of debt
discount |
8.2 |
|
|
15.3 |
|
|
15.0 |
|
Stock compensation |
24.4 |
|
|
13.4 |
|
|
8.0 |
|
Equity in net earnings
of affiliates, net of cash received |
(19.0 |
) |
|
(14.8 |
) |
|
(21.0 |
) |
Deferred income tax (benefit)
provision |
(127.6 |
) |
|
2.9 |
|
|
(21.9 |
) |
Other |
(1.3 |
) |
|
0.1 |
|
|
1.4 |
|
Changes in
operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from purchase of businesses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts and notes
receivable, net |
(0.1 |
) |
|
(21.2 |
) |
|
241.2 |
|
Inventories, net |
(221.0 |
) |
|
(60.6 |
) |
|
277.1 |
|
Other current and
noncurrent assets |
(11.0 |
) |
|
(92.8 |
) |
|
40.8 |
|
Accounts payable |
162.3 |
|
|
70.6 |
|
|
(380.3 |
) |
Accrued
expenses |
183.5 |
|
|
114.9 |
|
|
(68.1 |
) |
Other current and noncurrent
liabilities |
(34.2 |
) |
|
33.5 |
|
|
(19.3 |
) |
Total
adjustments |
140.6
|
|
|
218.5
|
|
|
212.5
|
|
Net cash provided by operating
activities |
725.9 |
|
|
438.7 |
|
|
347.9 |
|
Cash flows from
investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant and
equipment |
(300.4 |
) |
|
(167.1 |
) |
|
(206.6 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of
property, plant and equipment |
1.5 |
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
2.1 |
|
(Purchase) sale of businesses, net of cash
acquired |
(1,018.0 |
) |
|
(81.5 |
) |
|
0.5 |
|
Investments in
consolidated affiliates, net of cash acquired |
(34.8 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Investments in unconsolidated affiliates,
net |
(8.3 |
) |
|
(25.4 |
) |
|
(17.6 |
) |
Restricted cash and
other |
(3.7
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
37.1
|
|
Net cash used in investing
activities |
(1,363.7 |
) |
|
(273.1 |
) |
|
(184.5 |
) |
Cash flows from
financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repurchase or conversion of convertible senior
subordinated notes |
(161.0 |
) |
|
(60.8 |
) |
|
— |
|
Proceeds from debt
obligations |
1,676.9 |
|
|
71.4 |
|
|
282.3 |
|
Repayments of debt obligations |
(826.4 |
) |
|
(109.2 |
) |
|
(343.2 |
) |
Proceeds from issuance
of common stock |
0.3 |
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
— |
|
Payment of minimum tax withholdings on stock
compensation |
(2.5 |
) |
|
(11.3 |
) |
|
(5.2 |
) |
Payment of debt
issuance costs |
(14.8 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
(Distribution to) investments by noncontrolling
interest |
(1.5 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
1.3 |
|
Net cash provided by
(used in) financing activities |
671.0
|
|
|
(109.4
|
)
|
|
(64.9
|
)
|
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash
equivalents |
(28.7 |
)
|
|
12.3 |
|
|
46.8 |
|
Increase in cash and
cash equivalents |
4.5 |
|
|
68.5 |
|
|
145.3 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
year |
719.9 |
|
|
651.4 |
|
|
506.1 |
|
Cash and cash
equivalents, end of year |
$
|
724.4 |
|
|
$
|
719.9 |
|
|
$
|
651.4 |
|
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
1. Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Business
AGCO Corporation (“AGCO” or the
“Company”) is a leading manufacturer and distributor of agricultural equipment and related replacement parts throughout the world. The Company sells a full range of agricultural equipment, including tractors, combines, hay tools,
sprayers, forage equipment and implements. The Company’s products are widely recognized in the agricultural equipment industry and are marketed under a number of well-known brand names including: Challenger®, Fendt®, Massey Ferguson® and Valtra®. The Company distributes most of its products through a combination of approximately 3,100 independent dealers and distributors. In addition, the Company provides retail financing in the United
States, Canada, Germany, France, the United Kingdom, Austria, Ireland, the Netherlands, Denmark, Italy, Sweden, Norway, Brazil, Argentina and Australia through its retail finance joint ventures with Coöperatieve Centrale
Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., or
“Rabobank.”
Basis of
Presentation
The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements represent the consolidation of all wholly-owned companies, majority-owned companies and joint ventures where the Company has been determined to
be the primary beneficiary. The Company records investments in all other affiliate companies using the equity method of accounting when it has significant influence. Other investments including those representing an ownership of less than 20% are recorded at cost. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in the
Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.
Basis of Consolidation
of Joint Ventures and Other Variable Interest
Entities
GIMA is a joint venture between AGCO and Claas Tractor SAS to cooperate in the field of purchasing, design and manufacturing of components for agricultural tractors. Each party has a 50% ownership interest in the joint venture and has an investment of approximately €4.2 million in the joint venture. Both parties purchase all of the production output of the joint venture.
The Company does not consolidate the GIMA joint venture into the Company’s results of operations or financial position, as the Company does not have a controlling financial interest in GIMA based on the shared powers of both joint venture
partners to direct the activities that most significantly impact GIMA’s financial performance.
Rabobank is a 51% owner in the Company’s
retail finance joint ventures, which are located in the United States, Canada, Germany, France, the United Kingdom, Austria, Ireland, the Netherlands, Denmark, Italy, Sweden, Norway, Brazil, Argentina and Australia. The majority of the assets of the
Company’s retail finance joint ventures represents finance receivables. The majority of the liabilities represents notes payable and accrued interest. Under the various joint venture agreements, Rabobank or its affiliates provide financing to
the joint venture companies, primarily through lines of credit. The Company does not guarantee the debt obligations of the retail finance joint ventures. The Company’s retail finance joint ventures provide retail financing and wholesale
financing to its dealers (Notes 4 and 13). The Company has determined that the retail finance joint ventures do not meet the consolidation requirements and should be accounted for under the voting interest model. In making this determination, the
Company evaluated the sufficiency of the equity at risk for each retail finance joint venture, the ability of the joint venture investors to make decisions about the joint ventures’ activities that have a significant effect on the success of
the entities and their economic performance, the obligations to absorb expected losses of the joint ventures, and the rights to receive expected residual returns.
On
January 3, 2011, the Company acquired 50% of AGCO-Amity JV, LLC (“AGCO-Amity
JV”), thereby creating a joint venture between the Company and Amity Technology LLC. AGCO-Amity JV is located in North Dakota and manufactures air-seeding and tillage equipment. As the Company has a controlling voting interest to direct the
activities that most significantly impact the joint venture, the Company has consolidated the joint venture’s operations in the Company’s results of operations and financial position commencing as of and from the date of the formation of
the joint venture.
On November 30, 2011, the Company acquired 80% of Shandong Dafeng Machinery Co., Ltd. (“Dafeng”) for approximately 172.0 million yuan, or approximately $27.0 million. Dafeng is located in Yanzhou, China and manufactures a complete range of corn, grain, rice and
soybean harvesting machines for Chinese domestic markets. As the Company has a controlling voting interest to direct the activities that most significantly impact Dafeng, the Company has consolidated Dafeng's
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
operations in the Company’s results of operations and financial position commencing as of and
from the date of the
acquisition.
Revenue
Recognition
Sales of equipment and replacement parts are recorded by the Company when title and risks of ownership have been transferred to an independent dealer, distributor or other customer. Payment terms vary by
market and product, with fixed payment schedules on all sales. The terms of sale generally require that a purchase order or order confirmation accompany all shipments. Title generally passes to the dealer or distributor upon shipment, and the risk
of loss upon damage, theft or destruction of the equipment is the responsibility of the dealer, distributor or third-party carrier. In certain foreign countries, the Company retains a form of title to goods delivered to dealers until the dealer
makes payment so that the Company can recover the goods in the event of customer default on payment. This occurs as the laws of some foreign countries do not provide for a seller’s retention of a security interest in goods in the same manner
as established in the United States Uniform Commercial Code. The only right the Company retains with respect to the title are those enabling recovery of the goods in the event of customer default on payment. The dealer or distributor may not return
equipment or replacement parts while its contract with the Company is in force. Replacement parts may be returned only under promotional and annual return programs. Provisions for returns under these programs are made at the time of sale based on
the terms of the program and historical returns experience. The Company may provide certain sales incentives to dealers and distributors. Provisions for sales incentives are made at the time of sale for existing incentive programs. These provisions
are revised in the event of subsequent modification to the incentive program. See “Accounts and Notes Receivable” for further discussion.
In the United States and Canada, all equipment sales to
dealers are immediately due upon a retail sale of the equipment by the dealer with the exception of sales of grain storage and protein production systems. If not previously paid by the dealer in the United States and Canada, installment payments are
required generally beginning after the interest-free period with the remaining outstanding equipment balance generally due within 12 months after shipment. Interest generally is charged on the outstanding balance six to 12 months after shipment. Sales terms of
some highly seasonal products provide for payment and due dates based on a specified date during the year regardless of the shipment date. Equipment sold to dealers in the United States and Canada is paid in full on average within 12 months of shipment. Sales of replacement parts generally are payable within 30 days of shipment, with terms for some larger seasonal stock orders generally requiring payment within
six months of shipment. Sales of grain storage and protein production systems generally are
payable within 30 days of shipment.
In other international markets, equipment sales are generally payable in full within 30 to 180 days of shipment. Payment terms for
some highly seasonal products have a specified due date during the year regardless of the shipment date. Sales of replacement parts generally are payable within 30 to 90 days of shipment, with terms for some larger seasonal stock orders generally payable within six months of shipment.
In certain markets, particularly in North America, there is a time lag, which varies based on the timing and level of retail demand, between the date the Company records a sale and when the dealer sells
the equipment to a retail
customer.
Foreign Currency
Translation
The financial statements of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated into United States currency in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 830, “Foreign
Currency Matters.” Assets and liabilities are translated to United States dollars at period-end exchange rates. Income and expense items are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. Translation adjustments are
included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss” in stockholders’ equity within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Gains and losses, which result from foreign currency transactions, are included in the accompanying
Consolidated Statements of
Operations.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
those estimates. The estimates made by management primarily relate to accounts and notes receivable, inventories, deferred income tax valuation allowances, intangible assets and certain accrued liabilities, principally relating to reserves for
volume discounts and sales incentives, warranty obligations, product liability and workers’ compensation obligations, and pensions and postretirement
benefits.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
Cash at December 31, 2011 and 2010 of $320.4
million and $228.2 million,
respectively, consisted primarily of cash on hand and bank deposits. The Company considers all investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents at December 31, 2011 and 2010 of $404.0
million and $491.7 million,
respectively, consisted primarily of money market deposits, certificates of deposits and overnight investments.
Accounts and Notes
Receivable
Accounts and notes receivable arise from the sale of equipment and replacement parts to independent dealers, distributors or other customers. Payments due under the Company’s terms of sale generally
range from one to 12 months and are not contingent upon the sale of the equipment by the dealer or distributor to a retail
customer. Under normal circumstances, payment terms are not extended and equipment may not be returned. In certain regions,with respect to most equipment sales, including the United States and Canada, the Company is obligated to repurchase equipment
and replacement parts upon cancellation of a dealer or distributor contract. These obligations are required by national, state or provincial laws and require the Company to repurchase a dealer or distributor’s unsold inventory, including
inventory for which the receivable has already been paid.
For sales in most markets outside of the United States and Canada, the Company does not normally charge interest on outstanding receivables with its dealers and distributors. For sales to certain dealers
or distributors in the United States and Canada, interest is charged at or above prime lending rates on outstanding receivable balances after interest-free periods. These interest-free periods vary by product and generally range from one to 12 months, with the exception of certain seasonal products, which bear interest after various periods up to
23 months depending on the time of year of the sale and the dealer or distributor’s sales
volume during the preceding year. For the year ended December 31, 2011, 16.9% and
3.2% of the Company’s net sales had maximum interest-free periods ranging from one to six
months and seven to 12 months, respectively. Net sales with maximum interest-free periods ranging from 13 to 23 months were approximately
0.2% of the Company’s net sales during 2011. Actual interest-free periods are shorter than above because the equipment receivable from dealers or
distributors in the United States and Canada is due immediately upon sale of the equipment to a retail customer. Under normal circumstances, interest is not forgiven and interest-free periods are not extended. The Company has an agreement to permit
transferring, on an ongoing basis, substantially all of its wholesale interest-bearing and non-interest bearing accounts receivable in North America to its U.S. and Canadian retail finance joint ventures. Upon transfer, the receivables maintain
standard payment terms, including required regular principal payments on amounts outstanding, and interest charges at market rates. The Company also has accounts receivable sales agreements that permit the sale, on an ongoing basis, of a majority of
its accounts receivables in Germany, France, Austria, Norway and Sweden to the relevant AGCO Finance entities in those countries. Upon transfer, the receivables maintain standard payment terms. Qualified dealers may obtain additional financing
through the Company’s U.S., Canadian and European retail finance joint ventures at the joint ventures’ discretion.
The Company provides various volume bonus and sales
incentive programs with respect to its products. These sales incentive programs include reductions in invoice prices, reductions in retail financing rates, dealer commissions and dealer incentive allowances. In most cases, incentive programs are
established and communicated to the Company’s dealers on a quarterly basis. The incentives are paid either at the time of invoice (through a reduction of invoice price), at the time of the settlement of the receivable, at the time of retail
financing, at the time of warranty registration, or at a subsequent time based on dealer purchases. The incentive programs are product-line specific and generally do not vary by dealer. The cost of sales incentives associated with dealer commissions
and dealer incentive allowances is estimated based upon the terms of the programs and historical experience, is based on a percentage of the sales price, and is recorded at the later of (a) the date at which the related revenue is recognized,
or (b) the date at which the sales incentive is offered. The related provisions and accruals are made on a product or product-line basis and are monitored for adequacy and revised at least quarterly in the event of subsequent modifications to
the programs. Volume discounts are estimated and recognized based on historical experience, and related reserves are monitored and adjusted based on actual dealer purchases and the dealers’ progress towards achieving specified cumulative
target levels. The Company records the cost of interest subsidy payments, which is a reduction in the retail financing rates, at the later of (a) the date at which the related revenue is recognized, or (b) the date at which the sales
incentive is offered. Estimates of these incentives are based on the terms of the programs and historical experience. All incentive programs are recorded and presented as a reduction of revenue due to the fact that the Company does not receive an
identifiable benefit in exchange for the consideration provided. Reserves for incentive programs that will be paid either through the reduction of future invoices or through credit memos are recorded as “accounts receivable allowances”
within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Reserves for incentive programs that will be paid in cash, as is the case with most of the Company’s volume discount programs, as well as sales with incentives associated with accounts
receivable sold to its U.S. and
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
Canadian retail finance joint ventures, are recorded within “Accrued expenses” within the
Company’s Consolidated Balance
Sheets.
Accounts and notes receivable are shown net of allowances for sales incentive discounts available to dealers and for doubtful accounts. Cash flows related to the collection of receivables are reported
within “Cash flows from operating activities” within the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. Accounts and notes receivable allowances at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Sales incentive
discounts |
$
|
12.4 |
|
|
$
|
11.3 |
|
Doubtful accounts |
36.9 |
|
|
29.3 |
|
|
$
|
49.3 |
|
|
$
|
40.6 |
|
The Company transfers certain accounts receivable
under its accounts receivable sales agreements with its retail finance joint ventures (Note 4). The Company records such transfers as sales of accounts receivable when it is considered to have surrendered control of such receivables under the
provisions of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2009-16, “Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860): Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets”. Cash payments are made to the Company’s U.S. and Canadian retail finance
joint ventures for sales incentive discounts provided to dealers related to outstanding accounts receivables sold. The balance of such sales discount reserves that are recorded within “Accrued expenses” as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were approximately $91.1 million and
$87.4 million,
respectively.
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market using the first-in, first-out method. Market is current
replacement cost (by purchase or by reproduction dependent on the type of inventory). In cases where market exceeds net realizable value (i.e., estimated selling price less reasonably predictable costs of completion and disposal), inventories are
stated at net realizable value. Market is not considered to be less than net realizable value reduced by an allowance for an approximately normal profit margin. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had recorded $106.8 million and
$86.2 million, respectively, as an adjustment for surplus and obsolete inventories. These
adjustments are reflected within “Inventories, net” within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Inventories, net at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Finished
goods |
$
|
500.0 |
|
|
$
|
422.6 |
|
Repair and replacement
parts |
450.7 |
|
|
432.4 |
|
Work in
process |
127.6 |
|
|
90.2 |
|
Raw materials |
481.3 |
|
|
288.3 |
|
Inventories,
net |
$
|
1,559.6 |
|
|
$
|
1,233.5 |
|
Cash flows related to the sale of inventories are
reported within “Cash flows from operating activities” within the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
Property, Plant and
Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of ten to 40 years for buildings and improvements, three to
15 years for machinery and equipment, and three to
ten years for furniture and fixtures. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to
expense as incurred.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
Property, plant and equipment, net at December 31, 2011 and 2010 consisted of the following (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Land |
$
|
97.2 |
|
|
$
|
63.6 |
|
Buildings and
improvements |
527.9 |
|
|
404.1 |
|
Machinery and
equipment |
1,358.1 |
|
|
1,166.4 |
|
Furniture and
fixtures |
265.7 |
|
|
221.9 |
|
Gross property, plant
and equipment |
2,248.9 |
|
|
1,856.0 |
|
Accumulated depreciation and
amortization |
(1,026.3 |
) |
|
(931.2 |
) |
Property, plant and
equipment, net |
$
|
1,222.6 |
|
|
$
|
924.8 |
|
Goodwill and Other
Intangible
Assets
ASC 350, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other,” establishes a method of testing goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis or on an interim
basis if an event occurs or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. The Company’s annual qualitative or quantitative assessments involve determining an estimate of the fair value of
the Company’s reporting units in order to evaluate whether an impairment of the current carrying amount of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets exists. A qualitative assessment evaluates whether it is more likely than not that
a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The first step of a quantitative goodwill impairment test, used to identify potential impairment, compares the
fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not considered impaired, and, thus, the second step of the quantitative
impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. Fair values are derived
based on an evaluation of past and expected future performance of the Company’s reporting units. A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below an operating segment, for example, a component. A component of an operating segment is
a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and the Company’s executive management team regularly reviews the operating results of that component. In addition, the Company
combines and aggregates two or more components of an operating segment as a single reporting unit if the components have similar economic characteristics. The Company’s reportable segments are not its reporting
units.
The second step of the quantitative goodwill impairment test, used to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount
of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The loss recognized cannot exceed the carrying amount of
goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination; that is, the Company allocates the fair value of a reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of
that unit (including any unrecognized intangible assets) as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the price paid to acquire the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of
a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill.
The Company utilizes a combination of valuation techniques,
including a discounted cash flow approach and a market multiple approach, when making its annual and interim quantitative assessments. The results of the Company’s analyses conducted as of October 1,
2011,
2010 and 2009 indicated that no reduction in the carrying amount of goodwill was
required.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009 are summarized as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North America |
|
South America |
|
Europe/Africa/ Middle East |
|
Rest of
World |
|
Consolidated
|
Balance as of December
31, 2008 |
$
|
3.1 |
|
|
$
|
141.6 |
|
|
$
|
442.3 |
|
|
$
|
— |
|
|
$ |
587.0 |
|
Adjustments related to income
taxes |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(9.2 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(9.2 |
) |
Foreign currency
translation |
—
|
|
|
45.6
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
56.2
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2009 |
3.1 |
|
|
187.2 |
|
|
443.7 |
|
|
— |
|
|
634.0 |
|
Acquisition |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
26.8 |
|
|
— |
|
|
26.8 |
|
Adjustments related to income
taxes |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(8.6 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(8.6 |
) |
Foreign currency
translation |
—
|
|
|
9.5
|
|
|
(29.0
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
(19.5
|
)
|
Balance as of December 31, 2010 |
3.1 |
|
|
196.7 |
|
|
432.9 |
|
|
— |
|
|
632.7 |
|
Acquisitions
|
412.8 |
|
|
38.3 |
|
|
66.3 |
|
|
88.3 |
|
|
605.7 |
|
Adjustments related to income
taxes |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(9.1 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(9.1 |
) |
Foreign currency
translation |
—
|
|
|
(22.8
|
)
|
|
(12.3
|
)
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
(34.8
|
)
|
Balance as of December 31, 2011 |
$ |
415.9 |
|
|
$ |
212.2 |
|
|
$ |
477.8 |
|
|
$ |
88.6 |
|
|
$ |
1,194.5 |
|
During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company reduced goodwill for
financial reporting purposes by approximately
$9.1 million, $8.6 million and $9.2 million, respectively, related to the realization of tax benefits associated with the excess tax basis
deductible goodwill resulting from the Company’s acquisition of
Valtra.
The Company amortizes certain acquired identifiable intangible assets primarily on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which range from five to 45 years. The acquired intangible assets have a weighted average useful life as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible
Asset |
|
Weighted-Average Useful
Life |
Customer
relationships |
|
13
|
|
years |
Technology and patents |
|
13 |
|
years |
Trademarks and
tradenames |
|
21 |
|
years |
Land use rights |
|
45 |
|
years |
For the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009, acquired intangible asset amortization was $21.6 million, $18.4
million and $18.0 million,
respectively. The Company estimates amortization of existing intangible assets will be
$48.7 million for 2012, $48.7
million for 2013, $40.2 million for
2014,
$40.2 million for 2015, and $39.0
million for
2016.
The Company has previously determined that two of its
trademarks have an indefinite useful life. The Massey Ferguson trademark has been in existence since 1952 and was formed from the merger of Massey-Harris (established in the 1890’s) and Ferguson (established in the 1930’s). The Massey
Ferguson brand is currently sold in over 140 countries worldwide, making it one of the most
widely sold tractor brands in the world. The Company has also identified the Valtra trademark as an indefinite-lived asset. The Valtra trademark has been in existence since the late 1990’s, but is a derivative of the Valmet trademark which has
been in existence since 1951. Valtra and Valmet are used interchangeably in the marketplace today, and Valtra is recognized to be the tractor line of the Valmet name. The Valtra brand is currently sold in approximately 50 countries around the world. Both the Massey Ferguson brand and the Valtra brand are primary product lines
of the Company’s business, and the Company plans to use these trademarks for an indefinite period of time. The Company plans to continue to make investments in product development to enhance the value of these brands into the future. There are
no legal, regulatory, contractual, competitive, economic or other factors that the Company is aware of or that the Company believes would limit the useful lives of the trademarks. The Massey Ferguson and Valtra trademark registrations can be renewed
at a nominal cost in the countries in which the Company
operates.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
Changes in the carrying amount of acquired intangible assets during 2011 and
2010 are summarized as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trademarks and Tradenames |
|
Customer Relationships |
|
Patents and Technology |
|
Land Use
Rights |
|
Total |
Gross carrying
amounts: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31, 2009 |
$ |
33.4 |
|
|
$ |
103.3 |
|
|
$ |
54.3 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
191.0 |
|
Acquisition |
4.8 |
|
|
21.9 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
26.7 |
|
Foreign currency translation |
0.2 |
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
(3.5 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(3.6 |
) |
Balance as of December
31, 2010 |
38.4 |
|
|
124.9 |
|
|
50.8 |
|
|
— |
|
|
214.1 |
|
Acquisitions |
79.7 |
|
|
396.1 |
|
|
36.5 |
|
|
8.5 |
|
|
520.8 |
|
Foreign currency
translation |
—
|
|
|
(9.6
|
)
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
(11.1
|
)
|
Balance as of December 31, 2011 |
$ |
118.1 |
|
|
$ |
511.4 |
|
|
$ |
85.7 |
|
|
$ |
8.6 |
|
|
$ |
723.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trademarks and Tradenames |
|
Customer Relationships |
|
Patents and Technology |
|
Land Use
Rights |
|
Total |
Accumulated
amortization: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance as of December 31,
2009 |
$ |
9.9 |
|
|
$ |
63.1 |
|
|
$ |
46.5 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
119.5 |
|
Amortization
expense |
1.1 |
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
6.6 |
|
|
— |
|
|
18.4 |
|
Foreign currency
translation |
— |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
(2.7 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(2.8 |
) |
Balance as of December
31, 2010 |
11.0 |
|
|
73.7 |
|
|
50.4 |
|
|
— |
|
|
135.1 |
|
Amortization
expense |
2.1 |
|
|
18.2 |
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
— |
|
|
21.6 |
|
Foreign currency
translation |
—
|
|
|
(6.6
|
)
|
|
(1.4
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
(8.0
|
)
|
Balance as of December 31,
2011 |
$ |
13.1 |
|
|
$ |
85.3 |
|
|
$ |
50.3 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
148.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trademarks and Tradenames |
Indefinite-lived
intangible assets: |
|
|
Balance as of December 31,
2009 |
$ |
95.3 |
|
Foreign currency
translation |
(2.7
|
)
|
Balance as of December 31,
2010 |
92.6 |
|
Foreign currency
translation |
(1.2
|
)
|
Balance as of December 31, 2011 |
$
|
91.4 |
|
Long-Lived
Assets
The Company reviewed its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicated that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized
when the undiscounted future cash flows estimated to be generated by the asset to be held and used are not sufficient to recover the unamortized balance of the asset. An impairment loss would be recognized based on the difference between the
carrying values and estimated fair value. The estimated fair value is determined based on either the discounted future cash flows or other appropriate fair value methods with the amount of any such deficiency charged to income in the current year.
If the asset being tested for recoverability was acquired in a business combination, intangible assets resulting from the acquisition that are related to the asset are included in the assessment. Estimates of future cash flows are based on many
factors, including current operating results, expected market trends and competitive influences. The Company also evaluates the amortization periods assigned to its intangible assets to determine whether events or changes in circumstances warrant
revised estimates of useful lives. Assets to be disposed of by sale are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less estimated costs to
sell.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
Accrued
Expenses
Accrued expenses at December 31, 2011 and
2010 consisted of the following (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Reserve for volume
discounts and sales incentives |
$
|
318.9 |
|
|
$
|
252.1 |
|
Warranty
reserves |
212.7 |
|
|
179.0 |
|
Accrued employee
compensation and benefits |
220.1 |
|
|
168.2 |
|
Accrued taxes |
139.0 |
|
|
115.2 |
|
Other |
189.9
|
|
|
168.6
|
|
|
$ |
1,080.6 |
|
|
$ |
883.1 |
|
Warranty
Reserves
The warranty reserve activity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Balance at beginning of
the year |
$ |
199.5 |
|
|
$ |
181.6 |
|
|
$
|
183.4 |
|
Acquisitions |
7.2 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Accruals for warranties
issued during the year |
195.1 |
|
|
163.7 |
|
|
141.6 |
|
Settlements made (in cash or in kind) during the
year |
(152.6 |
) |
|
(140.1 |
) |
|
(150.9 |
) |
Foreign currency
translation |
(8.7
|
)
|
|
(5.7
|
)
|
|
7.5
|
|
Balance at the end of the year |
$
|
240.5 |
|
|
$
|
199.5 |
|
|
$
|
181.6 |
|
The Company’s agricultural equipment products
are generally under warranty against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one to
four years. The Company accrues for future warranty costs at the time of sale based on
historical warranty experience. Approximately $27.8 million and $20.5 million of warranty reserves are included in “Other noncurrent liabilities” in the
Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Insurance
Reserves
Under the Company’s insurance programs, coverage is obtained for significant liability limits as well as those risks required to be insured by law or contract. It is the policy of the Company to
self-insure a portion of certain expected losses related primarily to workers’ compensation and comprehensive general, product and vehicle liability. Provisions for losses expected under these programs are recorded based on the Company’s
estimates of the aggregate liabilities for the claims
incurred.
Stock Incentive
Plans
Stock compensation expense was recorded as follows (in millions). Refer to Note 10 for additional information regarding the Company’s stock incentive plans during 2011, 2010 and
2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years
Ended December 31, |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Cost of goods
sold |
$
|
1.6 |
|
|
$
|
0.7 |
|
|
$
|
0.1 |
|
Selling, general and
administrative expenses |
23.0 |
|
|
12.9 |
|
|
8.2 |
|
Total stock compensation
expense |
$
|
24.6 |
|
|
$
|
13.6 |
|
|
$
|
8.3 |
|
Research and
Development
Expenses
Research and development expenses are expensed as incurred and are included in engineering expenses in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of
Operations.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
Advertising
Costs
The Company expenses all advertising costs as incurred. Cooperative advertising costs are normally expensed at the time the revenue is earned. Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009 totaled approximately $66.3 million, $53.4
million and $51.5 million,
respectively.
Shipping and Handling Expenses
All shipping and handling fees charged to customers are
included as a component of net sales. Shipping and handling costs are included as a part of cost of goods sold, with the exception of certain handling costs included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the amount of $29.9 million, $26.8
million and $26.3 million for the
years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and
2009,
respectively.
Interest Expense,
Net
Interest expense, net for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Interest
expense |
$
|
59.0 |
|
|
$
|
64.0 |
|
|
$
|
65.0 |
|
Interest
income |
(28.8 |
) |
|
(30.7 |
) |
|
(22.9 |
) |
|
$
|
30.2 |
|
|
$
|
33.3 |
|
|
$
|
42.1 |
|
Income
Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment
date.
Net Income Per Common
Share
Basic income per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted income per common share assumes the exercise of
outstanding stock options, the vesting of restricted stock and performance share awards, and the appreciation of the excess conversion value of the contingently convertible senior subordinated notes using the treasury stock method when the effects
of such assumptions are dilutive.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
The Company’s $201.3 million aggregate principal amount of 11/4%
convertible senior subordinated notes provides for (i) the settlement upon conversion in cash up to the principal amount of the converted notes with any excess conversion value settled in shares of the Company’s common stock, and
(ii) the conversion rate to be increased under certain circumstances if the new notes are converted in connection with certain change of control transactions. Dilution of weighted shares outstanding will depend on the Company’s stock
price for the excess conversion value using the treasury stock method (Note 7). A reconciliation of net income attributable to AGCO Corporation and its subsidiaries and weighted average common shares outstanding for purposes of calculating
basic and diluted income per share during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and
2009 is as follows (in millions, except per share
data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Basic net income per
share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to AGCO
Corporation and subsidiaries |
$ |
583.3 |
|
|
$ |
220.5 |
|
|
$ |
135.7 |
|
Weighted average number
of common shares outstanding |
95.6 |
|
|
92.8 |
|
|
92.2 |
|
Basic net income per share
attributable to AGCO Corporation and subsidiaries |
$ |
6.10 |
|
|
$ |
2.38 |
|
|
$ |
1.47 |
|
Diluted net income per
share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income attributable to
AGCO Corporation and subsidiaries |
$ |
583.3 |
|
|
$ |
220.5 |
|
|
$ |
135.7 |
|
Weighted average number
of common shares outstanding |
95.6 |
|
|
92.8 |
|
|
92.2 |
|
Dilutive stock options,
performance share awards and restricted stock awards |
0.6 |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
0.4 |
|
Weighted average
assumed conversion of contingently convertible senior subordinated notes |
1.9
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
Weighted average number of
common shares and common share equivalents outstanding for purposes of computing diluted income per share |
98.1 |
|
|
96.4 |
|
|
94.1 |
|
Diluted net income per
share attributable to AGCO Corporation and subsidiaries |
$
|
5.95 |
|
|
$
|
2.29 |
|
|
$
|
1.44 |
|
Stock-settled stock appreciation rights
(“SSARs”) to purchase 0.3 million shares for each of the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009 were outstanding but not included in the calculation of weighted average common and common equivalent
shares outstanding because they had an antidilutive
impact.
Comprehensive Income
(Loss)
The Company reports comprehensive income (loss), defined as the total of net income (loss) and all other non-owner changes in equity and the components thereof in its Consolidated Statements of
Stockholders’ Equity. The components of other comprehensive income (loss) and the related tax effects for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AGCO Corporation
and Subsidiaries |
|
Noncontrolling Interests |
|
2011 |
|
2011 |
|
Before-tax Amount (1) |
|
Income Taxes |
|
After-tax Amount |
|
After-tax Amount |
Defined benefit pension
plans |
$
|
(76.0 |
)
|
|
$
|
14.9 |
|
|
$
|
(61.1 |
)
|
|
$
|
— |
|
Unrealized loss on derivatives,
net (1) |
(7.1 |
) |
|
1.6 |
|
|
(5.4 |
) |
|
— |
|
Unrealized gain on
derivatives held by affiliates |
2.5 |
|
|
— |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
— |
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments |
(204.5 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(204.5 |
) |
|
(0.1 |
) |
Total components of
other comprehensive income (loss) |
$
|
(285.1 |
)
|
|
$
|
16.5 |
|
|
$
|
(268.5 |
)
|
|
$
|
(0.1 |
)
|
____________________________________
|
|
(1) |
Rounding may impact summation of
amounts. |
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AGCO Corporation and
Subsidiaries |
|
Noncontrolling Interest |
|
2010 |
|
2010 |
|
Before-tax Amount |
|
Income Taxes |
|
After-tax Amount |
|
After-tax Amount |
Defined benefit pension
plans |
$
|
41.7 |
|
|
$
|
(12.5 |
)
|
|
$
|
29.2 |
|
|
$
|
— |
|
Unrealized gain on derivatives,
net |
3.1 |
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
2.5 |
|
|
— |
|
Unrealized gain on
derivatives held by affiliates |
0.2 |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
— |
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments |
23.4 |
|
|
— |
|
|
23.4 |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
Total components of
other comprehensive income (loss) |
$
|
68.4 |
|
|
$
|
(13.1 |
)
|
|
$
|
55.3 |
|
|
$
|
(0.1 |
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AGCO Corporation and
Subsidiaries |
|
Noncontrolling Interest |
|
2009 |
|
2009 |
|
Before-tax Amount |
|
Income Taxes |
|
After-tax Amount |
|
After-tax Amount |
Defined benefit pension
plans |
$
|
(97.6 |
)
|
|
$
|
27.4 |
|
|
$
|
(70.2 |
)
|
|
$
|
— |
|
Unrealized gain on derivatives,
net |
52.7 |
|
|
(17.3 |
) |
|
35.4 |
|
|
— |
|
Unrealized gain on
derivatives held by affiliates |
0.6 |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
— |
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustments |
282.9 |
|
|
— |
|
|
282.9 |
|
|
0.2 |
|
Total components of
other comprehensive income |
$
|
238.6 |
|
|
$
|
10.1 |
|
|
$
|
248.7 |
|
|
$
|
0.2 |
|
Financial
Instruments
The carrying amounts reported in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets for “Cash and cash equivalents,” “Accounts and notes receivable” and “Accounts payable”
approximate fair value due to the immediate or short-term maturity of these financial instruments. The carrying amounts of long-term debt under the Company’s 4½% senior term loan and credit facility (Note 7) approximate fair
value based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms and average maturities. At December 31, 2011, the estimated fair values of the Company’s 57/8% senior notes and 11/4%
convertible notes (Note 7), based on their listed market values, were $298.9 million and
$252.4 million, respectively, compared to their carrying values of $300.0 million and
$183.4 million, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the estimated fair values of the Company’s 67/8% senior subordinated notes, 13/4% convertible notes and 11/4%
convertible notes (Note 7), based on their listed market values, were $271.7 million, $325.1 million and
$277.1 million, respectively, compared to their carrying values of $267.7 million,
$161.0 million and $175.2 million,
respectively.
The Company uses foreign currency contracts to hedge the foreign currency exposure of certain receivables and payables. The contracts are for periods consistent with the exposure being hedged and
generally have maturities of one year or less. These contracts are classified as non-designated derivative instruments. The Company also enters into foreign currency contracts designated as cash flow hedges of expected sales. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had foreign currency contracts outstanding with gross notional amounts of $1,232.7 million and $1,113.4 million, respectively. The Company had unrealized (losses) gains of approximately $(4.9) million and
$5.6 million on foreign currency contracts at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. At
December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately
$(1.1) million and $3.4 million, respectively, of unrealized (loss) gains were reflected in the Company’s results of
operations, as the gains related to non-designated contracts. The Company’s foreign currency contracts mitigate risk due to exchange rate fluctuations because gains and losses on these contracts generally offset gains and losses on the
exposure being hedged. The Company had $5.4 million of unrealized losses and $1.7 million of unrealized gains as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, related to designated cash flow hedges that were reflected in other comprehensive loss (Note
11).
The notional amounts of the foreign currency contracts do not represent amounts exchanged by the parties and, therefore, are not a measure of the Company’s risk. The amounts exchanged are calculated
on the basis of the notional amounts and other terms of the contracts. The credit and market risks under these contracts are not considered to be significant. The Company’s hedging policy prohibits it from entering into any foreign currency
contracts for speculative trading
purposes.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
Recent Accounting
Pronouncements
In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2011-09 “Compensation-Retirement
Benefits-Multiemployer Plans (Subtopic 715-80): Disclosures about an Employer's Participation in a Multiemployer Plan” (“ASU 2011-09”). ASU 2011-09 requires additional disclosures about employers’ participation in
multiemployer pension plans including information about the plan’s funded status if it is readily available. The ASU is effective for annual periods for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2011 and is to be applied retrospectively. The
Company adopted this guidance for the year ended December 31, 2011 (Note 8).
In
September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment” (“ASU 2011-08”). ASU 2011-08 permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more
likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity concludes it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less
than its carrying amount, it need not perform the two-step impairment test. This standard is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption was permitted. The
adoption of the ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial
condition.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income” (“ASU 2011-05”). ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present
other comprehensive income and its components in the statement of stockholders’ equity. Accordingly, this standard increases the prominence of other comprehensive income in financial statements by requiring comprehensive income to be presented
in either a single continuous statement or in two consecutive statements reporting net income and other comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other
comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. The standard initially required that reclassification adjustments from other comprehensive income be measured and presented by income statement line item on the face of the income statement.
In December 2011, however, the FASB issued ASC 2011-12, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in ASU
2011-05.” This standard defers the requirement to present components of reclassifications of other comprehensive income on the face of the statement of operations. The deferral will become effective at the same time that ASU 2011-05 is
adopted. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and is to be applied retrospectively. Early adoption was permitted. The Company will adopt these standards in the first quarter of 2012. The
Company will present two separate but consecutive statements reporting net income and other comprehensive income for its first quarter ended March 31, 2012.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04,
“Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs” (“ASU 2011-04”). ASU 2011-04 clarifies existing fair value measurement concepts and
continues the convergence towards a uniform framework for applying fair value measurement principles. This standard requires additional disclosures for fair value measurements, primarily Level 3 measurements. ASU 2011-04 is effective for fiscal
years and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and is to be applied prospectively. Early adoption was prohibited. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2012 will have a material impact on its
Consolidated Financial Statements or footnote
disclosures.
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Disclosure of Supplementary Pro Forma Information for Business Combinations” (“ASU 2010-29”). ASU
2010-29 amends the pro forma disclosure requirements for business combinations and specifies that public companies presenting comparative financial statements should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though business
combinations occurring during the year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. The guidance also expands the pro forma disclosure requirements to include a description of the nature and amount of material,
nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combinations included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. The Company adopted this guidance for the year ended December 31, 2011 (Note 2).
2.
Acquisitions
On November 30, 2011, the Company acquired GSI Holdings Corp. (“GSI”) for $932.2 million, net of approximately $27.9 million cash acquired.
GSI, headquartered in Assumption, Illinois, is a leading manufacturer of grain storage and protein production systems. GSI sells its products globally through independent dealers. The acquisition of GSI provides the Company with strong positions in
grain storage and protein production and the opportunity to benefit from increases in global grain production and protein demand. The acquisition was financed by the issuance of $300.0 million of 57/8% senior
notes and the
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
Company's new credit facility (Note 7). The Company paid $929.7 million of the purchase price during December 2011. As a result of the acquisition, the Company
recorded a tax benefit of approximately $149.3 million within “Income tax (benefit)
provision” in the Company's Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2011, resulting from a reversal of a portion of its previously established deferred tax valuation allowance. The reversal was required to offset
deferred tax liabilities established as part of the acquisition accounting for GSI relating to acquired amortizable intangible assets (Note 6). The preliminary fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date are
presented in the following table (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
27.9 |
|
Accounts
receivable |
|
63.1 |
|
Inventories |
|
71.7 |
|
Deferred tax and other current
assets |
|
53.3 |
|
Total current assets acquired |
|
216.0 |
|
Property, plant and equipment |
|
72.0 |
|
Intangible
assets |
|
438.5 |
|
Goodwill |
|
533.9 |
|
Other noncurrent
assets |
|
2.8 |
|
Total assets acquired |
|
1,263.2 |
|
Current
liabilities: |
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued
expenses |
|
107.9 |
|
Other
current liabilities |
|
25.7
|
|
Total current
liabilities assumed |
|
133.6 |
|
Deferred tax
liabilities |
|
164.1 |
|
Long-term debt and other noncurrent
liabilities |
|
5.4 |
|
Total liabilities assumed |
|
303.1
|
|
Net assets acquired |
|
$
|
960.1 |
|
On November 30, 2011, the Company acquired 80% of Dafeng for approximately 172.0 million yuan (or approximately $27.0 million). The Company acquired approximately $17.1 million of cash and assumed approximately $41.1 million of current indebtedness associated with the transaction. Dafeng is located in Yanzhou, China
and manufactures a complete range of corn, grain, rice and soybean harvesting machines for Chinese domestic markets. The acquisition was funded with available cash on hand. The fair value of the noncontrolling interest in Dafeng of $4.6 million was recorded within “Noncontrolling interests” in the Company’s Consolidated
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011.
On March 3, 2011, the Company acquired the remaining 50% interest of Laverda SpA (“Laverda”) for approximately €63.8 million, net of approximately €1.2 million cash
acquired (or approximately $88.3 million, net). Laverda, previously an operating joint venture
between AGCO and the Italian ARGO group, is located in Breganze, Italy and manufactures harvesting equipment. In addition to producing Laverda-branded combines, the Breganze factory manufactures mid-range combine harvesters for the Company’s
Massey Ferguson, Fendt and Challenger brands for distribution in Europe, Africa and the Middle East. The Company’s 100% ownership of Laverda includes ownership in Fella-Werke GMBH, a German manufacturer of grass and hay machinery. The acquisition was funded with available cash on hand. In addition, as a result of the
acquisition, the Company recorded a gain of approximately $0.7 million on the remeasurement of
the previously held equity interest within the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2011. The fair value of the
50% previously held equity interest as of the acquisition date was approximately €53.6 million (or approximately $74.2 million). The fair value assessment was determined based on various valuation techniques including market
multiples and discounted cash flow
projections.
On January 3, 2011, the Company acquired 50% of
AGCO-Amity JV for approximately $25.0 million, net of approximately $5.0 million cash acquired, thereby creating a joint venture between the Company and Amity Technology LLC.
The joint venture had approximately $6.2 million of indebtedness as of the date of acquisition.
AGCO-Amity JV is located in North Dakota and manufactures air-seeding and tillage equipment. The investment was funded with available cash on hand. As
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
the Company has a controlling voting interest to direct the activities that most significantly impact
the joint venture, the Company has consolidated the joint venture’s operations in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements commencing as of and from the date of the formation of the joint venture. The goodwill and other
identifiable intangible assets recorded represent 100% of the value of these assets within the
joint venture’s financial position. The fair value of the noncontrolling interest in AGCO-Amity JV of $30.0 million was recorded within “Noncontrolling Interests” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2011.
The results of operations for the GSI, Dafeng, Laverda and AGCO-Amity JV acquisitions have been included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements as of and from the dates of the respective
acquisitions. The Company allocated the purchase price of each acquisition to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on preliminary estimates of their fair values as of the respective acquisition dates. In general, the acquired assets of
the Dafeng, Laverda and AGCO-Amity JV acquisitions consisted primarily of accounts receivable, property, plant and equipment, inventories and other identifiable intangible assets. The liabilities assumed generally consisted of accounts payable and
current indebtedness.
The acquired other identifiable intangible assets associated with the GSI, Dafeng,
Laverda and AGCO-Amity JV acquisitions are summarized collectively in the following table (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible
Asset |
|
Amount |
|
Weighted-Average Useful
Life |
Distribution
network |
|
$
|
394.0 |
|
|
14
|
|
years |
Tradenames and trademarks |
|
80.0 |
|
|
17 |
|
years |
Technology |
|
36.5 |
|
|
13 |
|
years |
Land use rights |
|
8.5 |
|
|
45 |
|
years |
|
|
$
|
519.0 |
|
|
|
|
The Company recorded approximately $606.6 million of
goodwill associated with the acquisitions of GSI, Dafeng, Laverda and AGCO-Amity JV. This goodwill generally results from the value of the cash flows expected to be generated in the future compared to the asset intensity of each business. None of
the goodwill recognized is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The goodwill recorded is reported as follows in the Company’s geographical reportable segments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Geographical
Reportable Segment |
|
|
North
America |
|
$ |
412.8 |
|
South America |
|
38.3 |
|
Europe/Africa/Middle
East |
|
67.2 |
|
Rest of World |
|
88.3 |
|
|
|
$ |
606.6 |
|
On December 15, 2010, the Company acquired Sparex for approximately £51.6 million, net of approximately £2.7 million cash
acquired (or approximately $81.5 million, net). Sparex, headquartered in Exeter, United Kingdom, is
a global distributor of accessories and tractor replacement parts serving the agricultural aftermarket, with operations in 17 countries. The acquisition was financed with available cash on hand. The Company allocated the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values as of the
acquisition date. The acquired net assets consisted primarily of accounts receivable, property, plant and equipment, inventories, tradenames, trademarks and other identifiable intangible assets. The Company recorded approximately $28.6 million of tradename, trademark and customer relationship intangible assets and
$25.9 million of goodwill
associated with the acquisition of Sparex. The goodwill recorded was reported within the Company’s Europe/Africa/Middle East geographical reportable segment.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
The acquired other identifiable intangible assets of Sparex are summarized in the following table (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangible
Asset |
|
Amount |
|
Weighted-Average Useful
Life |
Customer
relationships |
|
$
|
23.8 |
|
|
12 |
|
years |
Tradenames and trademarks |
|
4.8 |
|
|
30 |
|
years |
|
|
$ |
28.6 |
|
|
|
|
The following unaudited pro forma data summarizes the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, as if the GSI, Dafeng, Laverda AGCO-Amity JV and Sparex
acquisitions had occurred as of
January 1, 2010. The unaudited pro forma information does not reflect the impact of
future events that may occur after the acquisition, including, but not limited to, anticipated cost savings from operating synergies. The unaudited pro forma financial information has been adjusted to give effect to adjustments that are directly
related to the business combination, factually supportable, and expected to have a continuing impact. The adjustments include the application of the Company’s accounting policies, depreciation and amortization related to fair value adjustments
to property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and inventory, tax-related adjustments and the impact of the Company’s issuance of $300.0
million of 57/8% senior notes and new credit facility, which were used to finance the acquisition of
GSI. This unaudited pro forma information has been prepared for comparative purposes only and does not purport to represent what the results of operations of the Company actually would have been had the transactions occurred on the date indicated or
what the results of operations may be in any future period (in millions, except per share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Net sales |
$ |
9,512.7 |
|
|
$ |
7,939.9 |
|
Net income attributable to AGCO Corporation and
subsidiaries |
626.6 |
|
|
210.4 |
|
Net income per common share
attributable to AGCO Corporation and subsidiaries: |
|
|
|
Basic |
$ |
6.55 |
|
|
$ |
2.27 |
|
Diluted |
$ |
6.39 |
|
|
$ |
2.18 |
|
The Company recorded approximately $249.4 million of net sales and approximately $2.5 million of net income for GSI, Dafeng, Laverda and AGCO-Amity JV since their respective acquisition
dates in its Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2011.
3. Restructuring and Other Infrequent (Income)
Expenses
The Company recorded restructuring and other infrequent (income) expense of $(0.7) million, $4.4 million and $13.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009, respectively. The income in 2011 primarily related to the Company's reversal of previously accrued legally
required severance payments associated with the rationalization of its French operations. The charges in 2010 primarily related to severance and other related costs associated with the Company’s rationalization of its operations in Denmark,
Spain, Finland and France. The charges in 2009 primarily related to severance and other related costs associated with the Company’s rationalization of its operations in France, the United Kingdom, Finland, Germany, the United States and
Denmark.
European and North American Manufacturing and Administrative Headcount
Reductions
During 2009 and 2010, the Company announced and initiated several actions to rationalize employee headcount at various manufacturing facilities, including those located in France, Finland, Germany and the
United States, as well as at various administrative offices located in the United Kingdom, Spain and the United States. During 2009 and 2010, the Company recorded severance and other related costs of approximately $12.9 million and
$2.2 million, respectively, associated with such actions. As of December 31, 2010,
approximately $1.5 million of severance and other related costs were accrued associated with
such actions, and 611 of 653 employees expected to be terminated had been terminated. During 2011, the Company recorded a reversal of
approximately $0.9 million of previously accrued, legally required severance payments
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
associated with the rationalization of its French operations. Due to the improvement in European market
conditions in 2011, certain employees previously identified to be terminated in France were not terminated as planned. The Company also recorded approximately
$0.2 million of additional severance and other related costs during 2011 associated with the
French rationalization. The net restructuring and other infrequent income was recorded within the Company’s Europe/Africa/Middle East geographical segment. During 2011, the Company paid approximately $0.6 million of severance and other related costs. A majority of the remaining $0.3 million of severance and other related costs accrued as of December 31, 2011 are expected to be paid and
the remaining two of the original 653 employees identified for termination are expected to be terminated during the first quarter of 2012.
Randers, Denmark closure
In November 2009, the Company announced the closure of its assembly operations located in Randers, Denmark. The
Company ceased operations in July 2010 and completed the transfer of the assembly operations to its harvesting equipment manufacturing operations, Laverda, located in Breganze, Italy, in August 2010. The Company recorded approximately $0.4 million and
$2.2 million of expenses during 2009 and 2010, respectively, associated with the facility
closure, primarily related to employee retention payments, which were accrued over the term of the retention period. During 2010 and 2011, the Company paid approximately $1.9 million and
$0.8 million, respectively, of severance, retention and other related costs associated with the
closure and as of December 31, 2011, all 79 employees had been terminated.
4. Accounts Receivable Sales Agreements and Securitization Facilities
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had accounts receivable sales agreements that permit the sale, on an ongoing basis, of
substantially all of its wholesale interest-bearing and non-interest bearing receivables in North America to its U.S. and Canadian retail finance joint ventures. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the cash received from receivables sold under the U.S. and Canadian accounts receivable sales
agreements was approximately $517.5 million and $531.2 million, respectively.
At December
31, 2011 and 2010, the Company also had accounts receivable sales agreements that permit the sale, on an ongoing basis, of a majority of its wholesale receivables in Germany, France, Austria, Norway and Sweden to the relevant retail finance joint
ventures in those countries. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, cash received from receivables sold under these accounts receivable sales agreements in Europe was approximately $310.0 million and
$169.2 million,
respectively.
Under the terms of the accounts receivable agreements in North America and Europe, the
Company pays an annual servicing fee related to the servicing of the receivables sold. The Company also pays the respective AGCO Finance entities a subsidized interest payment with respect to the sales agreements, calculated based upon LIBOR plus a
margin on any non-interest bearing accounts receivable outstanding and sold under the sales agreements. These fees were reflected within losses on the sales of receivables included within “Other expense, net” in the Company's
Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company does not service the receivables after the sale occurs and does not maintain any direct retained interest in the receivables. The Company reviewed its accounting for the accounts receivable sales
agreements and determined that these facilities should be accounted for as off-balance sheet
transactions.
The Company’s former European accounts receivable securitization facilities expired in
October 2011. Wholesale accounts receivable were sold on a revolving basis to commercial paper conduits under the European facility through a wholly-owned qualified special purpose entity in the United Kingdom. Losses on sales of receivables under
the European securitization facilities were reflected within “Interest expense, net” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations during 2011, 2010 and
2009.
Losses on sales of receivables associated with the accounts receivable financing facilities
discussed above, reflected within “Other expense, net” and “Interest expense, net” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations, were approximately $22.0 million and
$16.1 million during 2011 and
2010, respectively. Losses on sales of receivables primarily from the Company’s former
European, U.S. and Canadian securitization facilities was approximately $15.6 million in 2009
and was reflected within “Other expense, net” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations.
The Company’s retail finance joint ventures in Brazil
and Australia also provide wholesale financing to the Company’s dealers. The receivables associated with these arrangements are without recourse to the Company. The Company does not service the receivables after the sale occurs and does not
maintain any direct retained interest in the receivables. As of December 31, 2011 and
2010, these retail finance joint ventures had approximately $62.0 million and
$50.2 million, respectively, of outstanding accounts receivable associated with these arrangements.
The Company reviewed its accounting for
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
these arrangements and determined that these arrangements should be accounted for as off-balance sheet
transactions.
In addition, the Company sells certain trade receivables under factoring arrangements to other financial institutions around the world. The Company reviewed the sale of such receivables and
determined that these arrangements should be accounted for as off-balance sheet
transactions.
5. Investments in
Affiliates
Investments in affiliates as of December 31,
2011 and 2010 were as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Retail finance joint
ventures |
$
|
322.2 |
|
|
$
|
305.7 |
|
Manufacturing joint
ventures |
14.3 |
|
|
82.5 |
|
Other joint
ventures |
9.8
|
|
|
9.8
|
|
|
$ |
346.3 |
|
|
$ |
398.0 |
|
The Company’s manufacturing joint ventures as
of December 31, 2011 consisted of GIMA and a joint venture with a third-party manufacturer
to produce engines in South America. The manufacturing joint ventures as of December 31, 2010 also included Laverda, which was previously an operating joint venture between the Company and the Italian ARGO group. On March 3, 2011, the Company
acquired the remaining 50% interest in Laverda (Note 2). The other joint ventures represent
minority investments in farm equipment manufacturers, distributors and
licensees.
The Company’s equity in net earnings of affiliates for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Retail finance joint
ventures |
$
|
43.6 |
|
|
$
|
43.4 |
|
|
$
|
36.4 |
|
Manufacturing and other joint
ventures |
5.3 |
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
$
|
48.9 |
|
|
$
|
49.7 |
|
|
$
|
38.7 |
|
Summarized combined financial information of the
Company’s retail finance joint ventures as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009 were as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As
of December 31, |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Total
assets |
$
|
7,738.4 |
|
|
$
|
7,092.8 |
|
Total
liabilities |
7,080.8 |
|
|
6,469.0 |
|
Partners’
equity |
657.6 |
|
|
623.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For
the Years Ended December 31, |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Revenues |
$
|
364.2 |
|
|
$
|
352.9 |
|
|
$
|
335.8 |
|
Costs |
220.5 |
|
|
212.2 |
|
|
229.0 |
|
Income before income
taxes |
$
|
143.7 |
|
|
$
|
140.7 |
|
|
$
|
106.8 |
|
The majority of the assets of the Company’s
retail finance joint ventures represents finance receivables. The majority of the liabilities represents notes payable and accrued interest. Under the various joint venture agreements, Rabobank or its affiliates provide financing to the joint
venture companies (Note 13).
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company's receivables from
affiliates were approximately $122.9 million and $106.3 million, respectively. The receivables from affiliates are reflected within Accounts and notes
receivable, net within the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
The portion of the Company’s retained earnings balance that represents
undistributed retained earnings of equity method investees was approximately $208.2 million and
$184.9 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
6. Income
Taxes
The sources of income (loss) before income taxes and equity in net earnings of affiliates were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009 (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
United
States |
$
|
1.6 |
|
|
$
|
(53.5 |
)
|
|
$
|
(29.7 |
)
|
Foreign |
559.4 |
|
|
328.4 |
|
|
184.1 |
|
Income before income
taxes and equity in net earnings of affiliates |
$
|
561.0 |
|
|
$
|
274.9 |
|
|
$
|
154.4 |
|
The provision for income taxes by location of the
taxing jurisdiction for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and
2009 consisted of the following (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
$ |
(6.1 |
) |
|
$ |
(7.1 |
) |
|
$ |
(4.0 |
) |
State |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.2 |
|
Foreign |
158.3
|
|
|
108.6
|
|
|
83.4
|
|
|
152.2 |
|
|
101.5 |
|
|
79.6 |
|
Deferred: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal |
(148.9 |
) |
|
0.1 |
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
State |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Foreign |
21.3
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
(21.5
|
)
|
|
(127.6 |
) |
|
2.9 |
|
|
(21.9 |
) |
|
$
|
24.6 |
|
|
$
|
104.4 |
|
|
$
|
57.7 |
|
At December 31, 2011, the Company’s foreign subsidiaries had approximately $2.7 billion of undistributed earnings. These earnings are considered to be indefinitely invested, and,
accordingly, no income taxes have been provided on these earnings. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred taxes on these earnings is not practical; however, unrecognized foreign tax credits would be available to reduce a portion of the
tax
liability.
A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the United States federal statutory income tax rate (35%) to the provision for income taxes reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009 is as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Provision for income
taxes at United States federal statutory rate of 35% |
$
|
196.3 |
|
|
$
|
96.2 |
|
|
$
|
53.9 |
|
State and local income taxes,
net of federal income tax benefit |
1.4 |
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
|
0.7 |
|
Taxes on foreign income
which differ from the United States statutory rate |
(31.8 |
) |
|
(4.0 |
) |
|
16.4 |
|
Tax effect of permanent
differences |
(13.5 |
) |
|
(10.2 |
) |
|
20.7 |
|
Change in valuation
allowance |
(150.7 |
) |
|
0.7 |
|
|
(38.8 |
) |
Change in tax contingency
reserves |
23.1 |
|
|
21.7 |
|
|
3.3 |
|
Other |
(0.2
|
)
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
$ |
24.6 |
|
|
$ |
104.4 |
|
|
$ |
57.7 |
|
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
The “change in valuation allowance” for the year ended December 31, 2011
includes a reversal of approximately $149.3
million of valuation allowance previously established against the Company’s deferred tax assets in the United States. The reversal was required to offset deferred tax liabilities
established as part of the acquisition accounting for GSI primarily related to acquired amortizable intangible assets, as well as other valuation adjustments and carry-over tax attributes. The “change in valuation allowance” for the year
ended December 31, 2009 includes a $39.5
million favorable adjustment, which was fully offset by a write-off of certain foreign tax assets reflected in “tax effects of permanent differences.” Due to the fact that
these tax assets had not been expected to be utilized in future years, the Company had previously maintained a valuation allowance against the tax assets. Accordingly, this write-off resulted in no impact to the Company’s income tax provision
for the year ended December 31,
2009.
The significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Deferred Tax
Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss
carryforwards |
$ |
181.6 |
|
|
$ |
210.7 |
|
Sales incentive
discounts |
44.7 |
|
|
41.1 |
|
Inventory valuation
reserves |
24.5 |
|
|
18.4 |
|
Pensions and
postretirement health care benefits |
93.7 |
|
|
74.5 |
|
Warranty and other
reserves |
127.5 |
|
|
88.1 |
|
Other |
26.2
|
|
|
33.6
|
|
Total gross deferred tax
assets |
498.2 |
|
|
466.4 |
|
Valuation
allowance |
(145.8
|
)
|
|
(262.5
|
)
|
Total net deferred tax
assets |
352.4 |
|
|
203.9 |
|
Deferred Tax
Liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
Tax over book depreciation and
amortization |
338.1 |
|
|
178.3 |
|
Other |
27.7
|
|
|
32.0
|
|
Total deferred tax
liabilities |
365.8 |
|
|
210.3 |
|
Net deferred tax assets
(liabilities) |
$
|
(13.4 |
)
|
|
$
|
(6.4 |
)
|
Amounts recognized in Consolidated Balance
Sheets: |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax
assets — current |
$ |
142.7 |
|
|
$ |
52.6 |
|
Deferred tax
assets — noncurrent |
37.6 |
|
|
58.0 |
|
Other current
liabilities |
(1.4 |
) |
|
(13.1 |
) |
Other noncurrent
liabilities |
(192.3 |
) |
|
(103.9 |
) |
|
$
|
(13.4 |
)
|
|
$
|
(6.4 |
)
|
The Company recorded a net deferred tax liability of $13.4 million and $6.4 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As reflected in the preceding table, the Company established a valuation allowance of $145.8 million and
$262.5 million as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The change in the valuation allowance for the years ended
December 31, 2011, 2010 and
2009 was a decrease of $116.7 million, an increase of $0.8 million, and a decrease of $32.7 million, respectively. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that some
portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company assessed the likelihood that its deferred tax assets would be recovered from estimated future taxable income and available tax planning strategies and determined that the
valuation allowance at December 31, 2011 and 2010 was appropriate. In making this assessment, all available evidence was considered, including the current
economic climate, as well as reasonable tax planning strategies. The Company believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the remaining deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance, in future
years.
The Company had net operating loss carryforwards of $685.5 million as of December 31, 2011, with expiration dates
as follows: 2012 — $1.1 million;
2013 — $0.4 million;
2015 — $69.0 million;
2016 — $132.8 million; and thereafter or unlimited — $482.2 million. These net operating loss carryforwards included United States net loss carryforwards of
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
$335.4
million and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $350.1 million. The Company paid income taxes of $116.4 million,
$88.3 million and $67.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009, respectively.
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had
$71.1 million and $48.2 million, respectively, of unrecognized income tax benefits, all of which would affect the Company’s
effective tax rate if recognized. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had approximately $23.0 million and
$14.2 million, respectively, of accrued or deferred taxes related to uncertain income tax positions
connected with ongoing income tax audits in various jurisdictions that it expects to settle or pay in the next 12 months. The Company accrues interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in its provision for income taxes. At
December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits of $7.6 million and
$5.2 million,
respectively.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the total amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of and during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Gross unrecognized
income tax benefits |
$
|
48.2 |
|
|
$
|
21.8 |
|
Additions for tax positions of
the current year |
18.9 |
|
|
17.3 |
|
Additions for tax
positions of prior years |
9.7 |
|
|
10.3 |
|
Reductions for tax positions of
prior years for: |
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in
judgments |
(1.5 |
) |
|
— |
|
Settlements during the
period |
— |
|
|
— |
|
Lapses of applicable
statute of limitations |
(2.5 |
) |
|
(0.8 |
) |
Foreign
currency translation |
(1.7 |
) |
|
(0.4 |
) |
Gross unrecognized
income tax benefits |
$
|
71.1 |
|
|
$
|
48.2 |
|
The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax
returns in the United States and in various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. The Company and its subsidiaries are routinely examined by tax authorities in these jurisdictions. As of December 31, 2011, a number of income tax examinations in other foreign jurisdictions were currently
ongoing. It is possible that certain of these ongoing examinations may be resolved within 12 months. Due to the potential for resolution of federal, state and foreign examinations, and the expiration of various statutes of limitation, it is
reasonably possible that the Company’s gross unrecognized income tax benefits balance may materially change within the next 12 months. Due to the number of jurisdictions and issues involved and the uncertainty regarding the timing of any
settlements, the Company is unable at this time to provide a reasonable estimate of such change that may occur within the next 12 months. Although there are ongoing examinations in various jurisdictions, the 2008 through
2011 tax years generally remain subject to examination in the United States by federal and state
authorities. In the Company’s significant foreign jurisdictions, primarily the United Kingdom, France, Germany, Switzerland, Finland and Brazil, the
2006 through 2011 tax years generally remain subject to examination by their respective tax
authorities.
During 2010, changes in U.K. tax legislation affected the taxation of certain distributable profits of subsidiary companies that have not yet been repatriated to the United Kingdom. As a result of
these legislative changes, approximately $5.0 million of other tax contingency reserves were
reclassified to the gross unrecognized income tax benefits reserves. The net impact of changes in the gross unrecognized tax benefits reserves to the income statement for 2010 was an increase of $21.7 million.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
7. Indebtedness
Indebtedness consisted of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2011 |
|
December 31, 2010 |
67/8% Senior subordinated notes due 2014 |
$
|
— |
|
|
$
|
267.7 |
|
57/8% Senior notes due 2021 |
300.0 |
|
|
— |
|
4½% Senior term
loan due 2016 |
259.4 |
|
|
— |
|
Credit facility |
665.0 |
|
|
— |
|
13/4% Convertible senior subordinated notes due 2033 |
— |
|
|
161.0 |
|
11/4%
Convertible senior subordinated notes due 2036 |
183.4 |
|
|
175.2 |
|
Securitization
facilities |
— |
|
|
113.9 |
|
Other long-term debt |
62.0 |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
1,469.8
|
|
|
718.0
|
|
Less: Current portion of long-term
debt |
(60.1 |
) |
|
(0.1 |
) |
13/4% Convertible senior subordinated notes due 2033 |
— |
|
|
(161.0 |
) |
Securitization
facilities |
— |
|
|
(113.9 |
) |
Total indebtedness,
less current portion |
$ |
1,409.7 |
|
|
$ |
443.0 |
|
At December 31, 2011, the aggregate scheduled
maturities of long-term debt, excluding the current portion of long-term debt, are as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
2013 |
$ |
21.9 |
|
2014 |
22.1 |
|
2015 |
41.3 |
|
2016 |
825.7 |
|
2017 |
— |
|
Thereafter |
498.7 |
|
|
$ |
1,409.7 |
|
Convertible senior subordinated notes
The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 the carrying amount of the equity component, the principal amount of the liability component, the
unamortized discount and the net carrying amount of the Company’s former 13/4% convertible senior subordinated notes and its 11/4% convertible senior subordinated notes (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
1¾% Convertible senior
subordinated notes due 2033: |
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount of the equity
component |
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
16.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Principal amount of the
liability component |
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
161.0 |
|
Less: unamortized discount |
— |
|
|
— |
|
Net carrying
amount |
$
|
— |
|
|
$
|
161.0 |
|
1¼% Convertible senior subordinated notes due
2036: |
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying amount of the
equity component |
$
|
54.3 |
|
|
$
|
54.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
Principal amount of the
liability component |
$ |
201.3 |
|
|
$ |
201.3 |
|
Less: unamortized
discount |
(17.9
|
)
|
|
(26.1
|
)
|
Net carrying
amount |
$ |
183.4 |
|
|
$ |
175.2 |
|
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
The following table sets forth the interest expense recognized for the years ended
December 31, 2011, 2010 and
2009 relating to both the contractual interest coupon and the amortization of the discount on
the liability component for the former 13/4% convertible senior subordinated notes and the 11/4%
convertible senior subordinated notes (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years
Ended December 31, |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
1¾% Convertible senior
subordinated notes: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense |
$ |
0.9 |
|
|
$ |
10.8 |
|
|
$ |
11.3 |
|
1¼% Convertible senior
subordinated notes: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense |
$ |
10.7 |
|
|
$ |
10.2 |
|
|
$ |
9.8 |
|
The effective interest rate on the liability
component for the former 13/4% convertible senior subordinated notes and the 11/4%
convertible senior subordinated notes for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and
2009 was 6.1% for both notes. The unamortized discount for the former 13/4% convertible senior subordinated notes was amortized through December 2010 and the unamortized discount for the 11/4%
convertible senior subordinated notes will be amortized through December 2013 as these were or
are the earliest dates that the notes’ holders could or can require the Company to repurchase the
notes.
Cash payments for interest were approximately $47.1
million, $47.0 million and $51.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009, respectively.
The Company’s $201.3 million of 11/4%
convertible senior subordinated notes due December 15, 2036, issued in December 2006, provide
for (i) the settlement upon conversion in cash up to the principal amount of the notes with any excess conversion value settled in shares of the Company’s common stock, and (ii) the conversion rate to be increased under certain
circumstances if the notes are converted in connection with certain change of control transactions occurring prior to December 15, 2013. Interest is payable on the notes at 11/4% per annum,
payable semi-annually in arrears in cash on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The notes are convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at an effective price of $40.73 per share, subject to adjustment. This reflects an initial conversion rate for the notes of 24.5525 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes. The notes contain certain anti-dilution provisions designed to protect the
holders’ interests. If a change of control transaction that qualifies as a “fundamental change” occurs on or prior to December 15, 2013, under certain circumstances the Company will increase the conversion rate for the notes
converted in connection with the transaction by a number of additional shares (as used in this paragraph, the “make whole shares”). A fundamental change is any transaction or event in connection with which 50% or more of the Company’s common stock is exchanged for, converted into, acquired for or constitutes
solely the right to receive consideration that is not at least 90% common stock listed on a
U.S. national securities exchange, or approved for quotation on an automated quotation system. The amount of the increase in the conversion rate, if any, will depend on the effective date of the transaction and an average price per share of the
Company’s common stock as of the effective date. No adjustment to the conversion rate will be made if the price per share of common stock is less than
$31.33 per share or more than $180.00 per share. The number of additional make whole shares range from 7.3658 shares per
$1,000 principal amount at $31.33 per share to
0.0083 shares per $1,000 principal amount at $180.00 per share for the year ended December 15, 2012, with the number of make whole shares generally
declining over time. If the acquirer or certain of its affiliates in the fundamental change transaction has publicly traded common stock, the Company may, instead of increasing the conversion rate as described above, cause the notes to become
convertible into publicly traded common stock of the acquirer, with principal of the notes to be repaid in cash, and the balance, if any, payable in shares of such acquirer common stock. At no time will the Company issue an aggregate number of
shares of the Company’s common stock upon conversion of the notes in excess of
31.9183 shares per $1,000 principal amount thereof. If the holders of the Company’s common stock receive only cash in a
fundamental change transaction, then holders of the notes will receive cash as well. Holders may convert the notes only under the following circumstances: (1) during any fiscal quarter, if the closing sales price of the Company’s common
stock exceeds 120% of the conversion price for at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive
trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding fiscal quarter; (2) during the five business day period after a five consecutive trading day period in which the trading price per note for each day of that period was less than
98% of the product of the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock and the
conversion rate; (3) if the notes have been called for redemption; or (4) upon the occurrence of certain corporate transactions. Beginning December 15, 2013, the Company may redeem any of the notes at a redemption price of 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest, as well as settle any excess conversion value with
shares of the Company’s common stock. Holders of the notes may require the Company to repurchase the notes at a repurchase price of 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued interest, on December 15, 2013, 2016, 2021, 2026 and 2031, as well as settle any excess conversion value with shares of the Company’s common stock.
Holders
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
may also require the Company to repurchase all or a portion of the notes upon a fundamental change, as
defined in the indenture, at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the
notes to be repurchased, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. The notes are senior subordinated obligations and are subordinated to all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness and effectively subordinated to all debt and
other liabilities of the Company’s subsidiaries.
The Company’s former 13/4% convertible senior subordinated notes due December 31, 2033, issued in June 2005,
provided for the settlement upon conversion in cash up to the principal amount of the notes with any excess conversion value settled in shares of the Company’s common stock. The notes were unsecured obligations and were convertible into
cash and shares of the Company’s common stock upon satisfaction of certain conditions. Interest was payable semi-annually in arrears on June 30 and December 31 of each year. The notes were convertible into shares of the Company’s common
stock at an effective price of $22.36 per share, subject to adjustment. This reflected an
initial conversion rate for the notes of 44.7193 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes. The notes contained certain anti-dilution provisions designed to protect
the holders’ interests. Holders were able to convert the notes only under the following circumstances: (1) during any fiscal quarter, if the closing sales price of the Company’s common stock exceeded 120% of the conversion price for at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the
last trading day of the preceding fiscal quarter; (2) during the five business day period after a five consecutive trading day period in which the trading price per note for each day of that period was less than 98% of the product of the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock and the conversion rate;
(3) if the notes had been called for redemption; or (4) upon the occurrence of certain corporate transactions.
As of December 31, 2010, the closing sales price of the Company’s common stock had exceeded 120% of the conversion price of the 1¾%
convertible senior subordinated notes for at least 20 trading days in the 30 consecutive trading days ending December 31, 2010, and, therefore, the Company classified the notes as a current liability. Future classification of the 1¼%
convertible senior subordinated notes between current and long-term debt is dependent on the closing sales price of the Company’s common stock during future quarters.
During
2011, holders of the Company’s 1¾% convertible senior subordinated notes converted
approximately $161.0 million of principal amount of the notes. The Company issued 3,926,574 shares associated with the $195.9 million excess conversion value of the notes. The Company reflected the repayment of the principal of
the notes totaling $161.0 million within “Repurchase or conversion of convertible senior
subordinated notes” within the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2011. During 2010, the Company repurchased approximately $37.5 million of principal amount of its 1¾% convertible senior subordinated notes plus accrued interest for approximately $58.1 million. The repurchase included approximately $21.1 million associated with the excess conversion value of the notes and resulted in a loss on
extinguishment of approximately $0.2 million reflected in “Interest expense, net.”
The Company reflected both the repurchase of the principal and the excess conversion value of the notes totaling $58.1 million within “Repurchase or conversion of convertible senior subordinated notes” in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2010. In addition,
during 2010, holders of the Company’s 13/4% convertible senior subordinated notes converted $2.7
million of principal amount of the notes. The Company issued 60,986 shares associated with the $2.7 million excess
conversion value of the notes. The loss on extinguishment associated with the conversions of the notes was less than $0.1 million and was reflected in “Interest expense, net.” The Company reflected the repayment of the principal of the notes totaling $2.7 million within “Repurchase or conversion of convertible senior subordinated notes” within
the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 2010.
5
7/8% Senior notes
On December 5, 2011, the Company completed its offering of $300.0 million of 57/8% senior notes due 2021 and received proceeds of approximately $296.6 million, after offering related fees and expenses. The Company used the net proceeds to fund a portion of
the acquisition of GSI. The notes constitute senior unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. Interest is payable on the notes semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year. At any time prior to September 1, 2021, the Company may
redeem the notes, in whole or in part from time to time, at its option, at a redemption price equal to the greater of: (i) 100%of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date; or (ii) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled
payments of principal and interest (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date at the treasury rate plus
0.5%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any. Beginning September
1, 2021, the Company may redeem the notes, in whole or in part from time to time, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
4 1/2% Senior term loan
The Company’s former €200.0 million of 6 7/8%
senior subordinated notes due April 15, 2014, issued in April 2004, were redeemed at a price of 101.146% of their principal amount on May 2, 2011. The Company recorded a loss of approximately $3.1
million associated with the premium paid to the holders of the Company's former 6 7/8%
senior subordinated notes and a write-off of approximately $1.2 million of unamortized deferred
debt issuance costs associated with the redemption within “Interest expense, net” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company funded the redemption of the notes with a new €200.0 million term loan with Rabobank. The new term loan is due May 2, 2016. The Company has the
ability to prepay the term loan before the maturity date. Interest is payable on the notes at 4 1/2% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December
31 of each year. The term loan contains covenants restricting, among other things, the incurrence of indebtedness and the making of certain payments, including dividends, and is subject to acceleration in the event of default. The Company also has
to fulfill financial covenants with respect to a total debt to EBITDA ratio and an interest coverage
ratio.
Credit
facility
On December 1, 2011, the Company entered into a new credit facility agreement providing for a $1.0 billion revolving credit and term loan facility, consisting of a $600.0 million multi-currency revolving credit facility and a $400.0 million term loan facility. The Company used the credit facility together with the $300.0 million 57/8% senior notes previously discussed, to fund the acquisition of GSI. The new credit facility replaced the Company’s former $300.0 million revolving credit facility, as discussed below. The maturity date of the new credit facility is
December 1, 2016. The Company is required to make quarterly payments towards the term loan of $5.0 million commencing March 2012 increasing to $10.0
million commencing March 2015. Interest accrues on amounts outstanding under the credit facility, at the Company’s option, at either (1) LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.0% to
2.0% based on the Company’s leverage ratio, or (2) the base rate, which is equal to the
higher of (i) the administrative agent’s base lending rate for the applicable currency, (ii) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, and (iii) one-month LIBOR for loans denominated in US dollars plus 1.0% plus a margin ranging from 0.0% to 0.5% based on the Company’s leverage ratio. The credit facility contains covenants restricting, among
other things, the incurrence of indebtedness and the making of certain payments, including dividends, and is subject to acceleration in the event of a default. The Company also has to fulfill financial covenants with respect to a total debt to
EBITDA ratio and an interest coverage ratio. As of December 31, 2011, the Company had $665.0
million of outstanding borrowings under the credit facility and availability to borrow approximately $335.0 million.
The Company recorded $14.8 million of deferred costs associated with the issuance of its $300.0 million
57/8% senior notes and the establishment of its new credit facility within “Other assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance
Sheet.
Former multi-currency revolving credit
facility
The Company’s former credit facility provided for a $300.0 million unsecured multi-currency revolving credit facility. Interest accrued on amounts outstanding
under the facility, at the Company’s option, at either (1) LIBOR plus a margin ranging between 1.00% and 1.75% based upon the Company’s total
debt ratio or (2) the higher of the administrative agent’s base lending rate or one-half of one percent over the federal funds rate plus a margin ranging between 0.0% and
0.5% based upon the Company’s total debt ratio. The facility contained covenants
restricting, among other things, the incurrence of indebtedness and the making of certain payments, including dividends, and was subject to acceleration in the event of a default, as defined in the facility. The Company also had to fulfill financial
covenants with respect to a total debt to EBITDA ratio and an interest coverage ratio, as defined in the former credit facility. As of December 31,
2010, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the former credit facility and the availability to borrow was $290.2 million.
Standby letters of
credit and similar
instruments
The Company has arrangements with various banks to issue standby letters of credit or similar instruments, which guarantee the Company’s obligations for the purchase or sale of certain inventories
and for potential claims exposure for insurance coverage. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, outstanding letters of credit totaled $15.6 million and
$9.8 million,
respectively.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
8. Employee Benefit
Plans
The Company sponsors defined benefit pension plans covering certain employees, principally in the United States, the United Kingdom, Germany, Finland, Norway, France, Switzerland, Australia and Argentina.
The Company also provides certain postretirement health care and life insurance benefits for certain employees principally in the United States and Brazil.
During 2010, the Company determined that its GIMA joint
venture should no longer be consolidated into the Company’s results of operations or financial position as the Company does not have a controlling financial interest in GIMA. The amounts disclosed below for the year ended December 31,
2009 have been retroactively restated to reflect the deconsolidation of
GIMA.
Net annual pension costs for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are set forth below (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension benefits
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Service
cost |
|
$
|
14.4 |
|
|
$
|
15.2 |
|
|
$
|
8.8 |
|
Interest cost |
|
40.1 |
|
|
38.4 |
|
|
36.7 |
|
Expected return on plan
assets |
|
(37.1 |
) |
|
(32.8 |
) |
|
(29.5 |
) |
Amortization of net actuarial
loss |
|
6.4 |
|
|
8.6 |
|
|
6.5 |
|
Amortization of prior
service (credit) cost |
|
(0.2 |
) |
|
2.2 |
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
Settlement
loss |
|
0.1 |
|
|
— |
|
|
0.1 |
|
Special termination
benefits and other |
|
0.2
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
—
|
|
Net annual pension cost |
|
$
|
23.9 |
|
|
$
|
31.7 |
|
|
$
|
22.4 |
|
The weighted average assumptions used to determine
the net annual pension costs for the Company’s pension plans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
All plans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average discount
rate |
5.6 |
% |
|
5.7 |
% |
|
6.6 |
% |
Weighted average
expected long-term rate of return on plan assets |
7.0 |
% |
|
7.0 |
% |
|
7.0 |
% |
Rate of increase in future
compensation |
2.5-4.5% |
|
|
2.5-4.5% |
|
|
3.0-4.0% |
|
U.S.-based plans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average discount
rate |
5.4 |
% |
|
5.5 |
% |
|
6.25 |
% |
Weighted average
expected long-term rate of return on plan assets |
8.0 |
% |
|
8.0 |
% |
|
8.0 |
% |
Rate of increase in future
compensation |
N/A |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
N/A |
|
Net annual postretirement benefit costs for the years ended
December 31, 2011, 2010 and
2009 are set forth below (in millions, except
percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement
benefits |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Service
cost |
|
$
|
0.1 |
|
|
$
|
0.1 |
|
|
$
|
0.1 |
|
Interest cost |
|
1.6 |
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
1.7 |
|
Amortization of prior
service credit |
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
(0.3 |
) |
Amortization of unrecognized
net loss |
|
0.3 |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
0.3 |
|
Net annual postretirement
benefit cost |
|
$
|
1.7 |
|
|
$
|
1.5 |
|
|
$
|
1.8 |
|
Weighted average
discount rate |
|
5.6 |
% |
|
5.65 |
% |
|
6.33 |
% |
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
The following tables set forth reconciliations of the changes in benefit obligation,
plan assets and funded status as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
Benefits |
|
Postretirement
Benefits |
Change
in benefit obligation |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Benefit obligation at
beginning of year |
|
$
|
713.4 |
|
|
$
|
728.2 |
|
|
$
|
28.8 |
|
|
$
|
28.1 |
|
Service cost |
|
14.4 |
|
|
15.2 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
Interest
cost |
|
40.1 |
|
|
38.4 |
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
1.5 |
|
Plan participants’
contributions |
|
1.8 |
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Actuarial loss
(gain) |
|
41.6 |
|
|
(3.4 |
) |
|
3.0 |
|
|
0.9 |
|
Acquisitions |
|
8.9 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Amendments |
|
0.7 |
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Settlements |
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Curtailments |
|
— |
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Benefits
paid |
|
(46.7 |
) |
|
(44.7 |
) |
|
(1.6 |
) |
|
(1.9 |
) |
Special termination benefits
and other |
|
0.2 |
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
— |
|
Foreign currency
exchange rate changes |
|
(7.9
|
)
|
|
(25.0
|
)
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
|
0.1
|
|
Benefit obligation at end of
year |
|
$ |
765.9 |
|
|
$ |
713.4 |
|
|
$ |
31.8 |
|
|
$ |
28.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement Benefits |
|
|
Pension
Benefits |
|
Change
in plan assets |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Fair value of plan
assets at beginning of year |
|
$
|
529.1 |
|
|
$
|
489.2 |
|
|
$
|
— |
|
|
$
|
— |
|
Actual return on plan
assets |
|
7.7 |
|
|
66.7 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Employer
contributions |
|
32.4 |
|
|
31.2 |
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
1.8 |
|
Plan participants’
contributions |
|
1.8 |
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Benefits
paid |
|
(46.7 |
) |
|
(44.7 |
) |
|
(1.6 |
) |
|
(1.9 |
) |
Settlements |
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Other |
|
— |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
Foreign currency exchange rate
changes |
|
(2.9 |
) |
|
(15.0 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Fair value of plan
assets at end of year |
|
$
|
520.8 |
|
|
$
|
529.1 |
|
|
$
|
— |
|
|
$
|
— |
|
Funded status |
|
$ |
(245.1 |
) |
|
$ |
(184.3 |
) |
|
$ |
(31.8 |
) |
|
$ |
(28.8 |
) |
Unrecognized net
actuarial loss |
|
299.3 |
|
|
234.9 |
|
|
9.4 |
|
|
6.7 |
|
Unrecognized prior service
(credit) cost |
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
(1.2 |
) |
|
0.1 |
|
|
(0.2 |
) |
Accumulated other
comprehensive loss |
|
(299.0
|
)
|
|
(233.7
|
)
|
|
(9.5
|
)
|
|
(6.5
|
)
|
Net amount
recognized |
|
$ |
(245.1 |
) |
|
$ |
(184.3 |
) |
|
$ |
(31.8 |
) |
|
$ |
(28.8 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts recognized in
Consolidated Balance Sheets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term
asset |
$ |
0.2 |
|
|
$ |
0.5 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
Other current
liabilities |
(6.6 |
) |
|
(5.0 |
) |
|
(1.9 |
) |
|
(1.7 |
) |
Pensions and postretirement
health care benefits (noncurrent) |
(238.7 |
) |
|
(179.8 |
) |
|
(29.9 |
) |
|
(27.1 |
) |
Net amount
recognized |
$
|
(245.1 |
)
|
|
$
|
(184.3 |
)
|
|
$
|
(31.8 |
)
|
|
$
|
(28.8 |
)
|
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
Accrued pension costs of approximately $4.1 million and
$3.2 million have been classified as current liabilities within “Accrued expenses”
in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, related to the Company’s phased retirement plan obligations in
Germany.
As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s
accumulated other comprehensive loss included a net actuarial loss of approximately $299.3
million and a net prior service credit of approximately $0.3 million related to the Company’s defined benefit pension plans. The estimated net actuarial loss and net prior service credit for defined benefit pension plans expected to be amortized from the
Company’s accumulated other comprehensive loss during the year ended December 31,
2012 are approximately $9.4
million and $0.1 million,
respectively.
As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s
accumulated other comprehensive loss included a net actuarial loss of approximately $9.4
million and a net prior service cost of approximately $0.1 million related to the Company’s U.S. and Brazilian postretirement health care benefit plans. The estimated net actuarial loss and net prior service credit for postretirement health care benefit
plans expected to be amortized from the Company’s accumulated other comprehensive loss during the year ended December 31, 2012 are approximately $0.4 million and $0.2 million,
respectively.
The weighted average assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation for the Company’s pension plans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
All plans: |
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average discount
rate |
5.1 |
% |
|
5.6 |
% |
Rate of increase in
future compensation |
2.5-4.5% |
|
|
2.5-4.5% |
|
U.S.-based
plans: |
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average
discount rate |
4.6 |
% |
|
5.4 |
% |
Rate of increase in future
compensation |
N/A |
|
|
N/A |
|
The weighted average discount rate used to determine the
benefit obligation for the Company’s postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was 4.8% and
5.6%,
respectively.
The aggregate projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for pension and other postretirement plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of
plan assets were $790.8 million , $714.9 million and
$514.1 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011 and $735.4 million,
$669.5 million and $521.9 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2010. The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan
assets for the Company’s U.S-based qualified pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were $49.7 million, $49.7 million and $33.5 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011, and $47.5 million, $47.5
million and $35.9 million,
respectively, as of December 31, 2010. The Company’s accumulated comprehensive loss as of
December 31, 2011 reflects a reduction of equity of $308.5 million, net of taxes of $82.3 million, primarily related to the Company’s U.K. pension plan where the projected benefit obligation
exceeded the plan assets. In addition, the Company’s accumulated comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2011 reflects a reduction of equity of approximately $0.8 million, net of taxes of $0.2 million, related to the
Company’s GIMA joint venture. The amount represents 50% of GIMA’s unrecognized net
actuarial losses and unrecognized prior service cost associated with its pension plan. The Company’s accumulated comprehensive loss as of
December 31, 2010 reflected a reduction of equity of $240.2 million, net of taxes of $67.3 million, primarily related to the Company’s U.K. pension plan where the projected benefit obligation
exceeded the plan assets. In addition, the Company’s accumulated comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2010 reflected a reduction of equity of approximately $0.9 million, net of taxes of $0.3 million, related to the
Company’s GIMA and Fella joint ventures. The amount represented 50% of GIMA’s
unrecognized net actuarial losses and unrecognized prior service cost associated with its pension plan and 50% of Fella’s unrecognized net actuarial losses associated with its pension plan. In March 2011, the Company acquired the remaining 50% of Laverda and Fella, which were previously operating joint ventures (Note 2). Therefore, 100% of Fella’s unrecognized net actuarial losses associated with its pension plan have been included
in the Company’s accumulated comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2011.
For the years ended December 31, 2011 and
2010, the Company used a discount rate setting methodology in the countries where its largest
benefit obligations exist to take advantage of a more globally consistent methodology. In the United States, the United Kingdom and the Euro Zone, the Company constructed a hypothetical bond portfolio of high quality
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
corporate bonds and then applied the cash flows of the Company’s benefit plans to those bond
yields to derive a discount rate. The bond portfolio and plan-specific cash flows vary by country, but the methodology in which the yield curve is constructed is consistent. In the United States, the bond portfolio is large enough to result in
taking a “settlement approach” to derive the discount rate, where high quality corporate bonds are assumed to be purchased and the resulting coupon payments and maturities are used to satisfy the Company’s largest U.S. pension
plan’s projected benefit payments. In the United Kingdom and the Euro Zone, the discount rate is derived using a “yield curve approach,” where an individual spot rate, or zero coupon bond yield, for each future annual period is
developed to discount each future benefit payment and, thereby, determine the present value of all future payments.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company based the discount rate used to determine the projected benefit obligation for its U.S. pension plans, postretirement health care benefit plans and its
Executive Nonqualified Pension Plan (“ENPP”) by matching the projected cash flows of its largest pension plan to the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve. For the U.K. plan, the Company derived the discount rate based on a yield curve
developed from the constituents of the Merrill Lynch AA- rated corporate bond index. The discount rate for the U.K. plan for the year ended December 31, 2009 was a single weighted-average rate based on the approximate future cash flows of the plan.
For countries within the Euro Zone, the Company derived an AA-rated corporate bond yield curve by selecting bonds included in the iBoxx corporate indices and creating a discount rate curve based on a series of model cash flows. Discount rates for
each plan were then determined based on each plan’s liability duration. The indices used in the United States, the United Kingdom and other countries were chosen to match the expected plan obligations and related expected cash flows at that
time.
Investment strategy and concentration of risk
The weighted average asset allocation of the
Company’s U.S. pension benefit plans as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset
Category |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Large and small cap
domestic equity securities |
|
37
|
%
|
|
28
|
%
|
International equity
securities |
|
13 |
% |
|
14 |
% |
Domestic fixed income
securities |
|
21 |
% |
|
22 |
% |
Other
investments |
|
29 |
% |
|
36 |
% |
Total |
|
100
|
%
|
|
100
|
%
|
The weighted average asset allocation of the Company’s non-U.S. pension benefit plans as of
December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset
Category |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Equity
securities |
|
40
|
%
|
|
41
|
%
|
Fixed income
securities |
|
36 |
% |
|
34 |
% |
Other
investments |
|
24
|
%
|
|
25
|
%
|
Total |
|
100 |
% |
|
100 |
% |
ASC
820, “Fair Value Measurements” (“ASC 820”), establishes a framework for measuring fair value. The framework provides a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The
hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value
hierarchy under ASC 820 are described as
follows:
Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets
that the Company has the ability to access.
Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include:
|
|
• |
quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; |
|
|
• |
quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets;
|
|
|
• |
inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; and
|
|
|
• |
inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or
other means.
|
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
If the asset or liability has a specified (contractual) term, the Level 2 input must
be observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.
The asset’s or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The
Company’s valuation techniques are designed to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The Company uses the following valuation methodologies to measure the fair value of the plan assets:
Equity Securities: Equity securities are valued on the basis of the closing price per unit on each business day as reported on the
applicable exchange.
Fixed Income: Fixed income securities are valued using the closing prices in the active market in which the fixed income
investment trades. Fixed income funds are valued using the NAV of the fund, which is based on the fair value of the underlying securities.
Cash: These investments primarily consist of short term investment funds which are valued using the net asset value.
Alternative Investments and Pooled
Funds: These investments are reported at fair value as determined by the general partner of the alternative investment or pooled fund. The “market approach” valuation technique is
used to value investments in these funds. The funds are typically open-end funds as they generally offer subscription and redemption options to investors. The frequency of such subscriptions or redemptions is dictated by each fund's governing
documents. The amount of liquidity provided to investors in a particular fund is generally consistent with the liquidity and risk associated with the underlying portfolio (i.e., the more liquid the investments in the portfolio, the greater the
liquidity provided to investors). Liquidity of individual funds varies based on various factors and may include “gates,” “holdbacks” and “side pockets” imposed by the manager of the fund, as well as redemption
fees that may also apply. Investments in these funds are typically valued utilizing the net asset valuations provided by their underlying investment managers, general partners or their administrators. The funds consider subscription and redemption
rights, including any restrictions on the disposition of the interest, in its determination of the fair value.
Insurance Contracts: Insurance contracts are valued using current prevailing interest
rates.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
The fair value of the Company’s pension assets as of December 31, 2011 is as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
Level
1 |
|
Level
2 |
|
Level
3 |
Equity
securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global
equities |
$ |
128.1 |
|
|
$ |
128.1 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
Non-U.S. equities |
4.5 |
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
U.K.
equities |
57.5 |
|
|
57.5 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
U.S. large cap
equities |
5.1 |
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
U.S. small cap
equities |
4.1 |
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Total equity
securities |
199.3
|
|
|
199.3
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Fixed income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate fixed
income |
9.5 |
|
|
9.5 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
International fixed
income |
166.1 |
|
|
166.1 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Total fixed income share(1) |
175.6
|
|
|
175.6
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Cash and equivalents: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash |
5.0
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
|
—
|
|
Total cash and
equivalents |
5.0 |
|
|
— |
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
— |
|
Alternative investments(2) |
119.8 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
119.8 |
|
Miscellaneous funds(3) |
21.1 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
21.1 |
|
Total
assets |
$
|
520.8 |
|
|
$
|
374.9 |
|
|
$
|
5.0 |
|
|
$
|
140.9 |
|
______________________________________
|
|
(1) |
75% of
"fixed income" securities are in investment-grade corporate bonds; 21% are in government
treasuries; and 4% are in other various fixed income securities. |
|
|
(2) |
23% of
"alternative investments" are in multi-strategy funds; 17% are in long-short equity funds; 15% are in event-driven funds; 15% are in relative value funds; 13% are in credit funds; and 17% are distributed in hedged and non-hedged funds. |
|
|
(3) |
“Miscellaneous funds” is comprised of pooled funds in Australia and insurance contracts
in Finland, Norway and
Switzerland. |
The following is a reconciliation of Level 3 assets as of December 31, 2011 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
Alternative Investments |
|
Miscellaneous Funds |
Beginning balance as of
December 31, 2010 |
$
|
145.1 |
|
|
$
|
126.2 |
|
|
$
|
18.9 |
|
Actual return on plan assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) Relating to assets
still held at reporting date |
(2.4 |
) |
|
(4.0 |
) |
|
1.6 |
|
(b) Relating to assets sold
during period |
(0.3 |
) |
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
— |
|
Purchases, sales and /or
settlements |
15.2 |
|
|
13.9 |
|
|
1.3 |
|
Transfers in and /or out of
Level 3 |
(15.6 |
) |
|
(15.6 |
) |
|
— |
|
Foreign currency
exchange rate changes |
(1.1
|
)
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
Ending balance as of
December 31, 2011 |
$ |
140.9 |
|
|
$ |
119.8 |
|
|
$ |
21.1 |
|
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
The fair value of the Company’s pension assets as of December 31, 2010 is as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
Level
1 |
|
Level
2 |
|
Level
3 |
Equity
securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Global
equities |
$ |
140.5 |
|
|
$ |
140.5 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
Non-U.S. equities |
5.3 |
|
|
5.3 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
U.K.
equities |
53.8 |
|
|
53.8 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
U.S. large cap
equities |
5.3 |
|
|
5.3 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
U.S. small cap
equities |
3.7 |
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Total equity
securities |
208.6
|
|
|
208.6
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Fixed income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate fixed
income |
7.5 |
|
|
7.5 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
International fixed
income |
157.0 |
|
|
157.0 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Total fixed income share(1) |
164.5
|
|
|
164.5
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Cash and equivalents: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash |
10.9
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
|
—
|
|
Total cash and
equivalents |
10.9 |
|
|
— |
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
— |
|
Alternative investments(2) |
126.2 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
126.2 |
|
Miscellaneous funds(3) |
18.9 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
18.9 |
|
Total
assets |
$
|
529.1 |
|
|
$
|
373.1 |
|
|
$
|
10.9 |
|
|
$
|
145.1 |
|
_______________________________________
|
|
(1) |
42% of
“fixed income” securities are in government treasuries; 23% are in investment-grade
corporate bonds; 10% are in foreign bonds; and 25% are in other various fixed income securities. |
|
|
(2) |
29% of
“alternative investments” are in long-short equity funds; 14% are in multi-strategy
funds; 14% are in event-driven funds; 12% are in relative value funds; 8% are in credit funds; and 23% are distributed in hedged and non-hedged funds. |
|
|
(3) |
“Miscellaneous funds” is comprised of pooled funds in Australia and various contracts in
Finland, Norway and
Switzerland. |
The following is a reconciliation of Level 3 assets as of December 31, 2010 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
Alternative Investments |
|
Miscellaneous Funds |
Beginning balance as of
December 31, 2009 |
$
|
144.3 |
|
|
$
|
127.6 |
|
|
$
|
16.7 |
|
Actual return on plan assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) Relating to assets
still held at reporting date |
8.5 |
|
|
7.7 |
|
|
0.8 |
|
(b) Relating to assets sold
during period |
0.4 |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
— |
|
Purchases, sales and /or
settlements |
(1.5 |
) |
|
(3.1 |
) |
|
1.6 |
|
Transfers in and /or out of
Level 3 |
(2.0 |
) |
|
(2.0 |
) |
|
— |
|
Foreign currency
exchange rate changes |
(4.6
|
)
|
|
(4.4
|
)
|
|
(0.2
|
)
|
Ending balance as of
December 31, 2010 |
$ |
145.1 |
|
|
$ |
126.2 |
|
|
$ |
18.9 |
|
All tax-qualified pension fund investments in the
United States are held in the AGCO Corporation Master Pension Trust. The Company’s global pension fund strategy is to diversify investments across broad categories of equity and fixed income securities with appropriate use of alternative
investment categories to minimize risk and volatility. The primary investment objective of the Company’s pension plans is to secure participant retirement benefits. As such, the key objective in the pension plans’ financial management is
to promote stability and, to the extent appropriate, growth in funded
status.
The investment strategy for the plans’ portfolio of assets balances the requirement to generate returns with the need to control risk. The asset mix is recognized as the primary mechanism to
influence the reward and risk structure of the pension fund investments in an effort to accomplish the plans’ funding objectives. The overall investment strategy for the U.S.-based pension plans is to achieve a mix of approximately 20% of assets for the near-term benefit payments and 80% for longer-term growth. The overall U.S. pension funds invest in a broad diversification of asset
types. The Company’s U.S. target allocation of
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
retirement fund investments is 40% large- and small-cap domestic equity securities, 15% international equity securities, 20% broad fixed income securities and 25% in alternative investments. The Company has noted that over very long periods, this mix of investments
would achieve an average return in excess of 7.85%. In arriving at the choice of an expected return
assumption of 7.75% as of December 31, 2011 for its U.S.-based plans, the Company has tempered
this historical indicator with lower expectations for returns and equity investment in the future as well as the administrative costs of the plans. The overall investment strategy for the non-U.S. based pension plans is to achieve a mix of
approximately 32% of assets for the near-term benefit payments and 68% for longer-term growth. The overall non-U.S. pension funds invest in a broad diversification of
asset types. The Company’s non-U.S. target allocation of retirement fund investments is
40% equity securities, 30% broad fixed income investments and 30% in alternative investments. The majority of the Company’s non-U.S. pension fund investments
are related to the Company’s pension plan in the United Kingdom. The Company has noted that over very long periods, this mix of investments would achieve an average return in excess of 7.5%. In arriving at the choice of an expected return assumption of 7% for its U.K.-based plans, the Company has tempered this historical indicator with lower expectations for
returns and equity investment in the future as well as the administrative costs of the
plans.
Equity securities primarily include investments in large-cap and small-cap companies located across the globe. Fixed income securities include corporate bonds of companies from diversified industries,
mortgage-backed securities, agency mortgages, asset-backed securities and government securities. Alternative and other assets include investments in hedge fund of funds that follow diversified investment strategies. To date, the Company has not
invested pension funds in its own stock, and has no intention of doing so in the
future.
Within each asset class, careful consideration is given to balancing the portfolio among industry sectors, geographies, interest rate sensitivity, dependence on economic growth, currency and other factors
affecting investment returns. The assets are managed by professional investment firms, who are bound by precise mandates and are measured against specific benchmarks. Among asset managers, consideration is given, among others, to balancing security
concentration, issuer concentration, investment style and reliance on particular active investment
strategies.
For measuring the expected U.S. postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2011, the Company assumed an 8.0% health care cost trend
rate for 2012, decreasing to 5.0% by 2018. For measuring the expected U.S. postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2010, the Company assumed an 8.5% health care cost trend rate for 2010, decreasing to 5.0% by 2018. For measuring the Brazilian postretirement benefit plan obligation at December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company assumed a 10.0% health care cost trend rate for 2011 and 2010, respectively, decreasing to 5.5% by 2021 and 2020, respectively. Changing the assumed health care cost trend rates by one percentage
point each year and holding all other assumptions constant would have the following effect to service and interest cost for 2011 and the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at December 31, 2011 (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One Percentage Point Increase |
|
One Percentage Point Decrease |
Effect on service and
interest cost |
|
$0.2 |
|
|
|
($0.2 |
)
|
Effect on accumulated benefit
obligation |
|
$3.4 |
|
|
|
($2.9 |
) |
The Company currently estimates its minimum
contributions to its U.S.-based defined pension plans for 2012 will aggregate approximately
$4.3 million. The Company currently estimates its benefit payments for 2012 to its U.S.-based postretirement health care and life insurance benefit plans will aggregate
approximately $1.8 million and its benefits for 2012 to its Brazilian postretirement health care
benefit plans will aggregate approximately $0.1 million. The Company currently estimates its minimum
contributions for underfunded plans and benefit payments for unfunded plans for 2012 to its
non-U.S.- based defined pension plans will aggregate approximately $31.3 million, of which approximately $20.7 million relates to its U.K. pension
plan.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
During 2011, approximately
$47.3 million of benefit payments were made related to the Company’s pension plans. At
December 31, 2011, the aggregate expected benefit payments for all of the Company’s
pension plans are as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
2012 |
$ |
47.1 |
|
2013 |
45.9 |
|
2014 |
49.0 |
|
2015 |
50.2 |
|
2016 |
46.5 |
|
2017 through
2021 |
248.6 |
|
|
$ |
487.3
|
|
During 2011, approximately $1.6 million of benefit payments were made related to the Company’s U.S. and Brazilian
postretirement benefit plans. At December 31, 2011, the aggregate expected benefit payments for
the Company’s U.S. and Brazilian postretirement benefit plans are as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
2012 |
$ |
1.9 |
|
2013 |
2.1 |
|
2014 |
2.1 |
|
2015 |
2.1 |
|
2016 |
2.2 |
|
2017 through
2021 |
11.5 |
|
|
$ |
21.9 |
|
The Company
participates in a small number of multiemployer plans in the Netherlands and Sweden. The Company has assessed and determined that none of the multiemployer plans which it participates in are individually, or in the aggregate, significant to the
Company's financial statements. The Company does not expect to incur a withdrawal liability or expect to significantly increase its contributions over the remainder of the multiemployer plans' contract
periods.
The ENPP provides a group of senior Company executives with retirement income for a period of 15 years based on a percentage of their average final salary and bonus, reduced by the executive’s social security benefits and 401(k) employer matching contributions account, as if the executive
had made the maximum contribution. The benefit paid to the executives ranges from 2.25% to
3.00% of the highest three non-consecutive years of their respective base salaries plus bonus in
the final ten years of employment prior to their termination (“final earnings”) multiplied by credited years of service, with a maximum benefit of
60% of the final earnings, depending on the level of the executive. For nearly all participants,
benefits under the ENPP vest if the participant has attained age 50 with at least ten years of service (five years of which include years of participation in the ENPP), but are not payable until the participant
reaches age 65 or upon termination of services because of death or disability, adjusted to
reflect payment prior to
age
65.
Net annual ENPP cost and the measurement assumptions for
the plans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and
2009 are set forth below (in millions, except
percentages):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Service
cost |
$
|
1.8 |
|
|
$
|
1.4 |
|
|
$
|
1.2 |
|
Interest cost |
1.0 |
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
0.8 |
|
Amortization of prior
service cost |
0.6 |
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
0.5 |
|
Recognized actuarial loss
(gain) |
0.1 |
|
|
— |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
Net annual ENPP
costs |
$
|
3.5 |
|
|
$
|
2.8 |
|
|
$
|
2.4 |
|
Discount rate |
5.4 |
% |
|
5.5 |
% |
|
6.25 |
% |
Rate of increase in
future compensation |
5.0 |
% |
|
5.0 |
% |
|
5.0 |
% |
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
The following tables set forth reconciliations of the changes in benefit obligation
and funded status as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
in benefit obligation |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
Benefit obligation at
beginning of year |
|
$
|
20.5 |
|
|
$
|
16.5 |
|
Service cost |
|
1.8 |
|
|
1.4 |
|
Interest
cost |
|
1.0 |
|
|
0.9 |
|
Actuarial
loss |
|
4.0 |
|
|
2.3 |
|
Amendments |
|
4.5 |
|
|
0.2 |
|
Benefits paid |
|
(0.8 |
) |
|
(0.8 |
) |
Benefit obligation at
end of year |
|
$
|
31.0 |
|
|
$
|
20.5 |
|
Funded status |
|
$ |
(31.0 |
) |
|
$ |
(20.5 |
) |
Unrecognized net
actuarial loss |
|
6.9 |
|
|
3.0 |
|
Unrecognized prior service
cost |
|
6.5 |
|
|
2.6 |
|
Accumulated other
comprehensive loss |
|
(13.4
|
)
|
|
(5.6
|
)
|
Net amount
recognized |
|
$ |
(31.0 |
) |
|
$ |
(20.5 |
) |
Amounts recognized in
Consolidated Balance Sheets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other current
liabilities |
|
$ |
(1.0 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.9 |
) |
Pensions and
postretirement health care benefits (noncurrent) |
|
(30.0
|
)
|
|
(19.6
|
)
|
Net amount
recognized |
|
$ |
(31.0 |
) |
|
$ |
(20.5 |
) |
The
weighted average discount rate used to determine the benefit obligation for the ENPP for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was 4.6% and
5.4%,
respectively.
At December 31, 2011, the Company’s
accumulated other comprehensive loss included a net actuarial loss of approximately $6.9
million and a net prior service cost of approximately $6.5 million related to the ENPP. The estimated net actuarial loss and net prior service cost related to the ENPP expected to be amortized from the Company’s accumulated other comprehensive loss during the
year ended December 31, 2012 are approximately $0.3 million and
$0.9 million,
respectively.
At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded a reduction to equity of $13.4 million and
$5.6 million, respectively, related to the unfunded projected benefit obligation of the ENPP. As the
Company was not benefiting from losses for tax purposes in the United States, there was no tax impact to these charges.
During 2011, approximately
$0.8 million of benefit payments were made related to the ENPP. At December 31, 2011, the aggregate expected benefit payments for the ENPP are as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
2012 |
$ |
1.0 |
|
2013 |
1.3 |
|
2014 |
1.3 |
|
2015 |
0.9 |
|
2016 |
1.1 |
|
2017 through
2021 |
13.6 |
|
|
$ |
19.2 |
|
The Company maintains separate defined contribution plans covering certain employees primarily in the United States, the United Kingdom and Brazil. Under the plans, the Company contributes a specified
percentage of each eligible employee’s compensation. The Company contributed approximately $9.6 million, $9.0 million and $9.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009, respectively. The Company participates in a small number of multiemployer plans in the Netherlands and
Sweden. The Company has assessed and determined that none of the multiemployer plans which it participates in are individually or in aggregate significant to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company does not expect to incur
a withdrawal liability or expect to significantly increase its contributions over the remainder of the contract
period.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
9. Common Stock
At December 31, 2011, the Company had 150.0 million authorized shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share, with approximately 97.2 million shares of common stock outstanding and approximately 5.4 million shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the
“2006 Plan”)
(Note
10).
The Company has a stockholder rights plan, which was adopted in April 1994 following stockholder approval. The plan provides that each share of common stock outstanding will have attached to it the right
to purchase a one-hundredth of a share of Junior Cumulative Preferred Stock, with a par value
$0.01 per share. The purchase price per each one-hundredth of a share is $110.00, subject to adjustment. The rights will be exercisable only if a person or group (“acquirer”)
acquires 20% or more of the Company’s common stock or announces a tender offer or exchange
offer that would result in the acquisition of 20% or more of the Company’s common stock
or, in some circumstances, if additional conditions are met. Once they are exercisable, the plan allows stockholders, other than the acquirer, to purchase the Company’s common stock or securities of the acquirer with a then current market
value of two times the exercise price of the right. The rights are redeemable for $0.01 per
right, subject to adjustment, at the option of the Company’s Board of Directors. The rights will expire on April 26, 2014, unless they are extended, redeemed or exchanged by the Company before that
date.
10. Stock Incentive
Plans
Under the 2006 Plan, up to 10.0 million shares of
AGCO common stock may be issued. The 2006 Plan allows the Company, under the direction of the Board of Directors’ Compensation Committee, to make grants of performance shares, stock appreciation rights, stock options and restricted stock
awards to employees, officers and non-employee directors of the
Company.
Employee
Plans
The 2006 Plan encompasses stock incentive plans to Company executives and key managers. The primary long-term incentive plan is a performance share plan that provides for awards of shares of the
Company’s common stock based on achieving financial targets, such as targets for earnings per share and return on invested capital, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company’s other incentive plan includes the
margin growth incentive plan, which provides for awards of shares of the Company’s common stock based on achieving operating margin targets as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. The stock awards under the 2006 Plan are
earned over a performance period, and the number of shares earned is determined based on the cumulative or average results for the period, depending on the measurement. Performance periods for the long-term incentive plan are consecutive and
overlapping three-year cycles and performance targets are set at the beginning of each cycle. The long-term incentive plan provides for participants to earn
33% to
200% of the target awards depending on the actual performance achieved, with no shares earned if
performance is below the established minimum target. The performance period for the margin growth incentive plan is a three- to five-year cycle commencing in January 2011 and performance targets are set at the beginning of the cycle. The margin
incentive plan provides for participants to earn 33% to 300% of the target awards depending on the actual performance achieved, with no shares earned if performance
is below the established minimum target. Awards earned under the 2006 Plan are paid in shares of common stock at the end of each performance period. The compensation expense associated with these awards is amortized ratably over the vesting or
performance period based on the Company’s projected assessment of the level of performance that will be achieved and earned.
On April 21, 2011, the Company’s shareholders
approved the amendment and restatement of the 2006 Plan, including an increase in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2006 Plan by 5.0
million shares, for a total of 10.0 million shares available for
grant.
Compensation expense recorded during 2011, 2010 and
2009 with respect to awards granted was based upon the stock price as of the grant date. The
weighted average grant-date fair value of performance awards granted under the 2006 Plan during
2011,
2010 and 2009 was
$52.73,
$33.62 and $21.55, respectively. Based on the level of performance achieved as of December 31, 2011, no shares were earned or issued under the 2009-2011 performance period. Based on the level of performance achieved as of December 31, 2010, 77,685 shares were earned under the 2008-2010 performance period and 51,590 shares were
issued in 2011, net of 26,095 shares that were withheld for taxes related to the earned awards.
The 2006 Plan allows for the participant to have the option of forfeiting a portion of the shares awarded in lieu of a cash payment contributed to the participant’s tax withholding to satisfy the participant’s statutory minimum federal,
state and employment taxes which would be payable at the time of
grant.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
During 2011, the Company granted 672,492 awards for the three-year performance period commencing in 2011 and ending in
2013 assuming the maximum target level of performance is achieved. The Company also granted
818,361 awards under the margin growth incentive plan for a performance period commencing in
2011 and ending in 2016, assuming the maximum target level of performance is achieved for operating margin improvement. Performance
award transactions during 2011 were as follows and are presented as if the Company were to
achieve its maximum levels of performance under the plan:
|
|
|
|
Shares awarded but not
earned at January 1 |
1,916,254 |
|
Shares awarded |
1,490,853 |
|
Shares forfeited or
unearned |
(1,199,126 |
) |
Shares earned |
— |
|
Shares awarded but not
earned at December 31 |
2,207,981 |
|
As of December 31, 2011, the total compensation
cost related to unearned performance awards not yet recognized, assuming the Company’s current projected assessment of the level of performance that will be achieved and earned, was approximately $43.8 million, and the weighted average period over which it is expected to be recognized is approximately
three years.
On December 6, 2007, the Board of Directors of
the Company approved two retention-based restricted stock awards of $2,000,000 each to the
Company’s Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. The first award was granted on December 6, 2007 and totaled 28,839 shares that vest over a five-year period at the rate of 25% at the end of the third year, 25% at the end of
the fourth year, and 50% at the end of the fifth year. The second award was granted on
December 5, 2008 and totaled 99,010 shares that vest over a four-year period at the rate
of 25% at the end of the second year, 25% at the end of the third year, and 50% at the end of the fourth year. Vesting is subject to his continued employment by the Company on the date
of vesting, except under certain circumstances such as a change in control. The Company recognizes stock compensation expense ratably over the vesting period for each
grant.
In addition to the performance share plans, certain executives and key managers are eligible to receive grants of stock-settled appreciation rights (“SSARs”) or incentive stock options
depending on the participant’s country of employment. The SSARs provide a participant with the right to receive the aggregate appreciation in stock price over the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant, payable
in shares of the Company’s common stock. The participant may exercise his or her SSAR at any time after the grant is vested but no later than seven years after the date of grant. The SSARs vest ratably over a four-year period from the date of
grant. SSAR award grants made to certain executives and key managers under the 2006 Plan are made with the base price equal to the price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The Company recorded stock compensation expense of
approximately $2.6 million, $2.5 million and
$2.3 million associated with SSAR award grants during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The compensation expense
associated with these awards is being amortized ratably over the vesting period. The Company estimated the fair value of the grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Company utilized the “simplified” method for estimating
the expected term of granted SSARs during the year ended December 31, 2011 as afforded by
SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 107, “Share-Based Payment (SAB Topic 14),” and SAB No. 110, “Share-Based Payment (SAB Topic 14.D.2).” The expected term used to value a grant
under the simplified method is the mid-point between the vesting date and the contractual term of the SSAR. As the Company has only been granting SSARs since April 2006, it does not believe it has sufficient relevant experience regarding employee
exercise behavior.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
The weighted average grant-date fair value of SSARs granted under the 2006 Plan and
the weighted average assumptions under the Black-Scholes option model were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years
Ended December 31, |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Weighted average
grant-date fair value |
$
|
22.26 |
|
|
$
|
14.49 |
|
|
$
|
7.46 |
|
Weighted average assumptions under Black-Scholes
option model: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected life of awards
(years) |
5.5 |
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
5.5 |
|
Risk-free interest
rate |
1.9 |
% |
|
2.4 |
% |
|
1.6 |
% |
Expected
volatility |
49.7 |
% |
|
48.5 |
% |
|
45.3 |
% |
Expected dividend
yield |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
SSAR transactions during the year ended December 31, 2011 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
SSARs outstanding at
January 1 |
798,197 |
|
SSARs granted |
164,425 |
|
SSARs
exercised |
(130,062 |
) |
SSARs canceled or forfeited |
(500 |
) |
SSARs outstanding at
December 31 |
832,060 |
|
SSAR price ranges per share: |
|
|
Granted |
$
43.39-52.29 |
|
Exercised |
21.45-37.38 |
|
Canceled or
forfeited |
56.98 |
|
Weighted average SSAR exercise prices per
share: |
|
|
Granted |
$ |
51.53 |
|
Exercised |
27.78 |
|
Canceled or
forfeited |
56.98 |
|
Outstanding at December 31 |
36.78 |
|
At December 31, 2011, the weighted average remaining contractual life of SSARs outstanding was approximately
four years. As of December 31, 2011, the total compensation cost related to unvested SSARs not yet recognized was
approximately $5.0 million and the weighted-average period over which it is expected to be
recognized is approximately
three years.
The following table sets forth the exercise price range,
number of shares, weighted average exercise price, and remaining contractual lives by groups of similar
price:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SSARs Outstanding
|
|
SSARs Exercisable
|
Range
of Exercise Prices |
|
Number of Shares |
|
Weighted
Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years) |
|
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
|
Exercisable as of December 31, 2011 |
|
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
$21.45 – $23.80 |
|
258,157
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
$
|
21.68 |
|
|
129,188
|
|
|
$
|
22.01 |
|
$29.23 – $37.38 |
|
307,891 |
|
|
3.9 |
|
$ |
35.00 |
|
|
168,016 |
|
|
$ |
36.37 |
|
$43.39 –
$56.98 |
|
266,012
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
$ |
53.51 |
|
|
76,612
|
|
|
$ |
56.79 |
|
|
|
832,060 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
373,816 |
|
|
$ |
35.59 |
|
The total fair value of SSARs vested during 2011 was approximately $2.2 million. There were 458,244 SSARs that were not vested as of December 31, 2011. The total intrinsic value of outstanding and exercisable SSARs as of December 31, 2011 was $8.0 million and
$3.8 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of SSARs exercised during 2011 was approximately $3.5 million. The Company realized an insignificant tax benefit from the exercise of these
SSARs.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
On January 25, 2012, the Company granted 496,400 performance award shares (subject to the Company achieving future target levels of performance) and
295,400 SSARs under the 2006
Plan.
Director Restricted Stock Grants
Pursuant to the 2006 Plan, all non-employee directors
receive annual restricted stock grants of the Company’s common stock. The shares are restricted as to transferability for a period of three years, but are not subject to forfeiture. In the event a director departs from the Company’s Board of Directors, the non-transferability period expires immediately. The plan allows each director
to have the option of forfeiting a portion of the shares awarded in lieu of a cash payment contributed to the participant’s tax withholding to satisfy the statutory minimum federal, state and employment taxes that would be payable at the time
of grant. The 2011 grant was made on April 21, 2011 and equated to 16,560 shares of common stock, of which 12,034 shares of common stock were issued, after shares were withheld for taxes. The Company recorded stock
compensation expense of approximately $0.9 million during 2011 associated with these
grants.
As of
December 31, 2011, of the 10.0 million shares reserved for issuance under the 2006 Plan, approximately 5.4 million shares were available for grant, assuming the maximum number of shares are earned related to the
performance award grants discussed
above.
Stock Option
Plan
There have been no grants under the Company’s Option Plan since 2002, and the Company does not intend to make any grants under the Option Plan in the future. All of the Company’s outstanding
stock options are fully vested. Stock option transactions during 2011 were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding and
exercisable at January 1 |
19,275 |
|
Options granted |
— |
|
Options
exercised |
(17,275 |
) |
Options canceled or forfeited |
— |
|
Options outstanding and
exercisable at December 31 |
2,000 |
|
Option price ranges per share: |
|
|
Granted |
$ |
— |
|
Exercised |
15.12-20.85 |
|
Canceled or
forfeited |
— |
|
Weighted average option exercise prices per
share: |
|
|
Granted |
$ |
— |
|
Exercised |
15.78 |
|
Canceled or
forfeited |
— |
|
Outstanding at December 31 |
20.85 |
|
At December 31, 2011, there were 2,000 outstanding and exercisable stock options with an exercise price of $20.85, a remaining contractual life of less than one year, and an intrinsic value of less than $0.1 million.
The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the
years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and
2009 was approximately $0.5 million, $0.9
million and $0.0 million, respectively.
Cash proceeds received from stock option exercises during 2011, 2010 and
2009 was approximately $0.3 million, $0.5
million and $0.0 million, respectively.
The Company realized an insignificant tax benefit from the exercise of these options.
11. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
All derivatives are recognized on the Company’s
Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. On the date the derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as either (1) a fair value hedge of a recognized liability, (2) a cash flow hedge of a forecasted
transaction, (3) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation, or (4) a non-designated derivative instrument.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and
hedged items, as well as the risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Company formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in
hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flow of hedged items. When it is determined that a derivative is no longer highly effective as a hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued on a prospective
basis.
Foreign Currency
Risk
The Company has significant manufacturing operations in the United States, France, Germany, Finland and Brazil, and it purchases a portion of its tractors, combines and components from third-party foreign
suppliers, primarily in various European countries and in Japan. The Company also sells products in over 140 countries throughout the world. The Company’s most significant transactional foreign currency exposures are the Euro, Brazilian real and the Canadian dollar in relation to the United States
dollar, and the Euro in relation to the British
pound.
The Company attempts to manage its transactional foreign exchange exposure by hedging foreign currency cash flow forecasts and commitments arising from the anticipated settlement of receivables and
payables and from future purchases and sales. Where naturally offsetting currency positions do not occur, the Company hedges certain, but not all, of its exposures through the use of foreign currency contracts. The Company’s translation
exposure resulting from translating the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries into United States dollars is not hedged. When practical, the translation impact is reduced by financing local operations with local
borrowings.
The foreign currency contracts are primarily forward and options contracts. These contracts’ fair value measurements fall within the Level 2 fair value hierarchy under ASU 2010-06, “Fair
Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements.” Level 2 fair value measurements are generally based upon quoted market prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices
for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs or significant value-drivers are observable in active markets. The fair value of foreign currency forward contracts is
based on a valuation model that discounts cash flows resulting from the differential between the contract price and the market-based forward rate. The fair value of foreign currency option contracts is based on a valuation model that utilizes spot
and forward exchange rates, interest rates and currency pair
volatility.
The Company’s senior management establishes the Company’s foreign currency and interest rate risk management policies. These policies are reviewed periodically by the Audit Committee of the
Company’s Board of Directors. The policies allow for the use of derivative instruments to hedge exposures to movements in foreign currency and interest rates. The Company’s policies prohibit the use of derivative instruments for
speculative
purposes.
Cash Flow
Hedges
During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company designated certain foreign currency contracts as cash flow hedges of expected future sales and
purchases. The effective portion of the fair value gains or losses on these cash flow hedges were recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently reclassified into cost of goods sold during the period the sales and purchases are
recognized. These amounts offset the effect of the changes in foreign currency rates on the related sale and purchase transactions. The amount of the gain (loss) recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) that was reclassified to cost of goods
sold during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and
2009 was approximately $5.2 million, $(3.1)
million and $(14.5) million,
respectively, on an after-tax basis. The amount of the (loss) gain recorded to other comprehensive income (loss) related to the outstanding cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009 was approximately $(4.3) million, $1.2
million and $(1.3) million,
respectively, on an after-tax basis. The outstanding contracts as of December 31,
2011 range in maturity through December 2012.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
The following table summarizes the activity in accumulated other comprehensive income
(loss) related to the derivatives held by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009 (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Before-Tax Amount |
|
Income Tax (1) |
|
After-Tax Amount (1) |
Accumulated derivative
net losses as of December 31, 2008 |
|
$
|
(54.1 |
)
|
|
$
|
(17.4 |
)
|
|
$
|
(36.7 |
)
|
Net changes in fair value of
derivatives |
|
34.6 |
|
|
13.7 |
|
|
20.9 |
|
Net losses reclassified
from accumulated other comprehensive loss into income |
|
18.1
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
|
14.5
|
|
Accumulated derivative net losses as of
December 31, 2009 |
|
(1.4 |
) |
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
(1.3 |
) |
Net changes in fair
value of derivatives |
|
— |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
Net losses reclassified from accumulated other
comprehensive loss into income |
|
3.1 |
|
|
— |
|
|
3.1 |
|
Accumulated derivative
net gains as of December 31, 2010 |
|
1.7 |
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
1.2 |
|
Net changes in fair value of
derivatives |
|
(1.5 |
) |
|
(1.3 |
) |
|
(0.2 |
) |
Net gains reclassified
from accumulated other comprehensive loss into income |
|
(5.6 |
) |
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
(5.2 |
) |
Accumulated derivative net losses as of
December 31, 2011 |
|
$
|
(5.4 |
)
|
|
$
|
(1.1 |
)
|
|
$
|
(4.3 |
)
|
____________________________________
|
|
(1) |
Rounding may impact summation of
amounts. |
As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had outstanding foreign currency contracts with a notional amount of approximately $275.9 million and
$111.1 million, respectively, that were entered into to hedge forecasted sale and purchase
transactions.
Derivative Transactions Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company entered into foreign currency
contracts to hedge receivables and payables on the Company and its subsidiaries’ balance sheets that are denominated in foreign currencies other than the functional currency. These contracts were classified as non-designated derivative
instruments.
As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had outstanding foreign currency contracts with a notional amount of approximately $956.8 million and
$1,002.3 million, respectively, that were entered into to hedge receivables and payables that are
denominated in foreign currencies other than the functional currency. Changes in the fair value of these contracts are reported in “Other expense, net.” For the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009, the Company recorded a net loss of approximately $13.6 million and a net gain of approximately $37.3 million and
$51.0 million, respectively, under the caption of “Other expense, net” related to these
contracts. Gains and losses on such contracts are substantially offset by losses and gains on the remeasurement of the underlying asset or liability being
hedged.
The table below sets forth the fair value of derivative instruments as of December 31, 2011 (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Derivatives As of December 31, 2011 |
|
|
Liability Derivatives As of December 31, 2011 |
|
Balance
Sheet Location |
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Balance
Sheet Location |
|
Fair Value |
Derivative instruments
designated as hedging instruments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency
contracts |
Other current assets |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
|
Other current liabilities |
|
$ |
4.3 |
|
Derivative instruments
not designated as hedging instruments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency
contracts |
Other current assets |
|
7.3 |
|
|
|
Other current liabilities |
|
7.9 |
|
Total derivative
instruments |
|
|
$
|
7.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
12.2 |
|
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
The table below sets forth the fair value of derivative instruments as of December 31, 2010 (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Derivatives As of December 31, 2010 |
|
|
Liability Derivatives As of December 31, 2010 |
|
Balance
Sheet Location |
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Balance
Sheet Location |
|
Fair Value |
Derivative instruments
designated as hedging instruments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency
contracts |
Other current assets |
|
$ |
2.3 |
|
|
|
Other current liabilities |
|
$ |
— |
|
Derivative instruments
not designated as hedging instruments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency
contracts |
Other current assets |
|
12.0 |
|
|
|
Other current liabilities |
|
8.7 |
|
Total derivative
instruments |
|
|
$
|
14.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
8.7 |
|
Counterparty
Risk
The Company regularly monitors the counterparty risk and credit ratings of all the counterparties to the derivative instruments. The Company believes that its exposures are appropriately diversified across
counterparties and that these counterparties are creditworthy financial institutions. If the Company perceives any risk with a counterparty, then the Company would cease to do business with that counterparty. There have been no negative impacts to
the Company from any non-performance of any
counterparties.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
12. Commitments and
Contingencies
The future payments required under the Company’s significant commitments as of December 31,
2011 are as follows (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments
Due By Period |
|
2012 |
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
Thereafter |
|
Total |
Interest payments related to indebtedness(1) |
$
|
43.8 |
|
|
$
|
43.4 |
|
|
$
|
40.5 |
|
|
$
|
40.0 |
|
|
$
|
32.4 |
|
|
$
|
83.7 |
|
|
$
|
283.8 |
|
Capital lease
obligations |
2.0 |
|
|
1.6 |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
4.9 |
|
Operating lease
obligations |
48.0 |
|
|
34.9 |
|
|
20.5 |
|
|
15.0 |
|
|
13.1 |
|
|
51.0 |
|
|
182.5 |
|
Unconditional purchase obligations(2) |
67.9 |
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
— |
|
|
75.8 |
|
Other short-term and long-term obligations(3) |
64.6
|
|
|
31.9
|
|
|
28.2
|
|
|
34.6
|
|
|
32.9
|
|
|
84.9
|
|
|
277.1
|
|
Total contractual cash
obligations |
$ |
226.3 |
|
|
$ |
115.3 |
|
|
$ |
92.1 |
|
|
$ |
91.2 |
|
|
$ |
79.5 |
|
|
$ |
219.7 |
|
|
$ |
824.1 |
|
____________________________________
|
|
(1) |
Estimated interest payments are calculated assuming current interest rates over minimum maturity
periods specified in debt agreements. Debt may be repaid sooner or later than such minimum maturity periods (unaudited). |
|
|
(2) |
Unconditional purchase obligations exclude routine purchase orders entered into in the normal course
of business. |
|
|
(3) |
Other short-term and long-term obligations include estimates of future minimum contribution requirements under the
Company’s U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension and postretirement plans. These estimates are based on current legislation in the countries the Company operates within and are subject to change. Other short-term and long-term obligations
also include income tax liabilities related to uncertain income tax positions connected with ongoing income tax audits in various jurisdictions (unaudited).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
of Commitment Expiration Per Period |
|
2012 |
|
2013 |
|
2014 |
|
2015 |
|
2016 |
|
Thereafter |
|
Total |
Guarantees |
|
$128.7 |
|
|
|
$2.8 |
|
|
|
$1.9 |
|
|
|
$1.0 |
|
|
|
$0.2 |
|
|
|
$— |
|
|
|
$134.6 |
|
Off-Balance Sheet
Arrangements
Guarantees
The Company maintains a remarketing agreement with its U.S. retail finance joint venture, whereby the Company is obligated to repurchase repossessed inventory at market values. The Company has
an agreement with its U.S. retail finance joint venture which limits the Company’s purchase obligations under this arrangement to $6.0 million in the aggregate per calendar year. The Company believes that any losses that might be incurred on the resale of this equipment will not materially impact the Company’s financial position or
results of operations, due to the fair value of the underlying
equipment.
At December 31, 2011, the Company guaranteed
indebtedness owed to third parties of approximately $134.6 million, primarily related to dealer and
end-user financing of equipment. Such guarantees generally obligate the Company to repay outstanding finance obligations owed to financial institutions if dealers or end users default on such loans through 2016. The Company believes the credit risk associated with these guarantees is not material to its financial
position or results of operations. Losses under such guarantees have historically been insignificant. In addition, the Company generally would expect to be able to recover a significant portion of the amounts paid under such guarantees from the sale
of the underlying financed farm equipment, as the fair value of such equipment is expected to be sufficient to offset a substantial portion of the amounts
paid.
Other
At December 31, 2011, the Company had
outstanding designated and non-designated foreign exchange contracts with a gross notional amount of approximately $1,232.7 million. The outstanding contracts as of December 31,
2011 range in maturity through December 2012 (Note
11).
The Company sells substantially all of its wholesale accounts receivable in North America to the Company’s U.S. and Canadian retail finance joint ventures and a large portion of its wholesale
accounts receivable to its retail finance joint ventures in Europe. The Company also sells certain accounts receivable under factoring arrangements to financial institutions around the
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
world. The Company reviewed the sale of such receivables and determined that these facilities should be
accounted for as off-balance sheet
transactions.
Total lease expense under noncancelable operating leases was $57.2 million, $50.2 million and $48.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009, respectively.
Contingencies
As a result of Brazilian tax legislative changes
impacting value added taxes (“VAT”), the Company recorded a reserve of approximately $37.4 million and $22.3 million against its outstanding
balance of Brazilian VAT taxes receivable as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, due to the uncertainty as to the Company’s ability to collect the amounts
outstanding.
On June 27, 2008, the Republic of Iraq filed a civil action in a federal court in New York, Case No. 08 CIV 59617, naming as defendants the Company’s French subsidiary and two of its
other foreign subsidiaries that participated in the United Nations Oil for Food Program (the “Program”). Ninety-one other entities or companies also were named as defendants in the civil action due to their participation in the Program.
The complaint purports to assert claims against each of the defendants seeking damages in an unspecified amount. Although the Company’s subsidiaries intend to vigorously defend against this action, it is not possible at this time to predict
the outcome of this action or its impact, if any, on the Company, although if the outcome was adverse, the Company could be required to pay damages. In addition, the French government also is investigating the Company’s French subsidiary in
connection with its participation in the
Program.
In August 2008, as part of a routine audit, the Brazilian taxing authorities disallowed deductions relating to the amortization of certain goodwill recognized in connection with a reorganization of the
Company’s Brazilian operations and the related transfer of certain assets to the Company’s Brazilian subsidiaries. The amount of the tax disallowance through December 31, 2011, not including interest and penalties, was approximately 90.6 million Brazilian reais (or approximately $48.6 million). The amount ultimately in dispute will be greater because of interest and penalties. The Company
has been advised by its legal and tax advisors that its position with respect to the deductions is allowable under the tax laws of Brazil. The Company is contesting the disallowance and believes that it is not likely that the assessment, interest or
penalties will be required to be paid. However, the ultimate outcome will not be determined until the Brazilian tax appeal process is complete, which could take several
years.
The Company is a party to various other legal claims and actions incidental to its business. The Company believes that none of these claims or actions, either individually or in the aggregate, is material
to its business or financial statements as a whole, including its results of operations and financial condition.
13.
Related Party Transactions
Rabobank, a financial institution based in the Netherlands, is a 51% owner in the Company’s retail finance joint ventures, which are located in the United States, Canada, Germany, France, the United Kingdom, Austria, Ireland, the Netherlands, Denmark, Italy,
Sweden, Brazil, Argentina and Australia. Rabobank is also the principal agent and participant in the Company’s revolving credit facility (Note 7). The majority of the assets of the Company’s retail finance joint ventures represents
finance receivables. The majority of the liabilities represents notes payable and accrued interest. Under the various joint venture agreements, Rabobank or its affiliates provide financing to the joint venture companies, primarily through lines of
credit. During 2011 and 2010, the Company made a total of approximately $8.3 million and $25.4 million, respectively, of investments in its retail finance joint ventures in Germany, the Netherlands and
Brazil, primarily related to additional capital required as a result of increased retail finance portfolios during 2011 and 2010.
The Company’s retail finance joint ventures provide
retail financing and wholesale financing to its dealers. The terms of the financing arrangements offered to the Company’s dealers are similar to arrangements the retail finance joint ventures provide to unaffiliated third parties. In addition,
the Company transfers, on an ongoing basis, substantially all of its wholesale interest-bearing and non-interest bearing accounts receivable in North America to its retail finance joint ventures in the United States and Canada. The Company also
transfers on an ongoing basis, a majority of its wholesale receivables in Germany, France, Austria, Norway and Sweden to the relevant retail finance joint ventures in those countries (Note 4). The Company maintains a remarketing agreement with
its U.S. retail finance joint venture (Note 12). In addition, as part of sales incentives provided to end users, the Company may from time to time subsidize interest rates of retail financing provided by its retail finance joint ventures.
The cost of those programs is recognized at the time of sale to the Company’s
dealers.
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
During 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company paid approximately $5.2 million, $3.6 million and $3.4 million, respectively, to PPG Industries, Inc. for painting materials used in the Company’s
manufacturing processes. The Company’s Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer is currently a member of the board of directors of PPG Industries, Inc.
14.
Segment Reporting
The Company’s four reportable segments
distribute a full range of agricultural equipment and related replacement parts. The Company evaluates segment performance primarily based on income from operations. Sales for each segment are based on the location of the third-party customer. The
Company’s selling, general and administrative expenses and engineering expenses are charged to each segment based on the region and division where the expenses are incurred. As a result, the components of income from operations for one segment
may not be comparable to another segment. Segment results for the years ended December 31,
2011, 2010 and 2009 based on the Company’s reportable segments are as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years
Ended December 31, |
|
North America |
|
South America |
|
Europe/Africa/ Middle East |
|
Rest of World |
|
Consolidated |
2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
|
$1,770.6 |
|
|
|
$1,871.5 |
|
|
|
$4,681.7 |
|
|
|
$449.4 |
|
|
|
$8,773.2 |
|
Income from
operations |
|
90.9 |
|
|
143.1 |
|
|
479.4 |
|
|
31.4 |
|
|
744.8 |
|
Depreciation |
|
28.5 |
|
|
20.0 |
|
|
98.3 |
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
151.9 |
|
Assets |
|
861.4 |
|
|
585.5 |
|
|
1,895.0 |
|
|
311.6 |
|
|
3,653.5 |
|
Capital
expenditures |
|
59.3 |
|
|
40.4 |
|
|
189.6 |
|
|
11.1 |
|
|
300.4 |
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
|
$1,489.3 |
|
|
|
$1,753.3 |
|
|
|
$3,364.4 |
|
|
|
$289.6 |
|
|
|
$6,896.6 |
|
Income from
operations |
|
49.5 |
|
|
161.7 |
|
|
207.2 |
|
|
14.2 |
|
|
432.6 |
|
Depreciation |
|
24.9 |
|
|
19.4 |
|
|
86.9 |
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
135.9 |
|
Assets |
|
597.0 |
|
|
557.3 |
|
|
1,628.2 |
|
|
178.0 |
|
|
2,960.5 |
|
Capital
expenditures |
|
27.9 |
|
|
21.9 |
|
|
112.5 |
|
|
4.8 |
|
|
167.1 |
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales |
|
|
$1,442.7 |
|
|
|
$1,167.1 |
|
|
|
$3,602.8 |
|
|
|
$303.8 |
|
|
|
$6,516.4 |
|
Income from
operations |
|
21.9 |
|
|
64.6 |
|
|
224.5 |
|
|
18.4 |
|
|
329.4 |
|
Depreciation |
|
24.1 |
|
|
15.7 |
|
|
76.2 |
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
118.8 |
|
Assets |
|
583.9 |
|
|
515.1 |
|
|
1,419.3 |
|
|
203.3 |
|
|
2,721.6 |
|
Capital
expenditures |
|
33.3 |
|
|
29.4 |
|
|
142.8 |
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
206.6 |
|
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
A reconciliation from the segment information to the consolidated balances for income
from operations and total assets is set forth below (in millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Segment income from
operations |
$
|
744.8 |
|
|
$
|
432.6 |
|
|
$
|
329.4 |
|
Corporate expenses |
(90.6 |
) |
|
(72.7 |
) |
|
(71.3 |
) |
Stock
compensation |
(23.0 |
) |
|
(12.9 |
) |
|
(8.2 |
) |
Restructuring and other infrequent income
(expenses) |
0.7 |
|
|
(4.4 |
) |
|
(13.2 |
) |
Amortization of
intangibles |
(21.6
|
)
|
|
(18.4
|
)
|
|
(18.0
|
)
|
Consolidated income from
operations |
$ |
610.3 |
|
|
$ |
324.2 |
|
|
$ |
218.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment
assets |
$ |
3,653.5 |
|
|
$ |
2,960.5 |
|
|
$ |
2,721.6 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
724.4 |
|
|
719.9 |
|
|
651.4 |
|
Receivables from
affiliates |
122.9 |
|
|
106.3 |
|
|
70.3 |
|
Investments in affiliates |
346.3 |
|
|
398.0 |
|
|
353.9 |
|
Deferred tax assets,
other current and noncurrent assets |
549.1 |
|
|
447.9 |
|
|
400.9 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
666.5 |
|
|
171.6 |
|
|
166.8 |
|
Goodwill |
1,194.5
|
|
|
632.7
|
|
|
634.0
|
|
Consolidated total assets |
$ |
7,257.2 |
|
|
$ |
5,436.9 |
|
|
$ |
4,998.9 |
|
Net sales by customer location for the years ended
December 31, 2011, 2010 and
2009 were as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Net
sales: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United
States |
$ |
1,363.7 |
|
|
$ |
1,151.4 |
|
|
$ |
1,103.6 |
|
Canada |
315.6 |
|
|
253.5 |
|
|
250.8 |
|
Germany |
1,067.3 |
|
|
746.2 |
|
|
838.4 |
|
France |
825.1 |
|
|
563.4 |
|
|
733.6 |
|
United Kingdom and
Ireland |
449.5 |
|
|
333.9 |
|
|
330.8 |
|
Finland and
Scandinavia |
835.4 |
|
|
674.0 |
|
|
653.0 |
|
Other Europe |
1,403.2 |
|
|
944.7 |
|
|
928.2 |
|
South
America |
1,851.0 |
|
|
1,739.5 |
|
|
1,155.6 |
|
Middle East and
Africa |
266.7 |
|
|
159.0 |
|
|
184.1 |
|
Asia |
96.6 |
|
|
94.5 |
|
|
72.2 |
|
Australia and New
Zealand |
187.3 |
|
|
138.3 |
|
|
166.3 |
|
Mexico, Central America
and Caribbean |
111.8
|
|
|
98.2
|
|
|
99.8
|
|
|
$ |
8,773.2 |
|
|
$ |
6,896.6 |
|
|
$ |
6,516.4 |
|
Net sales by product for the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and 2009 were as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
Net
sales: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tractors |
$ |
5,779.6 |
|
|
$ |
4,685.7 |
|
|
$ |
4,393.4 |
|
Combines |
610.8 |
|
|
397.7 |
|
|
377.3 |
|
Application
equipment |
345.2 |
|
|
304.1 |
|
|
252.2 |
|
Other
machinery |
762.5 |
|
|
505.4 |
|
|
553.6 |
|
Replacement
parts |
1,275.1 |
|
|
1,003.7 |
|
|
939.9 |
|
|
$
|
8,773.2 |
|
|
$
|
6,896.6 |
|
|
$
|
6,516.4 |
|
AGCO
CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -
(Continued)
Property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangible assets by country as of
December 31, 2011 and 2010 was as follows (in
millions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
United
States |
$
|
618.2 |
|
|
$
|
143.1 |
|
Finland |
173.2 |
|
|
178.0 |
|
Germany |
395.6 |
|
|
295.3 |
|
Brazil |
214.9 |
|
|
184.2 |
|
Italy |
88.1 |
|
|
0.1 |
|
France |
65.8 |
|
|
62.2 |
|
Other |
241.9
|
|
|
135.8
|
|
|
$ |
1,797.7 |
|
|
$ |
998.7 |
|
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with
Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls
and Procedures
The Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that the Company’s disclosure controls or the Company’s internal controls
will prevent all errors and all fraud. However, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective at the reasonable assurance level. A control system,
no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and
the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have
been detected. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. We will conduct periodic evaluations of our internal controls to enhance, where necessary, our
procedures and controls.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and
Procedures
Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2011, have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls
and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management, including its principal
executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over
Financial Reporting
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In assessing the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in “Internal Control — Integrated Framework.”
The Company acquired GSI Holdings Corp., Shandong Dafeng Machinery Co., Ltd., Laverda SpA, and AGCO-Amity JV (collectively, the “acquired entities”) during 2011, and management of the
Company excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, the acquired
entities’
internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of approximately $1,685.8 million
and total revenues of approximately $249.4 million included in the Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the year ended
December 31,
2011.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of
December 31, 2011, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on the criteria referred to above.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial
Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during our last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our
internal control over financial reporting. However, as a result of the Company’s processes to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, enhancements to the Company’s internal control over financial reporting were implemented as
management addressed and remediated deficiencies that had been
identified.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
AGCO
Corporation:
We have audited AGCO Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). AGCO Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting based on our
audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to
the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
In our opinion, AGCO Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal
Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
AGCO Corporation acquired GSI Holdings Corp., Shandong
Dafeng Machinery Co., Ltd., Laverda SpA, and AGCO-Amity JV (collectively, the “Acquired Entities”) during 2011, and management excluded from its assessment of the effectiveness of AGCO Corporation's internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2011, the Acquired Entities' internal control over financial reporting associated with total assets of approximately $1,685.8 million and total revenues of $249.4 million included in the consolidated financial
statements of AGCO Corporation and subsidiaries as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of AGCO Corporation also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial
reporting of the Acquired
Entities.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of AGCO Corporation and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, and our report dated February 27,
2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial
statements.
/s/ KPMG
LLP
Atlanta, Georgia
February 27,
2012
Item 9B. Other
Information
None.
PART
III
The information called for by Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14, if any, will be contained
in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders which we intend to file in March
2012.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and
Corporate Governance
The information with respect to directors and committees required by this Item set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders in the sections entitled “Election of
Directors,” “Directors Continuing in Office” and “Board of Directors and Certain Committees of the Board” is incorporated herein by reference. The information with respect to executive officers required by this Item set
forth under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part I of this Form 10-K and in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders in the section entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein by
reference.
The information under the heading “Available Information” set forth in Part I of this Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference. The code of conduct referenced therein applies to
our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller and the persons performing similar functions.
Item
11. Executive Compensation
The information with respect to executive compensation and
its establishment required by this Item set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders in the sections
entitled “Board of Directors and Certain Committees of the Board,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Report” is
incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain
Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
|
|
(a) |
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation
Plans |
AGCO maintains its 2006 Plan and its Option Plan pursuant to which we may grant equity awards to eligible persons. For additional information, see Note 10, “Stock Incentive Plans,”
in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this filing. The following table gives information about equity awards under our
Plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
(b) |
|
(c) |
Plan Category |
|
Number of Securities to be
Issued upon Exercise of Outstanding Awards Under the
Plans |
|
Weighted-Average Exercise
Price of Outstanding Awards Under the Plans |
|
Number of Securities Remaining Available for
Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities
Reflected in Column (a) |
Equity compensation
plans approved by security holders |
|
3,042,041 |
|
|
$ |
43.69 |
|
|
5,405,883 |
|
Equity compensation plans not approved by
security holders |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
Total |
|
3,042,041
|
|
|
$
|
43.69 |
|
|
5,405,883
|
|
|
|
(b) |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management |
The information required by this Item set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders in the section entitled “Principal Holders of Common Stock” is
incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this Item set forth in our Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” is incorporated herein by
reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and
Services
The information required by this Item set forth in our 2012 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders in the sections entitled “Audit Committee Report” and “Board of
Directors and Certain Committees of the Board” is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
Item
15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) The following documents are filed
as part of this Form 10-K:
(1) The Consolidated Financial Statements, Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements, Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for AGCO Corporation and its subsidiaries are presented under Item 8 of this
Form 10-K.
(2) Financial Statement
Schedules:
The following Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule of AGCO Corporation and
its subsidiaries is included herein and follows this report.
|
|
|
|
Schedule
|
|
Description
|
Schedule II |
|
Valuation and Qualifying
Accounts |
Schedules other than that listed above have been omitted because the required information is contained in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements or because such schedules are not required or
are not applicable.
(3) The following exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference
as part of this report. Each management contract or compensation plan required to be filed as an exhibit is identified by an asterisk
(*).
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit Number
|
|
Description
of Exhibit |
|
The
Filings Referenced for Incorporation by Reference are AGCO Corporation |
3.1 |
|
Certificate of Incorporation |
|
June 30, 2002, Form 10-Q, Exhibit
3.1 |
3.2 |
|
By-Laws |
|
December 20, 2011, Form 8-K, Exhibit
3.1 |
4.1 |
|
Rights Agreement |
|
March 31, 1994, Form 10-Q; August 8, 1999, Form
8-A/A, Exhibit 4.1 April 23, 2004, Form 8-A/A, Exhibit 4.1 |
4.2 |
|
Indenture dated as of December 4,
2006 |
|
December 4, 2006, Form 8-K, Exhibit
10.1 |
4.3 |
|
Indenture dated as of December 5,
2011 |
|
December 6, 2011, Form 8-K, Exhibit
4.1 |
10.1 |
|
2006 Long Term Incentive Plan* |
|
March 21, 2011, Form DEF14A, Appendix
A |
10.2 |
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award
Agreement* |
|
March 31, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit
10.2 |
10.3 |
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Award
Agreement* |
|
March 31, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit
10.3 |
10.4 |
|
Form of Stock Appreciation Rights
Agreement* |
|
March 31, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit
10.4 |
10.5 |
|
Form of Restricted Stock
Agreement* |
|
March 31, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit
10.5 |
10.6 |
|
Form of Performance Share Award* |
|
March 31, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit
10.6 |
10.7 |
|
Management Incentive Plan* |
|
June 30, 2008, Form 10-Q, Exhibit
10.4 |
10.8 |
|
Amended and Restated Executive Nonqualified Pension
Plan* |
|
Filed herewith |
10.9 |
|
Employment and Severance Agreement with Martin H.
Richenhagen* |
|
December 31, 2009, Form 10-K, Exhibit
10.12 |
10.10 |
|
Employment and Severance Agreement with Andrew H.
Beck* |
|
March 31, 2010, Form 10-Q, Exhibit
10.2 |
10.11 |
|
Employment and Severance Agreement with Andre M.
Carioba* |
|
December 31, 2008, Form 10-K, Exhibit
10.15 |
10.12 |
|
Employment and Severance Agreement with Gary L.
Collar* |
|
June 30, 2008, Form 10-Q, Exhibit
10.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit Number
|
|
Description
of Exhibit |
|
The
Filings Referenced for Incorporation by References are AGCO Corporation |
10.13 |
|
Employment and Severance Agreement with Hubertus
Muehlhaeuser* |
|
June 30, 2008, Form 10-Q, Exhibit
10.7 |
10.14 |
|
Credit Agreement dated as of May 2,
2011 |
|
June 30, 2011, Form 10-Q, Exhibit
10.1 |
10.15 |
|
Credit Agreement dated as of December 1,
2011 |
|
December 6, 2011, Form 8-K, Exhibit
10.1 |
10.16 |
|
U.S. Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated
December 22, 2009 |
|
December 23, 2009, Form 8-K, Exhibit
10.1 |
10.17 |
|
Canadian Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated
December 22, 2009 |
|
December 23, 2009, Form 8-K, Exhibit
10.2 |
10.18 |
|
European Receivables Transfer Agreement, dated
October 13, 2006 |
|
September 30, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1;
December 31, 2009, Form 10K, Exhibit 10.21; June 30, 2010, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1 |
10.19 |
|
French Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated
February 19, 2010 |
|
December 31, 2009, Form 10-K, Exhibit
10.22 |
10.20 |
|
GSI Holdings Corp. Agreement and Plan of Merger,
dated as of September 30, 2011 |
|
October 5, 2011, Form 8-K, Exhibit
2.1 |
10.21 |
|
Current Director Compensation |
|
Filed herewith |
21.1 |
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant |
|
Filed herewith |
23.1 |
|
Consent of KPMG LLP |
|
Filed herewith |
24.1 |
|
Powers of Attorney |
|
Filed herewith |
31.1 |
|
Certification of Martin
Richenhagen |
|
Filed herewith |
31.2 |
|
Certification of Andrew H. Beck |
|
Filed herewith |
32.1 |
|
Certification of Martin Richenhagen and Andrew H.
Beck |
|
Filed herewith |
101.INS |
|
XBRL Instance Document |
|
* |
101.SCH |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema |
|
* |
101.CAL |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation
Linkbase |
|
* |
101.DEF |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition
Linkbase |
|
* |
101.LAB |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label
Linkbase |
|
* |
101.PRE |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation
Linkbase |
|
* |
____________________________________
|
|
* |
Users of this data are advised pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T that XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language)
information is deemed "furnished" and not "filed" or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed "furnished" and not "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these
sections. |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to
the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AGCO Corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ MARTIN
RICHENHAGEN |
|
|
|
Martin Richenhagen
|
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer |
Dated: |
February 27, 2012 |
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the date
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
/s/
MARTIN RICHENHAGEN |
|
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer |
|
February 27, 2012 |
Martin Richenhagen |
|
|
|
|
/s/
ANDREW H. BECK |
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) |
|
February 27, 2012 |
Andrew H. Beck |
|
|
|
|
/s/
P. GEORGE BENSON * |
|
Director |
|
February 27, 2012 |
P. George Benson |
|
|
|
|
/s/
DANIEL C. USTIAN * |
|
Director |
|
February 27, 2012 |
Daniel C. Ustian |
|
|
|
|
/s/ Wolfgang
Deml * |
|
Director |
|
February 27, 2012 |
Wolfgang Deml |
|
|
|
|
/s/
LUIZ F. FURLAN * |
|
Director |
|
February 27, 2012 |
Luiz F. Furlan |
|
|
|
|
/s/
GERALD B. JOHANNESON * |
|
Director |
|
February 27, 2012 |
Gerald B. Johanneson |
|
|
|
|
/s/
THOMAS W. LASORDA* |
|
Director |
|
February 27, 2012 |
Thomas W. Lasorda |
|
|
|
|
/s/
GEORGE E. MINNICH * |
|
Director |
|
February 27, 2012 |
George E. Minnich |
|
|
|
|
/s/ MALLIKA SRINIVASAN * |
|
Director |
|
February 27, 2012 |
Mallika Srinivasan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ GERALD
L. SHAHEEN *
|
|
Director |
|
February 27, 2012 |
|
Gerald L. Shaheen |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
HENDRIKUS VISSER * |
|
Director |
|
February 27, 2012 |
|
Hendrikus Visser |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*By: |
/s/ ANDREW H. BECK |
|
|
|
February 27, 2012 |
|
Andrew H. Beck |
|
|
|
|
|
Attorney-in-Fact |
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT ON
FORM 10-K
ITEM 15
(A)(2)
FINANCIAL STATEMENT
SCHEDULE
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
2011
SCHEDULE
II
AGCO CORPORATION AND
SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II — VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
Balance
at Beginning of Period |
|
Acquired Businesses |
|
Charged to Costs
and Expenses |
|
Deductions |
|
Foreign Currency
Translation |
|
Balance at End of Period
1 |
Year ended
December 31, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances for sales incentive
discounts |
|
$ |
98.7 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
222.4 |
|
|
$ |
(217.6 |
) |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
103.5 |
|
Year ended
December 31, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances for sales incentive
discounts |
|
$ |
97.5 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
204.8 |
|
|
$ |
(203.6 |
) |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
98.7 |
|
Year ended
December 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances for sales incentive
discounts |
|
$ |
125.1 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
199.1 |
|
|
$ |
(226.7 |
) |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
97.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
Balance
at Beginning of Period |
|
Acquired Businesses |
|
Charged to Costs
and Expenses |
|
Deductions |
|
Foreign Currency
Translation |
|
Balance at End of Period |
Year ended
December 31, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances for doubtful
accounts |
|
$ |
29.3 |
|
|
$ |
12.4 |
|
|
$ |
4.3 |
|
|
$ |
(7.0 |
) |
|
$ |
(2.1 |
) |
|
$ |
36.9 |
|
Year ended
December 31, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances for doubtful
accounts |
|
$ |
35.0 |
|
|
$ |
0.6 |
|
|
$ |
0.1 |
|
|
$ |
(5.4 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.0 |
) |
|
$ |
29.3 |
|
Year ended
December 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowances for doubtful
accounts |
|
$ |
28.1 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
7.1 |
|
|
$ |
(6.7 |
) |
|
$ |
6.5 |
|
|
$ |
35.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
Balance
at Beginning of Period |
|
Charged to Costs
and Expenses |
|
Reversal of Accrual |
|
Deductions |
|
Foreign Currency
Translation |
|
Balance at End of Period |
Year ended
December 31, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accruals of severance,
relocation and other integration costs |
|
$ |
2.2 |
|
|
$ |
0.2 |
|
|
$ |
(0.9 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.4 |
) |
|
$ |
0.2 |
|
|
$ |
0.3 |
|
Year ended
December 31, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accruals of severance,
relocation and other integration costs |
|
$ |
8.2 |
|
|
$ |
4.9 |
|
|
$ |
(0.5 |
) |
|
$ |
(9.9 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.5 |
) |
|
$ |
2.2 |
|
Year ended
December 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accruals of severance,
relocation and other integration costs |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
13.2 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
(5.0 |
) |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
8.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
Balance
at Beginning of Period |
|
Acquired Businesses |
|
Charged (Credited)
to Costs and Expenses
2 |
|
Deductions |
|
Foreign Currency
Translation |
|
Balance at End of Period |
Year ended
December 31, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax valuation
allowance |
|
$ |
262.5 |
|
|
$ |
28.9 |
|
|
$ |
(144.3 |
) |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
(1.3 |
) |
|
$ |
145.8 |
|
Year ended
December 31, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax valuation
allowance |
|
$ |
261.7 |
|
|
$ |
0.6 |
|
|
$ |
1.6 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
(1.4 |
) |
|
$ |
262.5 |
|
Year ended
December 31, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax valuation
allowance |
|
$ |
294.4 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
(38.0 |
) |
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
5.3 |
|
|
$ |
261.7 |
|
_____________________________________
|
|
(1) |
As of December 31, 2011, approximately $91.1 million of this balance was recorded within “Accrued expenses” and approximately $12.4 million was recorded within “accounts receivable allowances” in the Company’s
Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2010, approximately $87.4 million of this
balance was recorded within “Accrued expenses” and approximately $11.3 million was
recorded within “accounts receivable allowances” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. |
|
|
(2) |
Amounts charged through other comprehensive income during the years ended December 31, 2011,
2010 and
2009 were
$6.4 million,
$0.9 million and $0.8 million, respectively.
|
AGCO CORPORATION
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
$300,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF ITS 5.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021
THAT
HAVE BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
FOR
ANY
AND ALL OF ITS OUTSTANDING 5.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021
PROSPECTUS
Until , 2012, all
dealers that effect transactions in the exchange notes, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters
and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
, 2012
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and
Officers.
The Company is a Delaware corporation. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law empowers a
Delaware corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action
by or in the right of such corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation or enterprise. A corporation may indemnify such person against expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such
action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable
cause to believe such persons conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify officers and directors in an action by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor under the same conditions, except that no
indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where a present or former officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action
referred to above, the corporation must indemnify such person against the expenses (including attorneys fees) which such person actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. The indemnification provided is not deemed to be
exclusive of any other rights to which an officer or director may be entitled under any corporations bylaws, agreement, vote or otherwise.
Article XI of the Companys Bylaws provides in regard to indemnification of directors and officers as follows:
1. Definitions. As used in this article, the term person means any past, present or future director or officer of the corporation or a designated officer of an operating division of the
corporation.
2. Indemnification Granted. The corporation shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless against
all liability, loss and expenses (including attorneys fees reasonably incurred), to the full extent and under the circumstances permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware in effect from time to time, any person
as defined above, made or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer of the
corporation or designated officer of an operating division of the corporation, or is or was an employee or agent of the corporation acting as a director, officer, employee or agent of another company or other enterprise in which the corporation
owns, directly or indirectly, an equity or other interest or of which it may be a creditor.
If a person
indemnified herein must retain an attorney directly, the corporation may, in its discretion, pay the expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that the
payment of expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the director or officer to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately
determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this article or otherwise.
This right of indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person indemnified herein may
be entitled by By-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, designated officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the
heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives of such person. It is not intended that the provisions of this article be applicable to, and they are not to be construed as granting indemnity with respect to, matters as to which
indemnification would be in contravention of the laws of Delaware or of the United States of America whether as a matter of public policy or pursuant to statutory provision.
3. Miscellaneous. The board of directors may also on behalf of the corporation grant indemnification to any individual
other than a person defined herein to such extent and in such manner as the board in its sole discretion may from time to time and at any time determine.
Article 6 of the Companys Certificate of Incorporation provides in regard to the limitation of liability of directors and officers as follows:
II-1
A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the
corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or hereafter may be amended or (iv) for any
transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law hereafter is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then, in addition to the
limitation on personal liability provided herein, the liability of a director of the corporation shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended Delaware General Corporation Law. Any repeal or modification of this paragraph by the
stockholders of the corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
The Companys directors and officers are also insured against claims arising out of the performance of their duties in such
capacities.
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Exhibits. The following is a list of all exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-4, including those
exhibits incorporated in this registration statement by reference. Each management contract or compensation plan required to be filed as an exhibit is identified by an asterisk (*).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit Number |
|
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
The Filings Referenced for
Incorporation by Reference are AGCO Corporation |
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation |
|
June 30, 2002, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 3.1 |
|
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
By-Laws |
|
December 20, 2011, Form 8-K, Exhibit 3.1 |
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
Rights Agreement |
|
March 31, 1994, Form 10-Q; August 8, 1999, Form 8-A/A, Exhibit 4.1 April 23, 2004, Form 8-A/A, Exhibit 4.1 |
|
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
Indenture dated as of December 4, 2006 |
|
December 4, 2006, Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1 |
|
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
Indenture dated December 5, 2011 (including Form of Global Note for 5.875% Senior Notes due 2021) |
|
December 6, 2011, Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.1 |
|
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement dated December 5, 2011 |
|
December 6, 2011, Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.2 |
|
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
Opinion of Troutman Sanders LLP |
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
2006 Long Term Incentive Plan* |
|
March 21, 2011, Form DEF14A, Appendix A |
|
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement* |
|
March 31, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.2 |
|
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement* |
|
March 31, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.3 |
|
|
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement* |
|
March 31, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.4 |
|
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement* |
|
March 31, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.5 |
|
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
Form of Performance Share Award* |
|
March 31, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.6 |
|
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
Management Incentive Plan* |
|
June 30, 2008, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.4 |
|
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Executive Nonqualified Pension Plan* |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 10.8 |
II-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit Number |
|
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
The Filings Referenced for
Incorporation by Reference are AGCO Corporation |
|
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
Employment and Severance Agreement with Martin H. Richenhagen* |
|
December 31, 2009, Form 10-K, Exhibit 10.12 |
|
|
|
|
10.10 |
|
|
Employment and Severance Agreement with Andrew H. Beck* |
|
March 31, 2010, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.2 |
|
|
|
|
10.11 |
|
|
Employment and Severance Agreement with Andre M. Carioba* |
|
December 31, 2008, Form 10-K, Exhibit 10.15 |
|
|
|
|
10.12 |
|
|
Employment and Severance Agreement with Gary L. Collar* |
|
June 30, 2008, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.6 |
|
|
|
|
10.13 |
|
|
Employment and Severance Agreement with Hubertus Muehlhaeuser* |
|
June 30, 2008, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.7 |
|
|
|
|
10.14 |
|
|
Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2011 |
|
June 30, 2011, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1 |
|
|
|
|
10.15 |
|
|
Credit Agreement dated as of December 1, 2011 |
|
December 6, 2011, Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1 |
|
|
|
|
10.16 |
|
|
U.S. Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated December 22, 2009 |
|
December 23, 2009, Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1 |
|
|
|
|
10.17 |
|
|
Canadian Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated December 22, 2009 |
|
December 23, 2009, Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.2 |
|
|
|
|
10.18 |
|
|
European Receivables Transfer Agreement, dated October 13, 2006 |
|
September 30, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1; December 31, 2009, Form 10K, Exhibit 10.21; June 30, 2010, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1 |
|
|
|
|
10.19 |
|
|
French Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated February 19, 2010 |
|
December 31, 2009, Form 10-K, Exhibit 10.22 |
|
|
|
|
10.20 |
|
|
GSI Holdings Corp. Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 30, 2011 |
|
October 5, 2011, Form 8-K, Exhibit 2.1 |
|
|
|
|
10.21 |
|
|
Current Director Compensation |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 10.21 |
|
|
|
|
12.1 |
|
|
Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges |
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 21.1 |
|
|
|
|
23.1 |
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP |
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
23.2 |
|
|
Consent of Troutman Sanders LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) |
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
24.1 |
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement) |
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
25.1 |
|
|
Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Trustee |
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
101.INS |
|
|
XBRL Instance Document |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 101.INS+ |
|
|
|
|
101.SCH |
|
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 101.SCH+ |
II-3
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit Number |
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
The Filings Referenced for
Incorporation by Reference are AGCO Corporation |
|
|
|
101.CAL |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 101.CAL+ |
|
|
|
101.DEF |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 101.DEF+ |
|
|
|
101.LAB |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 101.LAB+ |
|
|
|
101.PRE |
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 101.PRE+ |
+ |
Users of this data are advised pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T that XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is deemed furnished
and not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed furnished and not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections. |
(b) Financial
Statement Schedule. All financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is presented in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto included in the prospectus.
(c) Reports, Opinions and Appraisals. Not applicable.
Item 22. Undertakings.
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration
statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most
recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of
securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the Calculation of
Registration Fee table in the effective registration statement; and
(iii) To include any material information with
respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
termination of the offering.
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser,
each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be
deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration
statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first
use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
II-4
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to
directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11 or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request,
and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in the documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the
request.
(2) To supply by means of a post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being
acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Duluth, State of Georgia, on the 7th day of March, 2012.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AGCO Corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Martin Richenhagen |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Martin Richenhagen |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board, President |
|
|
|
|
|
|
and Chief Executive Officer |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
We, the undersigned officers and directors of AGCO Corporation, hereby severally constitute and appoint Andrew H. Beck and Debra Kuper, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full
power to them, and each of them singly, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below, the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed herewith and any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments to said Registration
Statement, including any Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and generally to do all such things in our names and on our behalf in our capacities as officers and directors to enable AGCO
Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys or any of them, to
said Registration Statement and any and all amendments thereto.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration
Statement has been signed below on March 7, 2012 by the following persons in the capacities indicated.
|
|
|
SIGNATURE |
|
CAPACITY |
|
|
/s/ Martin Richenhagen Martin Richenhagen |
|
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
/s/ Andrew H. Beck Andrew H. Beck |
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) |
|
|
/s/ P. George Benson P. George Benson |
|
Director |
|
|
/s/ Wolfgang Deml Wolfgang Deml |
|
Director |
|
|
/s/ Luiz F. Furlan Luiz F. Furlan |
|
Director |
|
|
/s/ Gerald B. Johanneson Gerald B. Johanneson |
|
Director |
|
|
/s/ Thomas W. LaSorda Thomas W. LaSorda |
|
Director |
|
|
|
/s/ George E. Minnich George E. Minnich |
|
Director |
|
|
/s/ Gerald L. Shaheen Gerald L. Shaheen |
|
Director |
|
|
/s/ Mallika Srinivasan Mallika Srinivasan |
|
Director |
|
|
/s/ Daniel C. Ustian Daniel C. Ustian |
|
Director |
|
|
/s/ Hendrikus Visser Hendrikus Visser |
|
Director |
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit Number |
|
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
The Filings Referenced for
Incorporation by Reference are AGCO Corporation |
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation |
|
June 30, 2002, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 3.1 |
|
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
By-Laws |
|
December 20, 2011, Form 8-K, Exhibit 3.1 |
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
|
Rights Agreement |
|
March 31, 1994, Form 10-Q; August 8, 1999, Form 8-A/A, Exhibit 4.1 April 23, 2004, Form 8-A/A, Exhibit 4.1 |
|
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
Indenture dated as of December 4, 2006 |
|
December 4, 2006, Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1 |
|
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
Indenture dated December 5, 2011 (including Form of Global Note for 5.875% Senior Notes due 2021) |
|
December 6, 2011, Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.1 |
|
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement dated December 5, 2011 |
|
December 6, 2011, Form 8-K, Exhibit 4.2 |
|
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
Opinion of Troutman Sanders LLP |
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
2006 Long Term Incentive Plan |
|
March 21, 2011, Form DEF14A, Appendix A |
|
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
|
Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement |
|
March 31, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.2 |
|
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement |
|
March 31, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.3 |
|
|
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement |
|
March 31, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.4 |
|
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement |
|
March 31, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.5 |
|
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
Form of Performance Share Award |
|
March 31, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.6 |
|
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
|
Management Incentive Plan |
|
June 30, 2008, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.4 |
|
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
Amended and Restated Executive Nonqualified Pension Plan |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 10.8 |
|
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
Employment and Severance Agreement with Martin H. Richenhagen |
|
December 31, 2009, Form 10-K, Exhibit 10.12 |
|
|
|
|
10.10 |
|
|
Employment and Severance Agreement with Andrew H. Beck |
|
March 31, 2010, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.2 |
|
|
|
|
10.11 |
|
|
Employment and Severance Agreement with Andre M. Carioba |
|
December 31, 2008, Form 10-K, Exhibit 10.15 |
|
|
|
|
10.12 |
|
|
Employment and Severance Agreement with Gary L. Collar |
|
June 30, 2008, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.6 |
|
|
|
|
10.13 |
|
|
Employment and Severance Agreement with Hubertus Muehlhaeuser |
|
June 30, 2008, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.7 |
|
|
|
|
10.14 |
|
|
Credit Agreement dated as of May 2, 2011 |
|
June 30, 2011, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1 |
|
|
|
|
10.15 |
|
|
Credit Agreement dated as of December 1, 2011 |
|
December 6, 2011, Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit Number |
|
|
Description of Exhibit |
|
The Filings Referenced for
Incorporation by Reference are AGCO Corporation |
|
10.16 |
|
|
U.S. Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated December 22, 2009 |
|
December 23, 2009, Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.1 |
|
|
|
|
10.17 |
|
|
Canadian Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated December 22, 2009 |
|
December 23, 2009, Form 8-K, Exhibit 10.2 |
|
|
|
|
10.18 |
|
|
European Receivables Transfer Agreement, dated October 13, 2006 |
|
September 30, 2006, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1; December 31, 2009, Form 10K, Exhibit 10.21; June 30, 2010, Form 10-Q, Exhibit 10.1 |
|
|
|
|
10.19 |
|
|
French Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated February 19, 2010 |
|
December 31, 2009, Form 10-K, Exhibit 10.22 |
|
|
|
|
10.20 |
|
|
GSI Holdings Corp. Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of September 30, 2011 |
|
October 5, 2011, Form 8-K, Exhibit 2.1 |
|
|
|
|
10.21 |
|
|
Current Director Compensation |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 10.21 |
|
|
|
|
12.1 |
|
|
Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges |
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 21 |
|
|
|
|
23.1 |
|
|
Consent of KPMG LLP |
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
23.2 |
|
|
Consent of Troutman Sanders LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) |
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
24.1 |
|
|
Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page to this Registration Statement) |
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
25.1 |
|
|
Form T-1 Statement of Eligibility and Qualification of Trustee |
|
Filed herewith |
|
|
|
|
101.INS |
|
|
XBRL Instance Document |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 101.INS+ |
|
|
|
|
101.SCH |
|
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 101.SCH+ |
|
|
|
|
101.CAL |
|
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 101.CAL+ |
|
|
|
|
101.DEF |
|
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 101.DEF+ |
|
|
|
|
101.LAB |
|
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 101.LAB+ |
|
|
|
|
101.PRE |
|
|
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase |
|
December 31, 2011, Form 10-K, Exhibit 101.PRE+ |
|
+ |
Users of this data are advised pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T that XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is deemed furnished
and not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed furnished and not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections. |